WO2023222072A1 - Channel access method and related device - Google Patents

Channel access method and related device Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2023222072A1
WO2023222072A1 PCT/CN2023/094980 CN2023094980W WO2023222072A1 WO 2023222072 A1 WO2023222072 A1 WO 2023222072A1 CN 2023094980 W CN2023094980 W CN 2023094980W WO 2023222072 A1 WO2023222072 A1 WO 2023222072A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
service identifier
field
station
service
data
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CN2023/094980
Other languages
French (fr)
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
杨懋
李波
李云波
Original Assignee
华为技术有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 华为技术有限公司 filed Critical 华为技术有限公司
Publication of WO2023222072A1 publication Critical patent/WO2023222072A1/en

Links

Classifications

    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04LTRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L5/00Arrangements affording multiple use of the transmission path
    • H04L5/003Arrangements for allocating sub-channels of the transmission path
    • H04L5/0048Allocation of pilot signals, i.e. of signals known to the receiver
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04LTRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L5/00Arrangements affording multiple use of the transmission path
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W74/00Wireless channel access, e.g. scheduled or random access
    • H04W74/08Non-scheduled or contention based access, e.g. random access, ALOHA, CSMA [Carrier Sense Multiple Access]
    • YGENERAL TAGGING OF NEW TECHNOLOGICAL DEVELOPMENTS; GENERAL TAGGING OF CROSS-SECTIONAL TECHNOLOGIES SPANNING OVER SEVERAL SECTIONS OF THE IPC; TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC CROSS-REFERENCE ART COLLECTIONS [XRACs] AND DIGESTS
    • Y02TECHNOLOGIES OR APPLICATIONS FOR MITIGATION OR ADAPTATION AGAINST CLIMATE CHANGE
    • Y02DCLIMATE CHANGE MITIGATION TECHNOLOGIES IN INFORMATION AND COMMUNICATION TECHNOLOGIES [ICT], I.E. INFORMATION AND COMMUNICATION TECHNOLOGIES AIMING AT THE REDUCTION OF THEIR OWN ENERGY USE
    • Y02D30/00Reducing energy consumption in communication networks
    • Y02D30/70Reducing energy consumption in communication networks in wireless communication networks

Definitions

  • the present application relates to the field of communications, and in particular to channel access methods and related devices.
  • Wireless local area network has experienced standards such as IEEE 802.11a/b/g/n/ac/ax.
  • the standard version of 802.11be currently under discussion, continues to evolve and develop.
  • the name of the 802.11n standard is also called high throughput (HT).
  • the 802.11ac standard is also called very high throughput (VHT).
  • 802.11ax is also called high efficient (HE).
  • 802.11be is also called extremely high throughput (EHT).
  • EHT extremely high throughput
  • IEEE 802.11be plans to introduce restricted target wakeup time (r-TWT) technology to improve delay guarantee performance. Therefore, it is necessary to study solutions to improve delay guarantee performance through r-TWT technology.
  • r-TWT restricted target wakeup time
  • the embodiment of the present application discloses a channel access method and related devices, which can ensure that data of r-TWT traffic identifier (TID) is transmitted with priority.
  • TID r-TWT traffic identifier
  • embodiments of the present application provide a channel access method.
  • the method includes: a station receives a first frame, and a first field in the first frame is used to indicate one or more limited target wake-ups of the station. Time service phase; if the first frame also includes a second field, the second field is used to indicate one or more silent intervals of the site, the starting time of any silent interval and any defined target wake-up time The starting time of the service phase is the same, and the station performs the first operation in any of the silent intervals.
  • the first operation includes any of the following: not sending data with the first service identifier; When the access type competes for a channel, the station sends the data of the second service ID before sending the data of the first service ID; or, if the first frame does not include the second field, the station sends the data of the second service ID before the access type competes for the channel. After the channel, data is sent.
  • the service identifier of the data is the first service identifier or the second service identifier.
  • the second field is used to indicate one or more silent intervals of the site.
  • the starting time is the same as the starting time of any limited target wake-up time service phase; the second service identifier belongs to the service identifier of the priority service agreed between the station and the access point, and the first service identifier does not belong to The service identifier of the priority service agreed between the site and the access point.
  • whether the second field is included in the first frame is stipulated in the protocol or pre-agreed, so that the station can clearly understand the operations that need to be performed.
  • the station performs the operations specified in the protocol or pre-agreed based on whether the first frame includes the second field. Specifically, if the first frame also includes the second field, the station performs the first operation in any of the above silent intervals; it can To avoid adverse effects on the transmission of data with the second service identifier, that is, to ensure the delay performance of the site in transmitting data with the second service identifier. If the first frame does not include the second field, the station sends data after competing for the channel; this allows the station to transmit data in time.
  • the access type corresponding to the first service identifier is different from the access type corresponding to the second service identifier.
  • the access type corresponding to the first service identifier is different from the access type corresponding to the second service identifier, which can avoid causing the data of the second service identifier to be unable to be transmitted.
  • the second field includes an element identification field, a length field, a silence count field, a silence period field, a silence length field, and a silence offset field.
  • one or more silent intervals may be determined by information included in the second field.
  • the second frame further includes a third field
  • the third field is used to indicate the channel access rule of the data of the first service identifier of the station
  • the station is The first operation performed in any silent interval complies with the channel access rule.
  • the first operation performed by the station in any silent interval is determined by the station based on the third field.
  • the third field indicates the operation performed by the station during any silent interval.
  • the third field indicates the channel access rules for the data of the first service identification of the site, which can flexibly configure the channel access rules for the data of the first service identification of the site and reduce the need for the second service identification. Adverse effects caused by the transmission of data.
  • embodiments of the present application provide another channel access method.
  • the method includes: a station receives a first frame, and a first field in the first frame is used to indicate one or more defined targets of the station. Wake-up time service phase; if the station does not need to transmit data of the second service identifier at the starting time of any defined target wake-up time service phase, if the first frame also includes a second field, the The second field is used to indicate one or more silent intervals of the site.
  • the starting time of any silent interval is the same as the starting time of any defined target wake-up time service phase.
  • the site is in any of the Perform a second operation during the silent interval.
  • the second operation includes any of the following: not sending data of the first service identifier; changing the channel competition parameter of the access type corresponding to the first service identifier of the station to a channel access opportunity.
  • a lower group or, if the first frame does not include the second field, the station sends data after competing for the channel, and the service identifier of the data is the first service identifier or the second service identifier.
  • Service identifier, the second field is used to indicate one or more silent intervals of the site, the starting time of any silent interval is the same as the starting time of any defined target wake-up time service phase; the second service
  • the first service identifier is a service identifier that does not belong to the priority service agreed between the site and the access point.
  • whether the second field is included in the first frame is stipulated in the protocol or pre-agreed, so that the station can clearly understand the operations that need to be performed.
  • the station performs the operations specified in the protocol or pre-agreed based on whether the first frame includes the second field. Specifically, if the first frame also includes the second field, the station performs the second operation in any of the above silent intervals.
  • the second operation is not to send the data with the first service identifier, adverse effects on the transmission of the data with the second service identifier can be avoided.
  • the probability of channel access of the access type corresponding to the first service identifier can be reduced. , can reduce the probability of adverse impact on the transmission of data with the second service identifier, and retain the opportunity to transmit data with the first service identifier to a certain extent. If the first frame does not include the second field, the station sends data after competing for the channel; this allows the station to transmit data in time.
  • the access type corresponding to the first service identifier is different from the access type corresponding to the second service identifier.
  • the access type corresponding to the first service identifier is different from the access type corresponding to the second service identifier, which can avoid causing the data of the second service identifier to be unable to be transmitted.
  • the method when the second operation is not to send the data of the first service identification, the method further includes: the station obtains data to be sent within the time indicated by any of the silent intervals. The data of the second service identifier, the station immediately competes for the channel; or, the station obtains the data of the second service identifier to be sent within the time indicated by any of the silent intervals, and the station After any of the silent intervals ends, contention for the channel occurs.
  • the station after the station obtains the data of the second service identifier to be sent within the time indicated by any of the above silent intervals, it immediately competes for the channel; in order to transmit the data of the second service identifier faster.
  • the station competes for the channel after any of the above silent intervals ends; this can prevent the service with the first service identification from occupying the transmission opportunity of the service with the second service identification within the limited target wake-up time service phase, ensuring that the second service identification business priority.
  • the second field includes an element identification field, a length field, a silence count field, a silence period field, a silence length field, and a silence offset field.
  • one or more silent intervals may be determined by information included in the second field.
  • the second frame further includes a third field, the third field is used to indicate that the station does not have any second service identifier at the starting time of the defined target wake-up time service phase.
  • the channel access rule when the data needs to be transmitted, and the second operation performed by the station in any silent interval complies with the channel access rule.
  • the second operation performed by the station in any silent interval is determined by the station based on the third field.
  • the third field indicates that the station will Interval operations.
  • the third field indicates the channel access rules for the data of the first service identification of the site.
  • the channel access rules for the data of the first service identification of the site can be flexibly configured to reduce the need for the second service identification. Adverse effects caused by the transmission of data.
  • the present application provides another channel access method, which method includes: sending a first frame, the first field in the first frame being used to indicate one or more defined target wake-up time service phases of the station; If the first frame further includes a second field, the second field is used to indicate one or more silent intervals of the station, the starting time of any silent interval and the start of any defined target wake-up time service phase.
  • the first frame is used to instruct the station to perform the first operation in any silent interval.
  • the first operation includes any of the following: not sending data with the first service identifier; When the access type corresponding to the service identifier competes for the channel, before sending the data of the first service identifier, the data of the second service identifier is sent; or, if the first frame does not include the second field, the The second field is used to indicate one or more silent intervals of the site.
  • the starting time of any silent interval is the same as the starting time of any defined target wake-up time service phase.
  • the first frame is used to indicate the After competing for the channel, the station sends data, and the service identifier of the data is the first service identifier or the second service identifier; the second service identifier belongs to the priority service agreed between the station and the access point. Service identifier, the first service identifier does not belong to the service identifier of the priority service agreed between the station and the access point.
  • whether the second field is included in the first frame is stipulated in the protocol or pre-agreed, so that the station can clearly understand the operations that need to be performed. Or, in other words, whether the first frame includes a second field that instructs the station to perform a different operation. Specifically, if the first frame also includes a second field, the first frame is used to instruct the station to perform the first operation in any of the above silent intervals; adverse effects on the transmission of r-TWT TID data can be avoided. If the first frame does not include the second field, the first frame is used to instruct the station to send data after competing for the channel; this allows the station to transmit data in a timely manner.
  • the access type corresponding to the first service identifier is different from the access type corresponding to the second service identifier.
  • the access type corresponding to the first service identifier is different from the access type corresponding to the second service identifier, which can avoid causing the data of the second service identifier to be unable to be transmitted.
  • the second frame further includes a third field, the third field is used to indicate the channel access rule for the data of the first service identifier of the station, and the first Operation complies with the channel access rules described.
  • the first frame is used to instruct the station to perform the first operation in compliance with the channel access rule indicated by the third field in any silent interval.
  • the third field indicates the channel access rules for the data of the first service identification of the site, which can flexibly configure the channel access rules for the data of the first service identification of the site and reduce the need for the second service identification. Adverse effects caused by the transmission of data.
  • the competition can continue after the silent interval ends, so
  • the first operation is: do not send the data of the first service identifier in any of the silent intervals; or, if the third field indicates that the data of the first service identifier is prohibited from competing for the channel in the silent interval, However, after all the data of the second service identifier is transmitted, the data of the first service identifier is allowed to compete for the channel.
  • the first operation is: when the access type corresponding to the first service identifier competes for the channel. Next, before sending the data of the first service identifier, the data of the second service identifier is sent.
  • the third field indicates the channel access rule for the data of the first service identifier within the silent interval, and the first operation performed by the station in any of the above silent intervals conforms to the channel access rule.
  • Adverse effects on the transmission of r-TWT TID data can be reduced by flexibly indicating the channel access rules for the station's first service identification data within the silent interval.
  • the present application provides another channel access method, which method includes: sending a first frame, the first field in the first frame being used to indicate one or more defined target wake-up time service phases of the station; If the first frame further includes a second field, the second field is used to indicate one or more silent intervals of the station, the starting time of any silent interval and any defined target wake-up time service phase The starting time is the same, and the first frame is used by the station to indicate that the station does not need to transmit the data of the second service identifier at the starting time of any defined target wake-up time service phase.
  • the second operation includes any of the following: not sending data of the first service identifier; changing the channel competition parameter of the access type corresponding to the first service identifier of the station to a channel A group with a lower access chance; or, if the first frame does not include a second field, the second field is used to indicate one or more silent intervals of the site, and the starting time of any silent interval The same as the starting time of any defined target wake-up time service phase, the first frame is used to instruct the station to send data after competing for the channel, and the service identifier of the data is the first service identifier or the so-called first service identifier.
  • the second service identifier; the second service identifier belongs to the service identifier of the priority service agreed between the site and the access point, and the first service identifier does not belong to the priority service agreed between the site and the access point.
  • Business identification is used to the service identifier of the priority service agreed between the site and the access point.
  • whether the second field is included in the first frame is stipulated in the protocol or pre-agreed, so that the station can clearly understand the operations that need to be performed. Or, in other words, whether the first frame includes a second field that instructs the station to perform a different operation. Specifically, if the first frame also includes a second field, the first frame is used to indicate to the station that there is no data with the second service identifier that needs to be transmitted at the start time of any of the defined target wake-up time service phases. Perform the second operation during the silent interval. When the second operation is not to send the data of the first service identifier, adverse effects on the transmission of the r-TWT TID data can be avoided.
  • the second operation is to change the channel competition parameters of the AC corresponding to the first service identification of the site to a group with a lower channel access chance, it can reduce the adverse impact on the transmission of data with the second service identification and at the same time provide Provides an opportunity to transmit data of the first service identification. If the first frame does not include the second field, the first frame is used to indicate that after the station competes for the channel, Send data; enables the site to transmit data in a timely manner.
  • the access type corresponding to the first service identifier is different from the access type corresponding to the second service identifier.
  • the access type corresponding to the first service identifier is different from the access type corresponding to the second service identifier, which can avoid causing the data of the second service identifier to be unable to be transmitted.
  • the second frame further includes a third field, the third field is used to indicate that the station does not have any second service identifier at the starting time of the defined target wake-up time service phase.
  • the data needs to be transmitted according to the channel access rules, and the second operation complies with the channel access rules.
  • the first frame is used by the station to indicate that the station does not need to transmit data of the second service identifier at the starting time of any defined target wake-up time service phase.
  • the second operation in compliance with the channel access rule is performed during the silent interval.
  • the third field indicates the channel access rules for the data of the first service identification of the site, which can flexibly configure the channel access rules for the data of the first service identification of the site and reduce the need for the second service identification. Adverse effects caused by the transmission of data.
  • the not sending the data of the first service identifier includes: not competing for the channel in any of the silent intervals, and not competing for the channel in any of the silent intervals. After the end, continue to compete for the channel; do not compete for the channel in any of the silent intervals, and start competing for the channel after the data of the second service identifier arrives; if the third field indicates that the station is within the limited target wake-up time When there is no data with the second service identifier that needs to be transmitted at the start time of the service phase, the station is prohibited from competing for the channel in the silent interval, and can continue to compete after the silent interval ends.
  • the second operation is: There is no competition for the channel during any of the silent intervals, and the channel continues to compete for the channel after the end of any of the silent intervals; or, if the third field indicates that the station does not compete for the channel at the start time of the limited target wake-up time service phase, When any data of the second service identification needs to be transmitted, the station is prohibited from competing for the channel in the silent interval. However, after the data of the second service identification arrives, competition for the channel begins.
  • the second operation is: after obtaining the data to be After the data of the second service identifier is sent, competition for the channel begins. Before obtaining the data of the second service identifier to be sent, the station is prohibited from competing for the channel in the silent interval.
  • the third field indicates the channel access rule for the data of the first service identifier within the silent interval.
  • the second operation performed by the station in any of the above silent intervals conforms to the channel access rule, and the station can be flexibly instructed.
  • Channel access rules for the data of the first service identifier within the silent interval in order to reduce the adverse impact on the transmission of r-TWT TID data.
  • the present application provides another channel access method, which method includes: a station receiving a second frame, a first field in the second frame being used to indicate one or more defined target wake-up times of the station In the service phase, the third field in the second frame indicates the channel access rule for the data of the first service identifier of the station; if the second frame also includes a second field, the second field is used to indicate the One or more silent intervals of the site, the starting time of any silent interval is the same as the starting time of any defined target wake-up time service phase of the site, and the site performs the third operation in any silent interval , the third operation complies with the channel access rule; the third operation includes any of the following: after competing for the channel, sending data, the service identifier of the data belongs to the second service identifier or the third service identifier A service identifier; do not send the data of the first service identifier; when the access type corresponding to the first service identifier competes for the channel, before sending the data of the first service
  • the second field is used to indicate one or more silent intervals of the site, the starting time of any silent interval is the same as the starting time of any defined target wake-up time service phase; the second service identifier belongs to The service identifier of the priority service agreed between the site and the access point.
  • the first service identifier does not belong to the priority service between the site and the access point.
  • the third field in the second frame indicates the channel access rule for the data of the site's first service identifier (i.e., non-rTWT TID), and the channel for the data of the site's first service identifier can be flexibly configured. access rules, and reduce the adverse impact on the transmission of data with the second service identifier.
  • the access type corresponding to the first service identifier is different from the access type corresponding to the second service identifier.
  • the access type corresponding to the first service identifier is different from the access type corresponding to the second service identifier, which can avoid causing the data of the second service identifier to be unable to be transmitted.
  • the present application provides another channel access method, which method includes: a station receiving a second frame, a first field in the second frame being used to indicate one or more defined target wake-up times of the station In the service phase, the third field in the second frame indicates the channel access rule of the station when no data with the second service identifier needs to be transmitted at the start time of the defined target wake-up time service phase; the station is in any Define the starting time of the target wake-up time service phase.
  • the station When no data of the second service identifier needs to be transmitted, if the second frame also includes a second field, the second field is used to indicate a or multiple silent intervals, the starting time of any silent interval is the same as the starting time of any defined target wake-up time service phase, the station performs a fourth operation in any silent interval, and the fourth The operation complies with the channel access rules; the fourth operation includes any of the following: after competing for the channel, send data, the service identifier of the data belongs to the first service identifier; do not send data (or do not perform Channel competition); after obtaining the data of the second service identifier to be sent, start competing for the channel; or, if the second frame does not include the second field, the station sends data after competing for the channel, so The service identifier of the data is the first service identifier or the second service identifier.
  • the second field is used to indicate one or more silent intervals of the site.
  • the starting time of any silent interval is the same as any
  • the start time of the limited target wake-up time service phase is the same; the second service identifier belongs to the service identifier of the priority service agreed between the site and the access point, and the first service identifier does not belong to the site and the access point
  • the service identifier of the priority service of the point agreement is used to indicate one or more silent intervals of the site.
  • the third field in the second frame indicates the channel access rule when the station does not need to transmit any data with the second service identifier at the start time of the limited target wake-up time service phase, and the station can be flexibly configured. Define the channel access rule when the start time of the target wake-up time service phase does not require transmission of any data with the second service identifier, and reduce the adverse impact on the transmission of data with the second service identifier. If the second frame does not include the second field, the second frame is used to instruct the station to send data after competing for the channel; this allows the station to transmit data in a timely manner.
  • the present application provides another channel access method, which method includes: the access point sends a second frame, the first field in the second frame is used to indicate one or more defined target wake-up times of the station In the service phase, the third field in the second frame indicates the channel access rule for the data of the first service identifier of the station; if the second frame also includes a second field, the second field is used to indicate the One or more silent intervals of the station, the starting time of any silent interval is the same as the starting time of any defined target wake-up time service phase of the station, and the second frame is used to indicate that the station is in the
  • the third operation is performed during the silent interval, and the third operation complies with the channel access rules; the third operation includes any one of the above and the following: after competing for the channel, sending data, and the service identifier of the data belongs to the second Service identifier or the first service identifier; do not send the data of the first service identifier; when the access type corresponding to the first service identifier competes for the
  • the second frame is used to instruct the station to send data after competing for the channel.
  • the service identifier of the data is the first service identifier or The second service identifier; the second service identifier belongs to the service identifier of the priority service agreed between the site and the access point, and the second service identifier
  • a service identifier is a service identifier that does not belong to the priority service agreed between the station and the access point.
  • the second frame if the second frame also includes a second field, the second frame is used to instruct the station to perform the third operation during the silent interval; adverse effects on the transmission of data with the second service identifier can be avoided. If the second frame does not include the second field, the second frame is used to instruct the station to send data after competing for the channel; this allows the station to transmit data in a timely manner.
  • the present application provides another channel access method, which method includes: the access point sends a second frame, the first field in the second frame is used to indicate one or more defined target wake-up times of the station In the service phase, the third field in the second frame indicates the channel access rule when the station does not need to transmit data with the second service identifier at the start time of the limited target wake-up time service phase; if the second frame Includes a second field, the second field is used to indicate one or more silent intervals of the site, the starting time of any silent interval is the same as the starting time of any defined target wake-up time service phase, the third The second frame is used to instruct the station to perform the fourth operation in the silent interval, and the fourth operation complies with the channel access rule; the fourth operation includes any of the above and the following: sending data after competing for the channel, The service identifier of the data belongs to the first service identifier; no data is sent (or no channel competition is performed); after obtaining the data of the second service identifier to be sent, competition for the channel
  • the starting time of any silent interval is the same as the starting time of any defined target wake-up time service phase, so
  • the second frame is used to instruct the station to send data after competing for the channel.
  • the service identifier of the data is the first service identifier or the second service identifier; the second service identifier belongs to the station.
  • the service identifier of the priority service agreed with the access point, and the first service identifier does not belong to the service identifier of the priority service agreed between the station and the access point.
  • the third field in the second frame indicates the channel access rule when the station does not need to transmit any data with the second service identifier at the start time of the limited target wake-up time service phase, and the station can be flexibly configured. Define the channel access rule when the start time of the target wake-up time service phase does not require transmission of any data with the second service identifier, and reduce the adverse impact on the transmission of data with the second service identifier.
  • the third operation is: after the competition reaches After the channel, data is sent, and the service identifier of the data belongs to the second service identifier or the first service identifier; or, if the third field indicates that the data with the first service identifier is prohibited from competing for the channel during the silent interval, And the competition can be continued after the silent interval ends.
  • the third operation is: not sending the data of the first service identifier; or, if the third field indicates that the data of the first service identifier is prohibited from competing in the silent interval.
  • the data of the first service identifier is allowed to compete for the channel.
  • the third operation is: competing for the channel in the access type corresponding to the first service identifier. In the case of , before sending the data of the first service identifier, the data of the second service identifier is sent.
  • the third field indicates the channel access rule for the data of the first service identifier within the silent interval, and the third operation performed by the station in any of the above silent intervals conforms to the channel access rule.
  • Adverse effects on the transmission of r-TWT TID data can be reduced by flexibly indicating the channel access rules for the station's first service identification data within the silent interval.
  • the station if the third field indicates that the station does not need to transmit any data of the second service identifier at the start time of the defined target wake-up time service phase
  • the fourth operation is: after competing for the channel, send data, and the service identifier of the data belongs to the first service identifier; if the third field indicates When the station does not need to transmit any data of the second service identifier at the start time of the limited target wake-up time service phase, the station is prohibited from competing for the channel in the silent interval, and can continue to compete after the silent interval ends.
  • the fourth operation is: do not send data; or, if the third field indicates that the station does not have any of the second service targets at the start time of the defined target wake-up time service phase
  • the station is prohibited from competing for the channel in the silent interval.
  • the fourth operation is: after obtaining the second service identification to be sent, After the service identification data, competition for the channel begins. Before obtaining the data of the second service identifier to be sent, the station is prohibited from competing for the channel in the silent interval.
  • the third field indicates the channel access rule for the data of the first service identifier within the silent interval.
  • the fourth operation performed by the station in any of the above silent intervals conforms to the channel access rule, and the station can be flexibly instructed.
  • Channel access rules for the data of the first service identifier within the silent interval in order to reduce the adverse impact on the transmission of r-TWT TID data.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a communication device, which has the function of realizing the behavior in the method embodiment of the first aspect.
  • the communication device may be a communication device, a component of the communication device (such as a processor, a chip, or a chip system, etc.), or a logic module or software that can realize all or part of the functions of the communication device.
  • the functions of the communication device can be implemented by hardware, or by hardware executing corresponding software.
  • the hardware or software includes one or more modules or units corresponding to the above functions.
  • the communication device includes a transceiver module and a processing module, wherein: the transceiver module is configured to receive a first frame, and the first field in the first frame is used to indicate one or more of the site. Multiple defined target wake-up time service phases; if the first frame also includes a second field, the second field is used to indicate one or more silent intervals of the site, and the start time of any silent interval is the same as any The starting time of a defined target wake-up time service phase is the same.
  • the processing module is configured to perform a first operation in any silent interval. The first operation includes any of the following: not sending the first service identifier.
  • the processing module is also used to send data, the service identifier of the data is the first service identifier or the second service identifier, and the second field is used to indicate one or more of the site.
  • Silent intervals the starting time of any silent interval is the same as the starting time of any limited target wake-up time service phase; the second service identifier belongs to the service identifier of the priority service agreed between the station and the access point, so The first service identifier does not belong to the service identifier of the priority service agreed between the station and the access point.
  • the access type corresponding to the first service identifier is different from the access type corresponding to the second service identifier.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a communication device, which has the function of implementing the behavior in the method embodiment of the second aspect.
  • the communication device may be a communication device, a component of the communication device (such as a processor, a chip, or a chip system, etc.), or a logic module or software that can realize all or part of the functions of the communication device.
  • the functions of the communication device can be implemented by hardware, or by hardware executing corresponding software.
  • the hardware or software includes one or more modules or units corresponding to the above functions.
  • the communication device includes a transceiver module and a processing module, wherein: the transceiver module is configured to receive a first frame, and the first field in the first frame is used to indicate one or more of the site. Multiple defined target wake-up time service phases; if the first frame also includes a second field, the second field is used to indicate one or more silent intervals of the site, and the starting time of any silent interval is the same as the start time of any silent interval. The starting time of any of the limited target wake-up time service phases is the same.
  • the processing module is configured to Perform a second operation in any of the silent intervals, and the second operation includes any of the following: not sending data of the first service identifier; changing the channel competition parameters of the access type corresponding to the first service identifier of the station is a group with a lower chance of channel access; or, if the first frame does not include the second field, the processing module is also configured to send data, and the service identifier of the data is the first industry Service identifier or the second service identifier, the second field is used to indicate one or more silent intervals of the site, the starting time of any silent interval and the starting time of any defined target wake-up time service phase The same; the second service identifier belongs to the service identifier of the priority service agreed between the site and the access point, and the first service identifier does not belong to the service identifier of the priority service agreed between the site and the access point.
  • the access type corresponding to the first service identifier is different from the access type corresponding to the second service identifier.
  • the second operation is not to send the data of the first service identifier; the processing module is also configured to obtain the to-be-sent data within the time indicated by any of the silent intervals. Compete for the channel after the data of the second service identifier; or, the processing module is also configured to compete for the channel after the end of any of the silent intervals.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a communication device, which has the function of implementing the behavior in the method embodiment of the third aspect.
  • the communication device may be a communication device, a component of the communication device (such as a processor, a chip, or a chip system, etc.), or a logic module or software that can realize all or part of the functions of the communication device.
  • the functions of the communication device can be implemented by hardware, or by hardware executing corresponding software.
  • the hardware or software includes one or more modules or units corresponding to the above functions.
  • the communication device includes a transceiver module and a processing module, wherein: the processing module is configured to generate a first frame, and the first field in the first frame is used to indicate one or more of the site.
  • the transceiver module is used to send the first frame; if the first frame also includes a second field, the second field is used to indicate one or more of the sites silent intervals, the starting time of any silent interval is the same as the starting time of any defined target wake-up time service phase, and the first frame is used to instruct the station to perform the first operation in any silent interval,
  • the first operation includes any of the following: not sending the data of the first service identifier; in the case where the access type corresponding to the first service identifier competes for the channel, before sending the data of the first service identifier, send Data of the second service identifier; or, if the first frame does not include a second field, the second field is used to indicate one or more silent intervals of the site, and the starting time of any silent interval is the same as the start time of any silent interval.
  • the start time of a defined target wake-up time service phase is the same.
  • the first frame is used to instruct the station to send data after competing for the channel.
  • the service identifier of the data is the first service identifier or the third service identifier. Two service identifiers; the second service identifier belongs to the service identifier of the priority service agreed between the site and the access point, and the first service identifier does not belong to the service identifier of the priority service agreed between the site and the access point. .
  • the access type corresponding to the first service identifier is different from the access type corresponding to the second service identifier.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a communication device, which has the function of implementing the behavior in the method embodiment of the fourth aspect.
  • the communication device may be a communication device, a component of the communication device (such as a processor, a chip, or a chip system, etc.), or a logic module or software that can realize all or part of the functions of the communication device.
  • the functions of the communication device can be implemented by hardware, or by hardware executing corresponding software.
  • the hardware or software includes one or more modules or units corresponding to the above functions.
  • the communication device includes a transceiver module and a processing module, wherein: the processing module is configured to generate a first frame, and the first field in the first frame is used to indicate one or more of the site. Multiple defined target wake-up time service phases; the transceiver module is used to send the first frame; if the first frame also includes a second field, the second field is used to indicate one or more of the sites silent intervals, the starting time of any silent interval is the same as the starting time of any defined target wake-up time service phase, and the first The frame is used to instruct the station to perform the second operation in any silent interval when there is no data of the second service identifier that needs to be transmitted at the starting time of any defined target wake-up time service phase,
  • the second operation includes any of the following: not sending data of the first service identifier; changing the channel competition parameters of the access type corresponding to the first service identifier of the station to a group with a lower channel access chance; or , if the first frame does not include a second field
  • the access type corresponding to the first service identifier is different from the access type corresponding to the second service identifier.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a communication device, which has the function of implementing the behavior in the method embodiment of the fifth aspect.
  • the communication device may be a communication device, a component of the communication device (such as a processor, a chip, or a chip system, etc.), or a logic module or software that can realize all or part of the functions of the communication device.
  • the functions of the communication device can be implemented by hardware, or by hardware executing corresponding software.
  • the hardware or software includes one or more modules or units corresponding to the above functions.
  • the communication device includes a transceiver module and a processing module, wherein: the transceiver module is configured to receive a second frame, and the first field in the second frame is used to indicate one or more of the site.
  • the third field in the second frame indicates the channel access rule for the data of the first service identifier of the station; if the second frame also includes a second field, the second The field is used to indicate one or more silent intervals of the site.
  • the starting time of any silent interval is the same as the starting time of any defined target wake-up time service phase of the site.
  • the processing module is used to Perform a third operation in any of the silent intervals, and the third operation complies with the channel access rules; the third operation includes any of the above: sending data, the service identifier of the data belongs to the second service identifier or The first service identifier; do not send the data of the first service identifier; when the access type corresponding to the first service identifier competes for the channel, before sending the data of the first service identifier, send Data of the second service identifier; or, if the second frame does not include the second field, the processing module is configured to send data after competing for the channel, and the service identifier of the data is the first service identifier.
  • the second field is used to indicate one or more silent intervals of the site, and the starting time of any silent interval is the same as the starting time of any defined target wake-up time service phase;
  • the second service identifier belongs to the service identifier of the priority service agreed between the site and the access point, and the first service identifier does not belong to the service identifier of the priority service agreed between the site and the access point.
  • the access type corresponding to the first service identifier is different from the access type corresponding to the second service identifier.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a communication device, which has the function of implementing the behavior in the method embodiment of the sixth aspect.
  • the communication device may be a communication device, a component of the communication device (such as a processor, a chip, or a chip system, etc.), or a logic module or software that can realize all or part of the functions of the communication device.
  • the functions of the communication device can be implemented by hardware, or by hardware executing corresponding software.
  • the hardware or software includes one or more modules or units corresponding to the above functions.
  • the communication device includes It includes a transceiver module and a processing module, wherein: the transceiver module is used to receive a second frame, the first field in the second frame is used to indicate one or more defined target wake-up time service phases of the site, and the third The third field in the second frame indicates the channel access rule when the station does not need to transmit any data with the second service identifier at the start time of the defined target wake-up time service phase; if the second frame also includes the second field , the second field is used to indicate one or more silent intervals of the site, the starting time of any silent interval is the same as the starting time of any defined target wake-up time service phase, the processing module is used to When there is no data of the second service identifier that needs to be transmitted at the starting time of any defined target wake-up time service phase, a fourth operation is performed in the silent interval, and the fourth operation is consistent with the channel connection.
  • the fourth operation includes any of the above and the following: sending data, the service identifier of the data belongs to the first service identifier; not sending data (or not competing for the channel); after obtaining the third to be sent After competing for the channel, start competing for the channel; or, if the second frame does not include the second field, the processing module is configured to send data after competing for the channel, and the service identifier of the data is the The first service identifier or the second service identifier, the second field is used to indicate one or more silent intervals of the site, the starting time of any silent interval and the start of any defined target wake-up time service phase The start time is the same; the second service identifier belongs to the service identifier of the priority service agreed between the site and the access point, and the first service identifier does not belong to the service identifier of the priority service agreed between the site and the access point. .
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a communication device, which has the function of implementing the behavior in the method embodiment of the seventh aspect.
  • the communication device may be a communication device, a component of the communication device (such as a processor, a chip, or a chip system, etc.), or a logic module or software that can realize all or part of the functions of the communication device.
  • the functions of the communication device can be implemented by hardware, or by hardware executing corresponding software.
  • the hardware or software includes one or more modules or units corresponding to the above functions.
  • the communication device includes a transceiver module and a processing module, wherein: the processing module is configured to generate a second frame, and the first field in the second frame is used to indicate one or more of the site.
  • the third field in the second frame indicates the channel access rule for the data of the first service identifier of the station; the transceiver module is used to send the second frame; If the second frame further includes a second field, the second field is used to indicate one or more silent intervals of the site, the starting time of any silent interval and any defined target wake-up time service phase of the site The starting time is the same, and the second frame is used to instruct the station to perform a third operation in the silent interval, and the third operation complies with the channel access rule; the third operation includes any of the above and the following Item: After competing for the channel, send data whose service identifier belongs to the second service identifier or the first service identifier; do not send data with the first service identifier; When the access type competes for the channel, before sending the data of the first service identifier, the data of the second service identifier is sent; or, if the second frame does not include the second field, the second field is In order to indicate one
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a communication device, which has the function of implementing the behavior in the method embodiment of the eighth aspect.
  • the communication device may be a communication device, a component of the communication device (such as a processor, a chip, or a chip system, etc.), or a logic module or software that can realize all or part of the functions of the communication device.
  • the functions of the communication device can be implemented by hardware, or can be implemented by hardware executing corresponding software.
  • the hardware or software Includes one or more modules or units corresponding to the above functions.
  • the communication device includes a transceiver module and a processing module, wherein: the transceiver module is configured to send a second frame, and the first field in the second frame is used to indicate one or more of the site. Multiple limited target wake-up time service phases, the third field in the second frame indicates the channel access rule when the station does not need to transmit data with the second service identifier at the start time of the limited target wake-up time service phase; If the second frame includes a second field, the second field is used to indicate one or more silent intervals of the station, the start time of any silent interval and the start of any defined target wake-up time service phase.
  • the time is the same, and the second frame is used to indicate that the station does not need to transmit data of the second service identifier at the start time of any defined target wake-up time service phase, indicating that the station is in the silent interval.
  • Perform a fourth operation which complies with the channel access rule; the fourth operation includes any of the following: after competing for the channel, send data, and the service identifier of the data belongs to the first service identifier ;Do not send data (or do not compete for the channel); after obtaining the data of the second service identifier to be sent, start competing for the channel; or, if the second frame does not include the second field, the second The field is used to indicate one or more silent intervals of the station.
  • the starting time of any silent interval is the same as the starting time of any defined target wake-up time service phase.
  • the second frame is used to indicate that the station is in After competing for the channel, data is sent, and the service identifier of the data is the first service identifier or the second service identifier; the second service identifier belongs to the service identifier of the priority service agreed between the site and the access point. , the first service identifier does not belong to the service identifier of the priority service agreed between the station and the access point.
  • the second frame is used to indicate that the station performs the fourth step in the silent interval when no data with the second service identifier needs to be transmitted at the starting time of any defined target wake-up time service phase. operate.
  • inventions of the present application provide another communication device.
  • the communication device includes a processor.
  • the processor is coupled to a memory.
  • the memory is used to store programs or instructions. When the program or instructions are executed by the processor , causing the communication device to perform the method shown in any possible implementation manner of the above-mentioned first to eighth aspects.
  • the process of sending information (or signals) in the above method can be understood as a process of outputting information based on instructions of the processor.
  • the processor In outputting information, the processor outputs the information to the transceiver for transmission by the transceiver. After the information is output by the processor, it may also need to undergo other processing before reaching the transceiver.
  • the processor receives incoming information
  • the transceiver receives the information and feeds it into the processor. Furthermore, after the transceiver receives the information, the information may need to undergo other processing before being input to the processor.
  • the above-mentioned processor may be a processor specifically designed to perform these methods, or may be a processor that executes computer instructions in a memory to perform these methods, such as a general-purpose processor.
  • the processor may also be configured to execute a program stored in the memory.
  • the communication device performs the method shown in the above-mentioned first aspect or any possible implementation of the first aspect.
  • the memory is located outside the communication device. In a possible implementation, the memory is located within the above communication device.
  • the processor and the memory may be integrated into one device, that is, the processor and the memory may be integrated together.
  • the communication device further includes a transceiver, which is used to receive signals or send signals, etc.
  • the present application provides another communication device.
  • the communication device includes a processing circuit and an interface circuit.
  • the interface circuit is used to obtain data or output data; the processing circuit is used to perform the above-mentioned first to eighth aspects.
  • the corresponding method is shown for any possible implementation.
  • the present application provides a computer-readable storage medium.
  • a computer program is stored in the computer-readable storage medium.
  • the computer program includes program instructions. When executed, the program instructions cause the computer to perform the above-described first aspect to The method shown in any possible implementation of the eighth aspect.
  • the present application provides a computer program product.
  • the computer program product includes a computer program.
  • the computer program includes program instructions. When executed, the program instructions cause the computer to perform any of the above-described first to eighth aspects. The implementation method is shown.
  • the present application provides a communication system, including the communication device described in the ninth aspect or any possible implementation of the ninth aspect, and the eleventh aspect or any possible implementation of the eleventh aspect.
  • the communication system includes the communication device described in the above-mentioned tenth aspect or any possible implementation manner of the tenth aspect, and the communication device described in the above-mentioned twelfth aspect or any possible implementation manner of the twelfth aspect.
  • the communication system includes the communication device described in the thirteenth aspect or any possible implementation of the thirteenth aspect, and the communication device described in the fifteenth aspect or any possible implementation of the fifteenth aspect.
  • the communication system includes the communication device described in the fourteenth aspect or any possible implementation of the fourteenth aspect, and the communication device described in the sixteenth aspect or any possible implementation of the sixteenth aspect. .
  • FIG. 1 is a WLAN communication system provided by this application.
  • FIG. 2A is an example of a TWT element field provided by this application.
  • Figure 2B is an example of a silent interval element field provided by this application.
  • Figure 3 is the interaction process provided by this application for non-AP EHT STA that wishes to use r-TWT SP to establish an agreement with the AP;
  • Figure 4 is a channel access flow chart based on the r-TWT mechanism provided by this application.
  • Figure 5 is another channel access flow chart based on the r-TWT mechanism provided by this application.
  • Figure 6 is an interaction flow chart of a channel access method provided by this application.
  • Figure 7 is an interaction flow chart of another channel access method provided by this application.
  • Figure 8 is an interaction flow chart of another channel access method provided by this application.
  • FIG. 9 is a schematic structural diagram of another TWT element domain provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 10 is a schematic structural diagram of another TWT element domain provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 11 is an interaction flow chart of another channel access method provided by this application.
  • Figure 12 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication device 1200 provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 13 is a schematic structural diagram of another communication device 130 provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 14 is a schematic structural diagram of another communication device 140 provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • an embodiment means that a particular feature, structure or characteristic described in connection with the embodiment may be included in at least one embodiment of the present application.
  • the appearances of this phrase in various places in the specification are not necessarily all referring to the same embodiment, nor are separate or alternative embodiments mutually exclusive of other embodiments. Those skilled in the art will understand, both explicitly and implicitly, that the embodiments described herein may be combined with other embodiments.
  • WLAN networks especially networks that apply the IEEE 802.11 system standard, as an example.
  • HIPERLAN high performance wireless LAN
  • WAN wide area network
  • PAN personal area network
  • the embodiments of this application can also be applied to wireless local area network systems such as Internet of Things (IoT) networks or Vehicle to X (V2X).
  • IoT Internet of Things
  • V2X Vehicle to X
  • the embodiments of the present application can also be applied to other possible communication systems, such as long term evolution (long term evolution, LTE) system, LTE frequency division duplex (FDD) system, LTE time division duplex (time division) system duplex (TDD), universal mobile telecommunication system (UMTS), global interoperability for microwave access (WiMAX) communication system, fifth generation (5th generation, 5G) communication system, and future Sixth generation (6th generation, 6G) communication system, etc.
  • LTE long term evolution
  • FDD frequency division duplex
  • TDD LTE time division duplex
  • UMTS universal mobile telecommunication system
  • WiMAX global interoperability for microwave access
  • 5G fifth generation
  • 6th generation, 6G Sixth generation
  • the WLAN communication system shown in Figure 1 is an example of a wireless communication system that can be used with the technical solution provided by this application.
  • the communication system includes an access point (AP) and one or more STAs (only STA1 and STA2 are shown).
  • both the access point and the STA support WLAN protocols.
  • the WLAN protocols can include IEEE 802.11be (or Wi-Fi 7, EHT protocol), and can also include IEEE802.11ax, IEEE 802, 11ac and other protocols.
  • IEEE 802.11be or Wi-Fi 7, EHT protocol
  • IEEE802.11ax IEEE 802, 11ac
  • the WLAN protocol can also include the next generation protocol of IEEE802.11be and so on.
  • the device that implements the method of the present application may be an access point or STA in the WLAN, or a chip or processing system installed in the access point or STA.
  • STA1 and STA2 in the basic service set can compete for channels to seize channel resources.
  • An access point is a device with wireless communication capabilities that supports communication using the WLAN protocol and has the ability to communicate with WLAN The ability to communicate with other devices on the network, such as stations or other access points. Of course, it can also have the function of communicating with other devices.
  • a WLAN system includes one or more access point (AP)-type stations and one or more non-access point-type stations (none access point station, non-AP STA).
  • AP access point
  • non-AP STA one access point station
  • this article calls the access point type site an access point (AP), and the non-access point type site is called a station (STA).
  • the access point can be a complete device, or a chip or processing system installed in the complete device. Devices equipped with these chips or processing systems can implement the methods and functions of the embodiments of the present application under the control of the chips or processing systems (ie, AP).
  • the AP in the embodiment of this application is a device that provides services for a station (Station, STA) and can support 802.11 series protocols, such as 802.11ac, 802.11n, 802.11g, 802.11b and 802.11a, 802.11be, Wi-Fi 8 or The next generation and so on.
  • the AP can be a communication entity such as a communication server, router, switch, and bridge.
  • APs can include macro base stations, micro base stations (also called small stations), pico base stations, femto base stations, relay stations, access points, gNBs, transmission reception points (TRP), evolved Node Bs (evolved Node B , eNB), radio network controller (radio network controller, RNC), home base station (for example, home evolved NodeB, or home Node B, HNB), base band unit (base band unit, BBU), WiFi access point (access point , AP), integrated access and backhaul (IAB), etc.
  • the AP can also be chips and processing systems in these various forms of devices, thereby implementing the methods and functions of the embodiments of the present application.
  • a station is a device with wireless communication capabilities that supports communication using the WLAN protocol and has the ability to communicate with other stations or access points in the WLAN network.
  • STA is any communication device that allows the user to communicate with the AP and then with the WLAN.
  • the communication device can be a complete device, or it can be a chip or processing system installed in the complete device. Equipment equipped with these chips or processing systems can implement the methods and functions of the embodiments of the present application under the control of the chips or processing systems (ie, sites).
  • STA can include mobile phones (mobile phones), mobile stations (MS), tablets (pads), computers with wireless transceiver functions (such as laptops), virtual reality (VR) devices, augmented reality (Augmented) reality, AR) equipment, wireless terminals in industrial control, wireless terminals in self-driving, wireless terminals in remote medical, and wireless terminals in smart grid , wireless terminals in transportation safety, wireless terminals in smart city, wireless terminals in smart home, subscriber unit, cellular phone, wireless data Cards, personal digital assistant (PDA) computers, tablet computers, laptop computers, machine type communication (MTC) terminals, etc.
  • Stations may include a variety of handheld devices, vehicle-mounted devices, wearable devices, computing devices, or other processing devices connected to wireless modems with wireless communications capabilities.
  • the station can be a handheld device (handset) with wireless communication function, a vehicle-mounted device, a wearable device or a terminal in the Internet of Things, the Internet of Vehicles, 5G and any form of terminal in the communication system evolved after 5G, etc.
  • the site can support 802.11 series protocols, such as 802.11ac, 802.11n, 802.11g, 802.11b, 802.11a, 802.11be, Wi-Fi 8 or its next generation and other WLAN standards.
  • TWT Target wakeup time
  • r-TWT is a new mechanism to ensure low-latency services derived from the existing broadcast TWT of IEEE 802.11ax.
  • Non-AP EHT STA refers to non-AP STA that supports the 802.11be standard.
  • the traffic of these real-time applications has very strict latency requirements (stringent latency requirements), and based on this, the r-TWT mechanism is proposed.
  • the AP publishes r-TWT through beacon frames or probe response frames.
  • the r-TWT information may indicate one or more r-TWT service periods (service periods, SPs), and one or more quiet intervals (quiet intervals).
  • the r-TWT service phase is referred to as r-TWT SP below.
  • r-TWT information is indicated in the TWT element field.
  • FIG. 2A is an example of a TWT element field provided by this application.
  • the TWT element field includes: element identification (Element ID), length (Length), control (Control) field and TWT parameter information (TWTParameter Information); among them, the element identification occupies one byte and the length occupies one word section, the control field occupies one byte, and the bytes occupied by the TWT parameter information are variable length, that is, the number of bytes occupied by the TWT parameter information is variable.
  • control fields may include: No Data Paging Indicator (NDPPaging Indicator), Response PM Mode), Negotiation Type (NegotiationType), TWT Information Frame Disabled (TWTInformation Frame Disabled), and Wake-up Duration Unit (WakeDuration Unit), Link ID Bitmap Present, and Reserved; among them, the negotiation type occupies 2 bits and other subfields occupies 1 bit.
  • the TWT parameter information includes: Broadcast TWT Parameter Set 1, Broadcast TWT Parameter Set 2 (Broadcast TWT Parameter Set 2), and other Broadcast TWT parameter sets (not shown).
  • broadcast TWT parameter set 1 includes: request type (RequestType), target wake time (TargetWake Time), minimum TWT wake duration (NominalMinimum TWT Wake Duration), TWT wake interval mantissa (TWTWake Interval Mantissa), broadcast TWT information ( Broadcast TWT Info), r-TWT traffic information (Restricted TWT Traffic Info); among them, r-TWT business information is optional (optional), and the number below each subdomain included in broadcast TWT parameter set 1 indicates that the subdomain is occupied The number of bytes.
  • broadcast TWT information includes: restricted TWT traffic information subdomain presence indication (Restricted TWT Traffic Info Present), reserved (Reserved), broadcast TWT identification (Broadcast TWT ID), broadcast TWT duration (Broadcast TWT Persistence), The number below each subfield included in the broadcast TWT information indicates the number of bits occupied by the subfield.
  • the r-TWT service information includes: service control information (TrafficInfo Control), r-TWT downlink TID bitmap (Restricted TWT DL TID Bitmap), r -TWT upstream TID bitmap (Restricted TWT UL TID Bitmap).
  • the service information control subfield includes: Downlink TID Bitmap Valid (DL TID Bitmap Valid), Uplink TID Bitmap Valid (UL TID Bitmap Valid), and Reserved (Reserved).
  • Each service information control subfield includes The number below the subfield indicates the number of bits occupied by the subfield.
  • STA and AP can negotiate the limited target wake-up time service period (r-TWT service period, r-TWT TID) through the r-TWT downlink TID bitmap and r-TWT uplink TID bitmap.
  • the r-TWT service information subfield is used by STA and AP to negotiate uplink/downlink r-TWT TID and non-rTWT TID.
  • One r-TWT service information subfield corresponds to one r-TWT SP.
  • r-TWT TID refers to one or more uplink (UL) TID and downlink (downlink, DL) TID of STA priority service in r-TWT SP.
  • TIDs other than r-TWT TID are called non-rTWT TID.
  • the r-TWT TID can be understood as one or more TIDs (including downlink TID and uplink TID) that the STA preferentially serves in the r-TWT SP negotiated between the STA and the AP.
  • each bit in the r-TWT downlink TID bitmap corresponds to a downlink TID.
  • the bit with a value of 1 corresponds to the downlink TID of r-TWT TID (downlink TID), and the bit with a value of 0 corresponds to
  • the downstream TID is non-rTWT TID.
  • each bit in the r-TWT upstream TID bitmap corresponds to an upstream TID.
  • the bit with a value of 1 corresponds to the upstream TID of r-TWT TID (upstream TID), and the bit with a value of 0 corresponds to
  • the upstream TID is non-rTWT TID (upstream TID).
  • the TWT parameter information includes one or more broadcast TWT parameter sets, such as broadcast TWT parameter set 1 and broadcast TWT parameter set 2 shown in Figure 2A.
  • the Broadcast TWT Recommendation subfield (Broadcast TWT Recommendation) in the request type field of each broadcast TWT parameter set is used to indicate the TWT type specified by the broadcast TWT parameter set.
  • the value of the broadcast TWT recommended subfield is 4, indicating that this broadcast TWT parameter set corresponds to an r-TWT.
  • This request type is IEEE Introduced by 802.11be, it cannot be understood by traditional sites.
  • the broadcast TWT information subfield (Broadcast TWT Info) in the TWT element field contains a one-bit r-TWT service information subfield existence indication subfield ( Restricted TWT Traffic Info Present).
  • the value of the r-TWT service information subfield existence indication subfield is 1, which means that the TWT element field contains the r-TWT service information subfield (Restricted TWT Traffic Info) shown in Figure 2A.
  • the value of the r-TWT service information subfield existence indication subfield is 0, which means that the TWT element field does not contain the r-TWT service information subfield shown in the figure.
  • the Broadcast TWT ID subfield indicates the identification number of the TWT group. In Figure 2A, the meaning of each subfield or field can be found in relevant standards, such as the 802.11 series protocols.
  • Figure 2B is an example of a silent interval element field provided by this application.
  • the quiet interval element field includes: element identification (Element ID) field, length (Length) field, quiet count (QuierCount) field, quiet period (QuietPeriod) field, quiet length (QuietDuration) field, quiet offset (QuietOffet) field.
  • element ID element identification
  • QuantierCount quiet count
  • QuantietPeriod quiet period
  • quiet length QietDuration
  • quiet offset QietOffet
  • the Quiet Interval (QI) element field can be included in beacon frames, probe response frames, etc. Beacon frames, detection response frames, etc. may include both the TWT element field and the silent interval element field.
  • the TWT element field and the silent interval element field can be regarded as two elements in frames such as beacon frames and detection response frames.
  • the site can determine the start time and duration of one or more silent intervals based on the silent interval element field.
  • the silence length indicates the length of the silence interval, and the silence count and silence offset can be used to determine the start time of the silence interval.
  • Non-AP EHT STAs that wish to use r-TWT SP need to first establish an r-TWT agreement (r-TWT agreement) with the AP to join one or more r-TWT groups (for example, the AP groups by broadcasting TWT ID).
  • the AP and different STAs can establish r-TWT agreements respectively.
  • Figure 3 shows the interaction process provided by this application for non-AP EHT STA that wishes to use r-TWT SP to establish an agreement with the AP.
  • the interaction process between the non-AP EHT STA that wants to use r-TWT SP and the AP to establish an agreement is as follows: Extremely high throughput station 1 (EHT STA 1) to the extremely high throughput access point (EHT AP) Send an r-TWT Setup Request Frame (r-TWT Setup Request Frame); after receiving the r-TWT Setup Request Frame, the EHT AP replies with an r-TWT Setup Response Frame (r-TWT Setup Response Frame) to the EHT STA1.
  • EHT STA Extremely high throughput station 1
  • EHT AP Send an r-TWT Setup Request Frame
  • r-TWT Setup Request Frame After receiving the r-TWT Setup Request Frame, the EHT AP replies with an r-TWT Setup Response Frame (r-TWT Setup Response Frame) to the EHT STA1.
  • r-TWT Setup Response Frame r-TWT Setup Response Frame
  • non-AP EHT STA sends an r-TWT establishment request frame to join at most one r-TWT group. If the non-AP EHT STA needs to join multiple r-TWT groups, it needs to establish r-TWT agreements with the AP multiple times and join one r-TWT group each time.
  • the r-TWT establishment request frame and r-TWT establishment response frame contain the r-TWT service information subfield (Restricted TWT Traffic Info), see Figure 2A.
  • the r-TWT traffic information subfield contains downlink and uplink traffic identifier (TID) indications respectively, that is, the r-TWT downlink TID bitmap and the r-TWT uplink TID bitmap in Figure 2A.
  • TID traffic identifier
  • the non-AP EHT STA and the AP negotiate the r-TWT TID through the r-TWT service information subfield. For example, each bit in the r-TWT downlink TID bitmap (one byte) corresponds to a downlink TID.
  • the bit with a value of 1 corresponds to the downlink TID of r-TWT TID (downlink TID), and the bit with a value of 0 corresponds to The downstream TID is non-rTWT TID.
  • each bit in the r-TWT upstream TID bitmap (one byte) corresponds to an upstream TID.
  • the bit with a value of 1 corresponds to the upstream TID of r-TWT TID (upstream TID), and the bit with a value of 0 corresponds to The upstream TID is non-rTWT TID (upstream TID).
  • relevant standards such as the 802.11 series protocols, which will not be described here.
  • non-AP EHT STA After joining one or more r-TWT groups, non-AP EHT STA can use r-TWT SP.
  • the sites involved in this application are mainly divided into three categories.
  • the first category is EHTSTA that belongs to the r-TWT group
  • the second category is EHTSTA that does not belong to the r-TWT group
  • the EHTSTA belonging to the r-TWT group may be called an r-TWT scheduled STA (r-TWT scheduled STA).
  • the first type of site and the second type of site are sites that support the 802.11be standard, that is, ETH STA.
  • Non-ETH STA refers to sites that do not support the 802.11be standard, such as traditional sites.
  • the first type of site and the second type of site are distinguished from the perspective of whether the site belongs to (or can use) a certain r-TWT SP. If a site belongs to (or can be used by) a certain r-TWT SP, the site is a first-category site for the r-TWT SP. In other words, if a site joins the r-TWT group corresponding to a certain r-TWT SP, then for the r-TWT SP, the site is a first-category site.
  • a site does not belong to (or cannot be used) a certain r-TWT SP, for the r-TWT SP, the site is a second-category site. In other words, if a site has not joined the r-TWT group corresponding to a certain r-TWT SP, then for the r-TWT SP, the site is a second type site.
  • EHTSTA can determine whether it belongs to (can be referred to as belonging to for short) the beacon frame or probe response frame indication through the Broadcast TWT ID subfield in the TWT element field in the beacon frame or probe response frame sent by the AP.
  • r-TWT SP The broadcast TWT identification subfield indicates the identification number of the TWT group.
  • the EHT STA can determine that it belongs to the r-TWT SP corresponding to the identification number of the TWT group.
  • the TWT element field in the beacon frame or probe response frame sent by the AP can indicate one or more r-TWT SPs, and each r-TWT SP corresponds to the identification number of a TWT group.
  • multiple broadcast TWT parameter sets in the TWT element field each correspond to an r-TWT SP.
  • the broadcast TWT identifier in each broadcast TWT parameter set represents the identification number of a TWT group.
  • the identification number of the TWT group corresponds to the Broadcast the r-TWT SP corresponding to the TWT parameter set.
  • Figure 4 is a channel access flow chart based on the r-TWT mechanism provided by this application.
  • the channel access process shown in Figure 4 shows the principle of the r-TWT mechanism.
  • the extremely high throughput access point (EHT AP) sends a beacon frame (Beacon).
  • the beacon frame indicates the starting time of one or more r-TWT SPs.
  • the EHT AP can Set a quiet interval (quiet interval) aligned with the starting time of r-TWT SP in the standard frame, with a duration of 1 millisecond (ms); EHTSTA 1 belonging to the r-TWT group can ignore the above quiet interval, that is, in r- After the TWT SP starts, it competes for the channel and sends data frames after competing for the channel; EHTSTA 2 and non-ETH STA 3 that do not belong to the r-TWT group need to remain silent according to the silent interval.
  • the length of the silent interval is generally shorter than the length of r-TWT SP.
  • a silent interval aligned with the start time of r-TWT SP refers to a silent interval whose start time is the same as the start time of r-TWT SP.
  • the start time of multiple silent intervals and the duration of each silent interval can be indicated in the beacon frame.
  • Figure 4 shows only one first category site (i.e., EHTSTA 1 within the r-TWT group), one second category site (i.e., EHTSTA 2 that does not belong to the r-TWT group), and one third category site (i.e., EHTSTA 2 that does not belong to the r-TWT group) non-ETH STA 3).
  • an actual WLAN system may include one or more first-category sites, one or more second-category sites, and one or more third-category sites. This application does not limit the number of each type of site.
  • the r-TWT mechanism also requires that the r-TWT scheduling STA (such as EHTSTA 1 belonging to the r-TWT group) must transmit the upstream non- rTWT TID data.
  • the r-TWT mechanism also requires that the r-TWT scheduling STA cannot transmit non-rTWT TID data after competing for the channel within the entire r-TWT SP specified time before completing the upstream r-TWT TID data transmission. .
  • the data of r-TWT TID refers to the data whose service identifier belongs to r-TWT TID
  • the data of non-rTWT TID refers to the data whose service identifier belongs to non-rTWT TID.
  • the data of r-TWT TID means that the service identifier belongs to r-TWT TID
  • the data of non-rTWT TID means that the service identifier belongs to non-rTWT TID.
  • EHTSTA 1 belonging to the r-TWT group competes for the channel in the r-TWT SP, it first sends data frame 1, which is the data of the uplink r-TWT TID; in the uplink r-TWT TID
  • data frame 1 is the data of the uplink r-TWT TID
  • acknowledgment frame 1 is sent by the AP for data frame 1
  • acknowledgment frame 2 is sent by the AP for data frame 2.
  • the first type of station i.e. r-TWT scheduled STA
  • the second type of station such as EHTSTA 2 that does not belong to the r-TWT group
  • the third type of station such as non-ETH STA 3
  • the first type of station executes when the beacon frame (or other frame) sent by the AP indicates the silent interval.
  • the operation is the same as that performed by the first type of station when the beacon frame (or other frame) sent by the AP does not indicate a silent interval.
  • the beacon frame shown in Figure 4 includes a first field, which is used to indicate one or more r-TWT SPs of the EHT STA (any first type station).
  • the beacon frame may include
  • the second field may not include the second field.
  • the second field indicates the silent interval of the EHT STA.
  • the starting time of the silent interval is consistent with the time of any r-TWT SP (belonging to the r-TWT SP indicated by the first field). The starting time is the same.
  • the first type of station i.e., r-TWT scheduled STA
  • the first type of station performs operations when the beacon frame includes the second field.
  • the same operation as the first category of stations does when the beacon frame does not include the second field. That is, the first type of station does not care whether the beacon frame includes the second field. It can be understood that, for the AP, whether the beacon frame (or other frame) sent by the AP includes the second field is meaningless to the first type of station.
  • the AP can carry r-TWT SP information through beacon frames, detection response frames, TWT setup (Setup) frames, or other frames.
  • the beacon frame carrying r-TWT SP information is used as an example for description.
  • STA1 and STA2 in the basic service set can compete for channels to seize channel resources.
  • a possible way for STAs to compete for channels is as follows: STA uses channel competition parameter 1 to compete for channels of one or more access types corresponding to r-TWT TID, and uses channel competition parameter 2 to compete for channels of one or more access types corresponding to non-rTWT TIDs. Access types compete for channels; among them, channel competition parameter 1 and channel competition parameter 2 are any two sets of multiple sets of parameters of the STA used for channel competition.
  • the station can use two sets (or two sets) of EDCA parameter sets for channel access (or channel competition), one set is the enhanced distributed channel access (EDCA) parameter set, and the other is the enhanced distributed channel access (EDCA) parameter set.
  • One set is a multi-user (MU) EDCA parameter set.
  • the EDCA parameter set is an example of channel competition parameter 1
  • the MU EDCA parameter set is an example of channel competition parameter 2.
  • the site uses the MU EDCA parameter set for channel access. Its competition waiting time is longer and the backoff window is larger. Therefore, compared with using the traditional EDCA parameter set for channel access, the channel access has a lower priority.
  • the STA uses a backoff mechanism to compete for channels for the access type corresponding to r-TWT TID and/or the access type corresponding to non-rTWT TID.
  • a backoff mechanism to compete for channels for the access type corresponding to r-TWT TID and/or the access type corresponding to non-rTWT TID.
  • one or more access types corresponding to the r-TWT TID of the STA perform backoff, and one or more access types corresponding to the non-rTWT TID perform backoff; when an access type backs off to 0, the The access type contends for the channel.
  • the STA's access type can perform backoff by randomly generating a backoff count value (corresponding to a random window or contention window) and starting backoff.
  • Successful backoff to 0 can be considered as the access type competing for the channel.
  • the STA detects that the channel is idle once during the backoff process, its backoff count value is decremented by 1.
  • stations can use any method
  • the AP sets a silent interval aligned with the start time for the r-TWT SP.
  • the purpose is to ensure that the data of the r-TWT TID of the r-TWT scheduled STA (that is, the first type of station mentioned above) can be transmitted preferentially.
  • a certain r-TWT scheduling STA (belonging to the first category of sites mentioned above) does not have r-TWT TID data to transmit (for example, data transmission has been completed through random competition before )
  • the r-TWT scheduled STAs will still continue to compete for the channel.
  • FIG. 5 is another channel access flow chart based on the r-TWT mechanism provided by this application.
  • the entry point (EHT AP) sends a beacon frame (can be replaced by a detection response frame or other frame).
  • the beacon frame indicates the starting time of one or more r-TWT SPs.
  • the AP sets the same value as r in the beacon frame.
  • the two data frames sent by r-TWT scheduling STA 1 on the r-TWT SP are both non-rTWT TID data
  • the two acknowledgment frames sent by the AP are for the two data frames sent by the r-TWT SP.
  • r-TWT scheduling STA 1 means that when the start time of r-TWT SP arrives, there happens to be no r-TWT TID data, but it still competes for the channel and successfully competes for the channel, and then transmits non-rTWT TID STA with data
  • r-TWT scheduling STA 2 represents the STA that has r-TWT TID data that needs to be transmitted during the silent interval, but has not grabbed the channel.
  • non-rTWT TID data will be sent directly (because there is no r-TWT TID data, and it conforms to the r-TWT TID data specified in the r-TWT mechanism. transmission is completed), so that the competition and data transmission of its non-rTWT TID preempts the data transmission opportunity of the r-TWT TID of other r-TWT scheduled STA (STA 2 in the figure), thereby affecting the delay performance of other STA .
  • Figure 6 is an interaction flow chart of a channel access method provided by this application. As shown in Figure 6, the interaction process of this method includes:
  • the access point sends the first frame.
  • the station receives the first frame.
  • the first field in the first frame is used to indicate one or more defined target wake-up time service phases (r-TWT SP) for the station.
  • the r-TWT group corresponding to one or more r-TWT SPs indicated by the first field belongs to the r-TWT group that the station joins.
  • the first frame can be a beacon frame, a detection response frame, a TWT setup (Setup) frame, or any other frame that can indicate the r-TWT SP and silent interval.
  • the first frame may include a TWT element field as shown in FIG. 2A, and the TWT element field includes a first field.
  • the first field may be any broadcast TWT parameter set in the TWT element field of the first frame. Referring to Figure 2A, when the negotiation type value in the Control field in the TWT element field is 2, it means that the "TWT parameter information" in the TWT element field is broadcast TWT parameter information.
  • the value of "Broadcast TWT Recommendation" in the Reuest Type field in the Broadcast TWT parameter set is 4, indicating that this Broadcast TWT parameter set is an r-TWT parameter set.
  • the broadcast TWT parameter set (i.e. the first field) indicates an r-TWT SP. Each r-TWT SP is uniquely identified by the Broadcast TWT ID field.
  • the station performs different communication processing based on the first frame.
  • the protocol stipulates or pre-agrees whether the first frame includes the second field, so that the station can clearly understand the operations that need to be performed. That is to say, the operations performed by the station based on the first frame when the first frame includes the second field are stipulated or pre-agreed through the protocol, and the operations performed by the station based on the first frame when the first frame does not include the second period. .
  • the station when the first frame includes the second field, the station performs the following step 602 according to the first frame; when the first frame does not include the second field, the station performs the following step 603 according to the first frame; wherein,
  • the second field is used to indicate one or more silent intervals of the site.
  • the starting time of any silent interval is the same as the starting time of any defined target wake-up time service phase.
  • the first frame also includes a second field
  • the second field is used to indicate one or more silent intervals of the station, and the starting time of any silent interval is the same as the starting time of any defined target wake-up time service phase.
  • the site performs the first operation in any silent interval.
  • the above-mentioned first operation includes any of the following: not sending data with the first service identifier; in the case where the access type corresponding to the first service identifier competes for the channel, before sending the data with the above-mentioned first service identifier, sending the second Business identification data.
  • the above-mentioned second service identifier belongs to the service identifier of the priority service agreed between the above-mentioned station and the access point, that is, r-TWT TID.
  • the above-mentioned first service identifier does not belong to the service identifier of the priority service agreed between the above-mentioned station and the above-mentioned access point. In other words, the first service identifier belongs to non-rTWT TID.
  • Not sending the data of the first service identifier can be understood as: not sending any non-rTWT TID data during the silent interval.
  • sending the data with the second service identifier can be understood as: the station can transmit the data of non-rTWT TID only after the station has completed transmitting the data of r-TWT TID within the silent interval.
  • a possible implementation method for the site not to send the data of the first service identification is as follows: the site sets the internal basic service set (intra-BSS) network allocation for the access category (access category, AC) corresponding to the non-rTWT TID of the site.
  • Vector network allocation vector, NAV
  • the duration of NAV is set to the length of the silent interval, that is, the length.
  • the 802.11 standard stipulates that if the AC of a site is set to NAV, it cannot continue to back off from competing channels. In other words, after a station sets NAV on the AC corresponding to any non-rTWT TID, the AC cannot continue to back off from the competing channel (or stop competing for the channel).
  • the site sets intra-BSS NAV for the AC of the first service type, and the duration of the NAV is set to the length of the silent interval.
  • the AC corresponding to the first service identifier is different from the AC corresponding to the second service identifier. In this way, the AC corresponding to the first service identifier cannot continue to retreat from the competition channel, while the AC corresponding to the second service identifier continues to retreat from the competition channel. After the station's silent interval ends, the AC of the first service type continues to compete for the channel.
  • the site sets intra-BSS NAV for all ACs corresponding to non-rTWT TIDs that do not belong to the ACs corresponding to r-TWT TIDs, and the length of the NAV is set to the length of the silent interval. That is to say, if a non-rTWT TID of the station corresponds to the same AC as an r-TWT TID, the station does not set NAV for the AC. In this way, in order to avoid causing the AC corresponding to the r-TWT TID to be unable to continue to back off from the competing channel. .
  • the station does not set intra-BSS NAV for the AC corresponding to the r-TWT TID among the ACs corresponding to its non-rTWT TID; after any AC corresponding to both the non-rTWT TID and the r-TWT TID successfully competes for the channel, the station must The data of the r-TWT TID corresponding to the AC is transmitted first, and only after the data transmission of the r-TWT TID corresponding to the AC is completed, the data of the non-rTWT TID corresponding to the AC can be transmitted.
  • the station can distinguish the AC corresponding to non-rTWT TID and the AC corresponding to r-TWT TID, and only set NAV for the AC corresponding to non-rTWT TID that does not belong to the AC corresponding to r-TWT TID. This can not only prevent the AC corresponding to the non-rTWT TID from being unable to continue to compete for the channel, but also prevent the AC corresponding to the r-TWT TID from being unable to continue to retreat from the competing channel; it can ensure the delay performance of the r-TWT TID data.
  • a possible implementation of the station not sending the data of the first service identifier is as follows: after the AC corresponding to the first service identifier competes for the channel (for example, backing off to 0), the station does not send the data of the first service identifier, and restarts Choose a backoff count value to contend for the channel and keep the contention window size constant until the silence interval ends.
  • the AC corresponding to the above-mentioned first service identifier is different from the AC corresponding to the above-mentioned second service identifier. This can avoid causing the AC corresponding to the r-TWT TID to be unable to continue to back off the contention channel.
  • the station first transmits the data of the r-TWT TID corresponding to the AC until the r-TWT corresponding to the AC After the TID data transmission is completed, the non-rTWT TID data corresponding to the AC can be transmitted.
  • the technical purpose of the site not sending data of the first service identifier can be achieved, and the competition mechanism of the site does not need to be changed.
  • a possible implementation method for the station not to send the data of the first service identifier is as follows: after the AC corresponding to the first service identifier competes for the channel (that is, backs off to 0), the station does not send the data of the first service identifier, and restarts Choose a retreat The backoff count value is used to compete for the channel; after the backoff count value backs off to 0, the data of the first service identifier is not sent, and a backoff count value is selected again to compete for the channel; and so on, until the end of the silent interval.
  • the AC corresponding to the above-mentioned first service identifier is different from the AC corresponding to the above-mentioned second service identifier.
  • the station If a non-rTWT TID and a r-TWT TID correspond to the same AC, after the AC successfully competes for the channel, the station first transmits the data of the r-TWT TID corresponding to the AC until the r-TWT corresponding to the AC After the TID data transmission is completed, the non-rTWT TID data corresponding to the AC can be transmitted.
  • the technical purpose of the site not sending data of the first service identifier can be achieved, and the competition mechanism of the site does not need to be changed.
  • a possible implementation method for the station not to send the data of the first service identifier is as follows: making the AC corresponding to the first service identifier remain silent (or suspend, stop backing off the contention channel, etc.).
  • any of the above r-TWT SPs refers to any one of one or more r-TWT SPs of the station indicated by the first field in the first frame.
  • the first frame may also include a second field indicating one or more silent intervals for the station.
  • the above-mentioned second field may include silence count, silence period, silence length, and silence offset.
  • the second field in the first frame may be the silent interval element field in the first frame, see FIG. 2B.
  • the one or more silent intervals indicated by the second field may not be for one or some sites, but for all sites. In a possible implementation, the second field only indicates the starting time of one or more silent intervals, but does not indicate (or limit) which site or sites these silent intervals belong to.
  • the one or more silent intervals indicated by the second field may be considered as silent intervals for any site.
  • any site can regard one or more silent intervals indicated by the second field as its own silent intervals.
  • the second field indicates the start time of one or more silent intervals, and indicates (or defines) which site or sites the one or more silent intervals belong to. If one or more silent intervals indicated by the second field belong to a certain site, then the site can, when the starting time of any silent interval is the same as the starting time of any r-TWT SP, when the starting time of any silent interval is within Perform the first action.
  • the site can remain silent according to the one or more silent intervals.
  • a station may use one or more r-TWT SPs indicated in the first field of the first frame.
  • the station belongs to (or belongs to) one or more r-TWT SPs indicated by the first field of the first frame.
  • the station joins the r-TWT group corresponding to one or more r-TWT SPs indicated by the first field of the first frame.
  • the station schedules STAs for r-TWT, that is, the station belongs to the first type of station mentioned above.
  • the site shown in Figure 6 is an example of the first type of site mentioned above. It should be understood that any first-category site can perform operations or processes performed by the site in Figure 6 .
  • the station determines whether it belongs to the r-TWT SP indicated by the first field through the broadcast TWT identification subfield in the broadcast TWT element in the first frame.
  • the station can perform the interaction process in Figure 3 with the AP to establish an r-TWT agreement, thereby joining one or more r-TWT groups.
  • each r-TWT group corresponds to an r-TWT SP.
  • the identification number of the TWT group represented by the broadcast TWT identification subfield belongs to the r-TWT group that the station joins, it can determine that it belongs to the r-TWT SP corresponding to the identification number of the TWT group.
  • the conditions for performing the first operation include: the first frame also includes a second field for indicating one or more silent intervals, and the starting time of any silent interval is the same as the first
  • the first field of a frame indicates The starting time of any r-TWT SP is the same.
  • the conditions for the station to perform the first operation during the silent interval indicated by the second field include: the first frame includes the second field, and the starting time of any silent interval indicated by the second field is the same as the start time indicated by the first field.
  • the starting time of any r-TWT SP is the same.
  • the site may use multiple methods to determine whether the conditions for performing the first operation in the silent interval indicated in the second field are met, which are not limited by this application.
  • the same start time means that the difference in time (that is, the difference between the start time of any silent interval and the start time of any r-TWT SP) is within a certain threshold, and can be regarded as the same start time. That’s it, no restrictions are made here.
  • the same starting time in this application means that those skilled in the art can understand that the starting time is the same, and it is not limited to being at the same moment to be called the same starting time.
  • the station after receiving the first frame sent by the AP, performs the following operations: determine whether the first frame includes a second field, where the starting time of any silent interval indicated by the second field is consistent with the station's The starting time of an r-TWT SP is the same; if so, perform the first operation within any silent interval. If the first frame includes the second field, the station can also compete for the channel with the second service identifier during any silent interval, and after competing for the signal, send data with the second service identifier.
  • the station after receiving the first frame sent by the AP, performs the following operations: determine whether it belongs to at least one r-TWT SP indicated by the first field in the first frame; after determining that the station belongs to the first field After indicating at least one r-TWT SP, determine whether the first frame includes a second field indicating one or more silent intervals; after determining that the first frame includes the second field, determine whether the start time of the silent interval is consistent with the The start time of any r-TWT SP to which the station belongs is the same; after determining that the start time of any silent interval is the same as the start time of any r-TWT SP to which the station belongs, the station shall The first action is performed during the silent interval.
  • the station determines that the start time of any silent interval indicated by the second field is the same as the start time of any r-TWT SP to which the station belongs, the station competes for the channel for the AC identified by the second service. If the station determines that it does not belong to the r-TWT SP indicated by the first field in the first frame, the station cannot use the r-TWT SP indicated by the first field.
  • the station after receiving the first frame sent by the AP, the station performs the following operations: records whether the AP sets the corresponding silent interval for the r-TWT SP to which the station belongs; if so, performs the above first step during the silent interval. operate. If not, after competing for the channel, the station sends data, and the service identifier of the data is the first service identifier or the second service identifier.
  • the records here can be replaced by determination, judgment, etc.
  • the station Record the AP and set the corresponding silent interval for the r-TWT SP to which the site belongs. For the AP, if the AP sets the corresponding silent interval for the r-TWT SP to which a certain station belongs, the AP allows the station to perform the first operation; otherwise, all TIDs of the station are allowed to compete for the channel in the r-TWT SP .
  • Step 602 can be replaced with: 603. If the first frame does not include the second field, the station sends data after competing for the channel.
  • the service identifier of the data is the first service identifier or the second service identifier.
  • the second field is used for Indicates one or more silent intervals for the above-mentioned sites.
  • the starting time of any silent interval is the same as the starting time of any r-TWT SP of the site.
  • the first frame does not include the second field, including two situations: one situation is that the first frame does not include any field indicating the silent interval, and the other situation is that the first frame includes one or more fields indicating the silent interval, but The starting time of the silent interval indicated by this one or more fields is different from the starting time of each r-TWT SP of the site.
  • An example of the first frame not including the second field is as follows: the first frame includes field 1, and the starting time of each silent interval indicated by field 1 is different from the starting time of each r-TWT SP of the site. If the first frame does not include the second field, all TIDs of the station can compete for channels in the r-TWT SP to which the station belongs.
  • the first frame does not include the second field, indicating that the AP has not set a silent interval for the r-TWT SP to which the station belongs.
  • the station sends data after competing for the channel; the data competing for the channel can be sent in time.
  • the station after receiving the first frame, performs the following operations: determine whether it belongs to the first word in the first frame segment indicates at least one r-TWT SP; after determining that the station belongs to at least one r-TWT SP indicated by the first field, determine whether the first frame includes a second field indicating a silent interval; if the first frame does not include the In the second field, the station starts to compete for the channel at the starting time of an r-TWT SP to which it belongs; after competing for the channel, it sends data, and the service identifier of the data is the first service identifier or the second service identifier.
  • the AC corresponding to one or more non-rTWT TIDs of the station and the AC corresponding to one or more r-TWT TIDs start at the start time of the r-TWT SP Competition channel; when an AC competes for the channel, data of the service identifier corresponding to the AC is sent.
  • the station first sends the data of the r-TWT TID corresponding to the AC, and then sends the data of the non-rTWT TID corresponding to the AC.
  • the above-mentioned second frame also includes a third field, the above-mentioned third field is used to indicate the channel access rule for the data of the above-mentioned first service identifier of the above-mentioned station, and the above-mentioned station during any of the above-mentioned silence intervals
  • the above-mentioned first operation performed complies with the above-mentioned channel access rules.
  • the above-mentioned third field indicates the operation performed by the above-mentioned station in any of the above-mentioned silent intervals.
  • the above-mentioned first operation is: do not send the above-mentioned information during any of the above-mentioned silence intervals.
  • the first operation is: when the access type corresponding to the first service identifier competes for the channel, before sending the data of the first service identifier, send the data of the second service identifier.
  • the third field indicates the channel access rule for the data of the first service identifier within the silent interval, and the first operation performed by the station in any of the above silent intervals conforms to the channel access rule. Adverse effects on the transmission of r-TWT TID data can be reduced by flexibly indicating the channel access rules for the station's first service identification data within the silent interval.
  • the first type of station performs the same operation when the first frame sent by the AP includes the second field and performs the same operation when the first frame does not include the second field.
  • the operation performed by the station when the first frame sent by the AP includes the second field is different from the operation performed when the first frame does not include the second field.
  • the first field in the first frame sent by the AP is used to indicate one or more r-TWT SPs of the site.
  • the first frame also includes a second field
  • the second field is used to indicate one or more silent intervals of the site, and the starting time of any silent interval is the same as any r-TWT SP of the site, the first frame Used to instruct the site to perform the first operation during any silent interval. If the starting time of each silent interval is different from the starting time of each r-TWT SP of the station, after the station competes for the channel within the silent interval, it sends data, and the service identifier of the data is the first service identifier or the second service identifier. Business identification.
  • the second field is used to indicate one or more silent intervals of the station, and the first frame is used to indicate that the station sends data after competing for the channel, and the service of the data
  • the identifier is the above-mentioned first service identifier or the above-mentioned second service identifier. It should be understood that in this application, whether the first frame sent by the AP includes the second field is meaningful to the first type of station. By sending the first frame that includes the second field and the first frame that does not include the second field, the AP can cause the station to perform different operations to ensure the delay performance of the station.
  • the station performs the first operation during the silent interval; this can avoid adverse effects on the transmission of r-TWT TID data, that is, the delay performance of the station in transmitting r-TWT TID data is guaranteed.
  • Embodiment 1 describes the channel access rules of the non-rTWT TID of the site (belonging to the first type of site mentioned above), and solves the problem of whether r-TWT is allowed to schedule STA during the silent interval after the r-TWT SP starts. non-rTWT TID for channel access issues.
  • Figure 7 is an interaction flow chart of another channel access method provided by this application. As shown in Figure 7, the interaction process of this method includes:
  • the access point sends the first frame.
  • the station receives the first frame.
  • the first field in the first frame is used to indicate one or more r-TWT SPs of the above-mentioned site.
  • step 701 please refer to step 601.
  • the station does not need to transmit the data of the second service identifier at the starting time of any r-TWT SP, if the first frame also includes a second field, the second field is used to indicate one or more of the station.
  • Silent interval the starting time of any silent interval is the same as the starting time of any r-TWT SP, and the site performs the second operation in any silent interval.
  • the above-mentioned second operation includes any of the following: not sending data with the first service identifier; changing the channel competition parameters of the AC corresponding to the first service identifier of the station to a group with a lower channel access chance.
  • the above-mentioned second service identifier belongs to the service identifier of the priority service agreed between the above-mentioned station and the access point, that is, r-TWT TID.
  • the above-mentioned first service identifier does not belong to the service identifier of the priority service agreed between the above-mentioned station and the above-mentioned access point. In other words, the first service identifier belongs to non-rTWT TID.
  • the implementation method of the station not sending the data of the first service identification can be referred to the implementation method of the station not sending the data of the first service identification in Embodiment 1, which will not be described in detail here.
  • Any r-TWT SP means any one of one or more r-TWT SPs of the station indicated by the first field in the first frame.
  • Changing the channel competition parameters of the AC corresponding to the first service identifier of the station to a group with a lower channel access chance can be understood as: the station adjusts the channel competition parameters of the AC corresponding to the first service identifier to a group with a lower chance.
  • there are two sets of channel competition parameters for the AC corresponding to the station's first service identifier i.e.
  • Non-rTWT TID the station adopts a set of channel competition parameters with a higher chance of channel access in the non-r-TWT SP: The AC corresponding to the first service identifier competes for the channel; within the silent interval whose start time is aligned with the start time of r-TWT SP, a set of channel competition parameters with a lower channel access probability is used to compete for the AC corresponding to the first service identifier. channel.
  • the station uses the same set of channel competition parameters in non-r-TWT SP and r-TWT SP to compete for the AC channel corresponding to the second service identifier.
  • Non-r-TWT SP refers to the time other than r-TWT SP.
  • the station receives the first frame, and the first field of the first frame indicates a certain r-TWT SP of the station; the station uses the EDCA parameter set as the first service before the start time of the r-TWT SP. Identifies the corresponding AC competition channel; when the starting time of the r-TWT SP is reached, and no data of the r-TWT TID needs to be transmitted, if the first frame also includes a second field, the second field The starting time of any indicated silent interval is the same as the starting time of the r-TWT SP.
  • the station uses the MU EDCA parameter set to compete for the AC channel corresponding to the first service identifier in any silent interval.
  • the AC corresponding to the first service identifier is different from the AC corresponding to the second service identifier. This can avoid changing the channel competition parameters of the AC corresponding to the second service identifier to a group with a lower channel access chance.
  • the station changes the channel competition parameters of the ACs corresponding to the non-rTWT TID that do not belong to the ACs corresponding to the r-TWT TID to a group with a lower channel access chance.
  • a non-rTWT TID of a station corresponds to the same AC as a r-TWT TID
  • the station does not change the channel competition parameters of the AC to a group with a lower chance of channel access, that is, the AC is maintained
  • the channel competition parameters remain unchanged.
  • the station must first transmit the data of the r-TWT TID corresponding to the AC until the data transmission of the r-TWT TID corresponding to the AC ends. After that, the data of the non-rTWT TID corresponding to the AC can be transmitted.
  • the station changes the channel competition parameters of the AC corresponding to the station's first service identifier to a group with a lower channel access chance; while reducing the adverse impact on the transmission of r-TWT TID data, it provides the ability to transmit r-TWT TID data opportunities.
  • the conditions for the station to perform the second operation include: the first frame includes a second field, and the starting time of any silent interval indicated by the second field is the same as the first The starting time of any r-TWT SP of the station indicated by the field is the same, and the station does not need to transmit the data of the second service identifier at the starting time of any r-TWT SP.
  • the site may use a variety of methods to determine whether the requirements for performing the second operation during the silent interval indicated in the second field are met. Conditions are not limited in this application.
  • the station after receiving the first frame sent by the AP, the station performs the following operations: records whether the first frame includes a second field, and the start time of any silent interval indicated by the second field is consistent with any of the station's The starting time of r-TWT SP is the same; at the starting time of any r-TWT SP, if there is no non-rTWT TID data to be transmitted, determine (or determine) whether the first frame includes the second field; If so, perform the second operation within any silent interval.
  • the first frame including the second field can be understood as: the AP sets the corresponding silent interval for the r-TWT SP to which the station belongs (corresponding to any of the above r-TWT SPs).
  • the station after receiving the first frame sent by the AP, performs the following operations: determine whether it belongs to at least one r-TWT SP indicated by the first field in the first frame; In the case of at least one r-TWT SP, the station determines (determines) whether there is no data of any r-TWT TID that needs to be transmitted at the starting time of any r-TWT SP to which it belongs; When no r-TWT TID data needs to be transmitted at the starting time of the TWT SP, if the first frame also includes a second field, the second field is used to indicate one or more silent intervals of the station, any The starting time of the silent interval is the same as the starting time of any r-TWT SP, and the station performs the second operation in any silent interval.
  • the station determines that it does not belong to the r-TWT SP indicated by the first field in the first frame, the station cannot use the r-TWT SP indicated by the first field.
  • the station needs to transmit r-TWT TID data at the starting time of any r-TWT SP, it can adopt the technical solution in Embodiment 1.
  • the station after receiving the first frame sent by the AP, the station performs the following operations: records whether the AP sets the corresponding silent interval for the r-TWT SP to which the station belongs; At the starting time, if there is no r-TWT TID data to be transmitted, it is necessary to determine whether the AP sets the corresponding silent interval for the r-TWT SP to which the site belongs; if so, perform the second operation in the silent interval.
  • the second field is used to indicate one or more silent intervals of the station, and the starting time of any silent interval is the same as the starting time of any r-TWT SP, then the station Record the AP and set the corresponding silent interval for the r-TWT SP to which the site belongs.
  • Step 702 can be replaced with: 703. If the first frame does not include the second field, the station sends data after competing for the channel.
  • the service identifier of the data is the first service identifier or the second service identifier.
  • the second field is used for Indicates one or more silent intervals for the above-mentioned sites.
  • the starting time of any silent interval is the same as the starting time of any r-TWT SP of the site.
  • Step 703 may refer to step 603 in Figure 6, and will not be described in detail here.
  • the method interaction process in Figure 7 also includes:
  • the station competes for the channel after obtaining the data of the second service identifier to be sent within the time indicated by any of the above silent intervals, or the station competes for the channel after the end of any of the above silent intervals.
  • the station After the station obtains the data of the second service identifier to be sent within the time indicated by any of the above silent intervals, it competes for the channel in order to transmit the data of the second service identifier faster. After any of the above silent intervals ends, the station competes for the channel; it can avoid the non-rTWT TID business from occupying the transmission opportunity of the r-TWT TID business in the r-TWT SP and ensure the priority service right of the r-TWT TID business.
  • the station competing for the channel after any of the above silent intervals ends can be understood as: the station does not compete for the channel during any of the above silent intervals, and starts to compete for the channel after any of the above silent intervals ends.
  • a possible way to prevent the station from competing for the channel during any of the above silent intervals is for the station to set NAV for all TIDs, and the length of the NAV is set to the length of any of the above silent intervals.
  • the duration of the silent interval is shorter than the duration of r-TWT SP. If after any of the above silent intervals ends, the r-TWT SP aligned with the start time of any of the silent intervals has not ended, the station competes for the channel within the r-TWT SP.
  • the station can also use other methods to achieve the purpose of not competing for the channel during the silent interval. This application is not limited to the implementation method of not competing for the channel during the silent interval.
  • the station's operation of not sending the data of the first service identifier during the silent interval can be regarded as remaining silent during the silent interval. While the site remains silent, if data from r-TWT TID arrives (i.e., it gets the data to be sent) The data of the second service identifier); one of the following methods can be performed: Method 1. Still remain silent, that is, competition for the channel is not allowed, and channel competition can be resumed until the end of the silence interval; Method 2. Cancel the silent state, that is, start competing for the channel .
  • the above-mentioned second frame also includes a third field, the above-mentioned third field is used to indicate that the above-mentioned station does not need to transmit any data of the above-mentioned second service identifier at the starting time of the defined target wake-up time service phase.
  • the above-mentioned second operation performed by the above-mentioned station during any of the above-mentioned silent intervals complies with the above-mentioned channel access rules.
  • the second operation performed by the above-mentioned station during any of the above-mentioned silent intervals is determined by the above-mentioned station based on the above-mentioned third field.
  • the above-mentioned not sending the data of the above-mentioned first service identifier includes the following two types: not competing for the channel during any of the above-mentioned silent intervals, and continuing to compete for the channel after the above-mentioned any of the silent intervals; There is no competition for the channel. After the data of the second service identifier arrives, competition for the channel begins. If the above-mentioned third field indicates that the above-mentioned station does not need to transmit any data with the above-mentioned second service identifier at the start time of the limited target wake-up time service phase, the above-mentioned station is prohibited from competing for the channel in the silent interval, and only after the end of the silent interval.
  • the competition can continue, and the above-mentioned second operation is: do not compete for the channel during any of the above-mentioned silent intervals, and continue to compete for the channel after the end of any of the above-mentioned silent intervals; or, if the above-mentioned third field indicates that the above-mentioned station serves at the limited target wake-up time
  • the above-mentioned station is prohibited from competing for the channel in the silent interval.
  • competition for the channel begins.
  • the above-mentioned second operation is: After obtaining the data of the second service identifier to be sent, competition for the channel begins. Before the station obtains the data of the second service identifier to be sent, it is prohibited to compete for the channel in the silent interval.
  • the third field indicates the channel access rules for the data of the first service identification of the site.
  • the channel access rules for the data of the first service identification of the site can be flexibly configured to reduce the need for the second service identification. Adverse effects caused by the transmission of data.
  • the first type of station performs the same operation when the first frame sent by the AP includes the second field and performs the same operation when the first frame does not include the second field.
  • the operation performed by the station when the first frame sent by the AP includes the second field is different from the operation performed when the first frame does not include the second field.
  • the first field in the first frame sent by the AP is used to indicate one or more r-TWT SPs of the site.
  • the first frame also includes a second field
  • the second field is used to indicate one or more silent intervals of the station, and the starting time of any silent interval is the same as the starting time of any r-TWT SP of the station
  • the The first frame is used to instruct the station to perform the above-mentioned second operation in any silent interval when the station does not need to transmit the data of the second service identifier at the starting time of any r-TWT SP.
  • the second field is used to indicate one or more silent intervals of the station, and the first frame is used to indicate that the station sends data after competing for the channel, and the service identifier of the data is non-rTWT TID or r-TWT TID.
  • the AP can cause the station to perform different operations to ensure the delay performance of the station.
  • the site performs the second operation during the silent interval.
  • the second operation is not to send the data of the first service identification; adverse effects on the transmission of the r-TWT TID data can be avoided.
  • the second operation is to change the channel competition parameters of the AC corresponding to the first service identifier of the station to a group with a lower channel access chance, it can reduce the adverse impact on the transmission of r-TWT TID data and at the same time provide There is an opportunity to transmit r-TWT TID data.
  • Embodiment 2 describes the channel access rules for sites that do not need to transmit data with r-TWT TID (belonging to the first category of sites mentioned above), and solves the problem of r-TWT scheduling STA at the starting time of r-TWT SP There is no question of whether r-TWT TID data is allowed to compete for channels when it needs to be transmitted.
  • FIG 8 is an interaction flow chart of another channel access method provided by this application. As shown in Figure 8, the interaction process of this method includes:
  • the access point sends the second frame.
  • the station receives the second frame.
  • the second frame may be a beacon frame, a probe response frame, or other frames.
  • the first field in the second frame is used to indicate one or more r-TWT SPs of the site.
  • the third field in the second frame indicates the channel access rules for data of the station's non-rTWT TID.
  • the channel access rules can be replaced by channel access methods, channel competition methods, etc.
  • the third field indicates the channel access rules for the station's non-rTWT TID data in the silent interval.
  • the third field may be located in the broadcast TWT parameter set in the second frame.
  • the third field may subsequently be called the access mode (Access Mode) subfield.
  • the third field may occupy 2 bits.
  • the access mode (Access Mode) subfield that is, the third field, is introduced in the broadcast TWT parameter set.
  • the first field and the third field may be located in the same broadcast TWT parameter set.
  • the access mode subfield can occupy 2 or more bits of any reserved bits in the broadcast TWT parameter set. Table 1 shows the value meaning of the access mode (Access Mode) subfield.
  • allowing non-rTWT TID to compete for the channel in the silent interval can be understood as: allowing the station to compete for the channel in the silent interval to send non-rTWT TID data, and after competing for the signal, send the non-rTWT TID data .
  • the AC corresponding to the non-rTWT TID of the station is allowed to compete for the channel in the silent interval, and after competing for the channel, send the data of the non-rTWT TID.
  • Prohibiting non-rTWT TID from competing for the channel in the silent interval can be understood as: prohibiting stations from competing for the channel in the silent interval to send data of non-rTWT TID.
  • the AC corresponding to the non-rTWT TID of the station is prohibited from competing for the channel during the silent interval.
  • allowing the non-rTWT TID to compete for the channel can be: allowing the AC corresponding to the non-rTWT TID of the station to compete for the channel in the silent interval; After the AC corresponding to non-rTWT TID competes for the channel, it must first transmit the data of r-TWT TID; after all the data of r-TWT TID is transmitted, the station is allowed to transmit the data of non-rTWT TID.
  • allowing non-rTWT TID to compete for the channel can be: before all the data of r-TWT TID is transmitted, prohibit the non-rTWT TID of the station from competing for the channel.
  • the AC corresponding to the rTWT TID competes for the channel in the silent interval; after all the data of the r-TWT TID is transmitted, the AC corresponding to the non-rTWT TID of the station is allowed to compete for the channel in the silent interval.
  • the third field is located in the broadcast TWT information subfield of the broadcast TWT parameter set in the second frame, and the third field may occupy 2 bits.
  • Figure 9 is a schematic structural diagram of another TWT element domain provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the broadcast TWT information subfield includes: Restricted TWT Traffic Information Subfield existence indication (Restricted TWT Traffic Info Present), access mode (Access Mode), broadcast TWT identification (Broadcast TWT ID), broadcast TWT duration (Broadcast TWT Persistence), the number below each subfield included in the broadcast TWT information indicates the number of bits occupied by the subfield.
  • the access mode ie, the third field
  • the access mode occupies two reserved bits in the broadcast TWT information subfield, which is compatible with the existing broadcast TWT parameter set without adding bits.
  • the meaning of each subfield or field in Figure 9 is the same as that in Figure 2A, and will not be described again here.
  • the third field is located in the traffic information control (Traffic Info Control) subfield of the broadcast TWT parameter set in the second frame, and the third field occupies 2 bits.
  • Figure 10 shows another TWT element field provided by the embodiment of the present application. Schematic. As shown in Figure 10, the service information control subfield includes: downlink TID bitmap valid (DL TID Bitmap Valid), uplink TID bitmap valid (UL TID Bitmap Valid), access mode (Access Mode), reserved (Reserved) , the number below each subfield included in the service information control subfield indicates the number of bits occupied by the subfield.
  • the access mode (ie, the third field) occupies 2 bits reserved in the service information control subfield, which is compatible with the existing broadcast TWT parameter set without adding bits.
  • the meaning of each subfield or field in Figure 10 is the same as that in Figure 2A, and will not be described again here.
  • the access mode may also occupy other reserved bits in the broadcast TWT parameter set, which is not limited in this application.
  • the second frame also includes a second field
  • the second field is used to indicate one or more silent intervals of the station, and the starting time of any silent interval is the same as the starting time of any r-TWT SP of the station.
  • the site performs a third action during any silent interval.
  • the above-mentioned third operation complies with the channel access rules of the non-rTWT TID data indicated by the above-mentioned third field.
  • the second frame also includes the second field, the third operation performed by the station in any of the above silent intervals is determined by the third field.
  • the third operation includes any of the following: after competing for the channel, send data whose service identifier belongs to r-TWT TID or non-rTWT TID; do not send data with the first service identifier; send data corresponding to the first service identifier
  • the access type competes for the channel
  • sending data may be: after the AC corresponding to any TID of the station competes for the channel, the AC sends data for this TID.
  • the implementation method of the station not sending the data of the first service identification can be referred to the implementation method of the station not sending the data of the first service identification in Embodiment 1, which will not be described in detail here.
  • the third operation is: after competing for the channel in any of the above silent intervals, send data, and the service identifier of the data belongs to r- TWT TID or non-rTWT TID.
  • the third operation is: do not send the first service identifier during any of the above silent intervals. data.
  • the third field in the second frame indicates that non-rTWT TID is prohibited from competing for the channel during the silent interval, but after all r-TWT TID data is transmitted, non-rTWT TID is allowed to compete for the channel.
  • the third operation is: in the first When the access type corresponding to the service identifier competes for the channel, the data of the second service identifier is sent before the data of the first service identifier is sent.
  • Step 802 can be replaced with: 803. If the second frame does not include the second field, the station sends data after competing for the channel.
  • the service identifier of the data belongs to r-TWT TID or non-rTWT TID.
  • the second field is used for Indicates one or more silent intervals for the above-mentioned sites.
  • the starting time of any silent interval is the same as the starting time of any r-TWT SP of the site.
  • Step 803 may refer to step 603 in Figure 6, and will not be described in detail here.
  • the third field in the second frame indicates the channel access rules for the non-rTWT TID data of the site, which can flexibly configure the channel access rules for the non-rTWT TID data of the site and reduce the need for Adverse effects caused by the transmission of r-TWT TID data.
  • the access point supports channel access rules for data of non-rTWT TID of the designated site.
  • the station performs channel access according to the channel access rules of the non-rTWT TID data specified by the access point; it solves whether r-TWT is allowed to schedule the non-rTWT TID of the STA during the silent interval after the r-TWT SP starts. Channel access issues.
  • Figure 11 is an interaction flow chart of another channel access method provided by this application. As shown in Figure 11, the interaction process of this method includes:
  • the access point sends the second frame.
  • the station receives the second frame.
  • the second frame may be a beacon frame, a probe response frame, or other frames.
  • the first field in the second frame is used to indicate one or more r-TWT SPs of the site.
  • the third field in the second frame indicates the channel access rule when the station does not have any r-TWT TID data to transmit at the start time of the r-TWT SP.
  • the third field may be located in the broadcast TWT parameter set in the second frame.
  • the third field may subsequently be called the access mode (Access Mode) subfield.
  • the third field may occupy 2 bits.
  • the access mode (Access Mode) subfield that is, the third field, is introduced in the broadcast TWT parameter set.
  • the first field and the third field may be located in the same broadcast TWT parameter set.
  • the access mode subfield can occupy 2 or more bits of any reserved bits in the broadcast TWT parameter set. Table 2 shows the value meaning of the access mode (Access Mode) subfield.
  • the third field in Embodiment 4 may be located in the broadcast TWT information subfield of the broadcast TWT parameter set in the second frame.
  • the access mode shown in Figure 9 is the third field in Embodiment 4.
  • the third field in Embodiment 4 may be located in the traffic information control (Traffic Info Control) subfield of the broadcast TWT parameter set in the second frame.
  • the access mode shown in Figure 10 is the third field in Embodiment 4.
  • the station does not need to transmit the data of the second service identifier at the starting time of any r-TWT SP, if the second frame also includes a second field, the second field is used to indicate one or more of the station.
  • Silent interval the starting time of any silent interval is the same as the starting time of any r-TWT SP, and the site performs the fourth operation in any silent interval.
  • the above fourth operation complies with the channel access rules when the station indicated by the above third field does not have any r-TWT TID data to be transmitted at the starting time of the r-TWT SP.
  • the station when the station does not need to transmit the data of the second service identifier at the starting time of any r-TWT SP, if the second frame also includes the second field, the station performs the fourth operation in any of the above silent intervals. It is determined by the third field.
  • the fourth operation includes any of the above: after competing for the channel, send data whose service identifier belongs to non-rTWT TID; do not send data (or do not compete for the channel); after obtaining the second service to be sent After the identified data, competition for the channel begins.
  • sending data may be: after the AC corresponding to any TID of the station competes for the channel, the AC sends data for this TID.
  • the station does not send data either because the station stops competing for the channel or because the station remains silent.
  • the site sets intra-BSS NAV for each AC, and the length of this NAV is set to the length of the silent interval.
  • the station is allowed to compete for the channel in the silent interval.
  • the fourth operation is: in any of the above silences After competing for the channel within the interval, data is sent, and the service identifier of the data belongs to non-rTWT TID.
  • the station is prohibited from competing for the channel during the silent interval, and the station can continue to compete after the silent interval ends.
  • the fourth operation is: do not send data (or do not compete for channels) within any of the above silent intervals.
  • the station is prohibited from competing for the channel during the silent interval.
  • the silent state is canceled and the competition for the channel is started.
  • the fourth operation is: after obtaining the data of the second service identifier to be sent, the competition for the channel is started.
  • Step 1102 can be replaced with: 1103. If the second frame does not include the second field, the station sends data after competing for the channel.
  • the service identifier of the data belongs to r-TWT TID or non-rTWT TID.
  • the second field is used for Indicates one or more silent intervals for the above-mentioned sites.
  • the starting time of any silent interval is the same as the starting time of any r-TWT SP of the site.
  • Step 1103 may refer to step 603 in Figure 6, and will not be described in detail here.
  • the third field in the second frame indicates the channel access rule when the station does not need to transmit any r-TWT TID data at the starting time of the r-TWT SP.
  • the station can be flexibly configured when the r-TWT SP starts.
  • the starting time of the TWT SP does not require any channel access rules for transmission of r-TWT TID data, and reduces the adverse impact on the transmission of r-TWT TID data.
  • the access point is supported to specify the channel access rules of stations that do not need to transmit data with r-TWT TID.
  • the station performs channel access according to the channel access rules specified by the access point; this solves the problem of whether the r-TWT scheduling STA is allowed to compete for the channel when there is no r-TWT TID data to be transmitted at the starting time of the r-TWT SP. .
  • the access point publishes (carries) the access mode, that is, the third field, through the second frame sent, so that the station performs channel access according to the channel access rules indicated by the access mode.
  • access mode There are two publishing forms for information with access mode (Access Mode) subfield:
  • Form 1 The AP broadcasts in frames such as beacon frames and detection response frames, which is the method in Embodiment 3 and Embodiment 4.
  • Form 2 The station and AP make a request when establishing the r-TWT agreement, and the AP decides to accept or not accept it in the response frame (response). For example, the station sends an r-TWT setup request frame to the AP.
  • the r-TWT setup request frame contains the access mode requested by the station.
  • the access mode indicates the non-rTWT TID data of the station.
  • the AP accepts access mode 1 requested by the station.
  • the station does not send the first frame during the silent interval indicated by the second field.
  • a business identification data For another example, the AP accepts the access mode 2 requested by the station.
  • the station when the first frame sent by the AP includes the first field and the second field, the station competes for the access type corresponding to the first service identifier. In the case of accessing the channel, before sending the data of the first service identifier, the data of the second service identifier is sent. For another example, the AP accepts access mode 3 requested by the site.
  • the site when the site does not need to transmit data with the second service identifier at the starting time of any r-TWT SP, if the first frame also includes the second field, the second field is used to indicate the silent interval of the station. The starting time of the silent interval is the same as the starting time of any r-TWT SP.
  • the station does not send the data of the first service identifier during the silent interval. .
  • the AP accepts access mode 4 requested by the site.
  • the site when the site does not need to transmit data with the second service identifier at the starting time of any r-TWT SP, if the first frame also includes the second field, the second field is used to indicate the silent interval of the site.
  • the starting time of the silent interval is the same as the starting time of any r-TWT SP.
  • the site changes the first service identifier of the site during the silent interval.
  • the channel competition parameters of the corresponding AC are the group with lower channel access opportunities.
  • FIG 12 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication device 1200 provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the communication device 1200 may correspond to the functions or steps implemented by the station in each of the above method embodiments, and may also correspond to the functions or steps implemented by the access point in each of the above method embodiments.
  • the communication device may include a processing module 1210 and a transceiver module 1220.
  • a storage unit may also be included, which may be used to store instructions (code or programs) and/or data.
  • the processing module 1210 and the transceiver module 1220 can be coupled with the storage unit.
  • the processing module 1210 can read the instructions (code or program) and/or data in the storage unit to implement the corresponding method.
  • the transceiver module 1220 may include a sending module and a receiving module.
  • the sending module can be a transmitter
  • the receiving module can be a receiver.
  • the entity corresponding to the transceiver module 1220 may be a transceiver or a communication interface.
  • the communication device 1200 can correspondingly implement the behaviors and functions of the site in the above method embodiments.
  • the communication device 1200 may be a site, or may be a component (such as a chip or a circuit) used in a site.
  • the transceiver module 1220 can, for example, be used to perform all receiving or sending operations performed by the station in the embodiments of FIG. 6, FIG. 7, FIG. 8, and FIG. 11, such as step 601 in the embodiment shown in FIG. 6, and the steps shown in FIG. 7. Step 701 in the embodiment shown in FIG. 8 , step 801 in the embodiment shown in FIG. 8 , step 1101 in the embodiment shown in FIG. 11 , and/or other processes used to support the techniques described herein.
  • the processing module 1210 is configured to perform all operations performed by the station in the embodiments of FIG. 6, FIG. 7, FIG. 8, and FIG. 11 except for the sending and receiving operations, such as steps 602 and 603 in the embodiment shown in FIG. 6. , Step 702, Step 703, and Step 704 in the embodiment shown in Figure 7, Step 802 and Step 803 in the embodiment shown in Figure 8, Step 1102 and Step 1103 in the embodiment shown in Figure 11.
  • the communication device 1200 can correspondingly implement the behaviors and functions of the access point in the above method embodiments.
  • the communication device 1200 may be an access point, or may be a component (such as a chip or circuit) used in the access point.
  • the transceiver module 1220 may, for example, be used to perform all receiving or sending operations performed by the access point in the embodiments of FIG. 6, FIG. 7, FIG. 8, and FIG. 11, such as step 601 in the embodiment shown in FIG. 6, FIG. Step 701 in the embodiment shown in FIG. 7, step 801 in the embodiment shown in FIG. 8, step 1101 in the embodiment shown in FIG. 11, and/or other processes used to support the technology described herein.
  • the processing module 1210 is configured to perform all operations performed by the access point except for the transceiver operation, such as the operation of generating a first frame or generating a second frame.
  • FIG. 13 is a schematic structural diagram of another communication device 130 provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the communication device in Figure 13 may be the above-mentioned station or the above-mentioned access point.
  • the communication device 130 includes at least one processor 1310 and a transceiver 1320 .
  • the processor 1310 and the transceiver 1320 may be used to perform functions or operations performed by the station, etc.
  • the transceiver 1320 performs, for example, all receiving or transmitting operations performed by the stations in the embodiments of FIGS. 6, 7, 8, and 11.
  • the processor 1310 is, for example, configured to perform all operations performed by the station in the embodiments of FIGS. 6, 7, 8, and 11 except for the sending and receiving operations.
  • the processor 1310 and the transceiver 1320 may be used to perform functions or operations performed by the access point, and the like.
  • the transceiver 1320 performs, for example, all receiving or transmitting operations performed by the access point in the embodiments of FIG. 6, FIG. 7, FIG. 8, and FIG. 11.
  • the processor 1310 is configured to perform all operations performed by the access point except for transceiver operations, such as operations of generating a first frame or generating a second frame.
  • Transceiver 1320 is used to communicate with other devices/devices over transmission media.
  • the processor 1310 uses the transceiver 1320 to send and receive data and/or signaling, and is used to implement the method in the above method embodiment.
  • the processor 1310 can implement the function of the processing module 1210, and the transceiver 1320 can implement the function of the transceiver module 1220.
  • the transceiver 1320 may include a radio frequency circuit and an antenna.
  • the radio frequency circuit is mainly used for conversion of baseband signals and radio frequency signals and processing of radio frequency signals.
  • Antennas are mainly used to send and receive radio frequency signals in the form of electromagnetic waves.
  • Input and output devices such as touch screens, display screens, keyboards, etc., are mainly used to receive data input by users and output data to users.
  • the communication device 130 may also include at least one memory 1330 for storing program instructions and/or data.
  • Memory 1330 and processor 1310 are coupled.
  • the coupling in the embodiment of this application is the indirect coupling between devices, units or modules.
  • a combination or communication connection, which may be electrical, mechanical or other forms, is used for information exchange between devices, units or modules.
  • the processor 1310 may cooperate with the memory 1330.
  • Processor 1310 may execute program instructions stored in memory 1330 . At least one of the at least one memory may be included in the processor.
  • the processor 1310 can read the software program in the memory 1330, interpret and execute the instructions of the software program, and process the data of the software program.
  • the processor 1310 performs baseband processing on the data to be sent, and then outputs the baseband signal to the radio frequency circuit.
  • the radio frequency circuit performs radio frequency processing on the baseband signal and then sends the radio frequency signal out in the form of electromagnetic waves through the antenna.
  • the radio frequency circuit receives the radio frequency signal through the antenna, converts the radio frequency signal into a baseband signal, and outputs the baseband signal to the processor 1310.
  • the processor 1310 converts the baseband signal into data and performs processing on the data. deal with.
  • the above-mentioned radio frequency circuit and antenna can be arranged independently of the processor that performs baseband processing.
  • the radio frequency circuit and antenna can be arranged remotely and independently of the communication device.
  • connection medium between the above-mentioned transceiver 1320, processor 1310 and memory 1330 is not limited in the embodiment of the present application.
  • the memory 1330, the processor 1310 and the transceiver 1320 are connected through a bus 1340 in Figure 13.
  • the bus is represented by a thick line in Figure 13.
  • the connection between other components is only a schematic explanation. , is not limited.
  • the bus can be divided into address bus, data bus, control bus, etc. For ease of presentation, only one thick line is used in Figure 13, but it does not mean that there is only one bus or one type of bus.
  • the processor may be a general-purpose processor, a digital signal processor, an application-specific integrated circuit, a field programmable gate array or other programmable logic device, a discrete gate or transistor logic device, or a discrete hardware component, which may implement or Execute each method, step and logical block diagram disclosed in the embodiment of this application.
  • a general-purpose processor may be a microprocessor or any conventional processor, etc. The steps of the methods disclosed in conjunction with the embodiments of the present application can be directly implemented by a hardware processor for execution, or can be executed by a combination of hardware and software modules in the processor.
  • FIG. 14 is a schematic structural diagram of another communication device 140 provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the communication device shown in FIG. 14 includes a logic circuit 1401 and an interface 1402 .
  • the processing module 1210 in Figure 12 can be implemented by the logic circuit 1401, and the transceiver module 1220 in Figure 12 can be implemented by the interface 1402.
  • the logic circuit 1401 can be a chip, a processing circuit, an integrated circuit or a system on chip (SoC) chip, etc.
  • the interface 1402 can be a communication interface, an input-output interface, etc.
  • the logic circuit and the interface may also be coupled to each other.
  • the embodiments of this application do not limit the specific connection methods of the logic circuits and interfaces.
  • the logic circuit and interface may be used to perform the functions or operations performed by the above-mentioned site, etc.
  • the logic circuit and interface may be used to perform the functions or operations performed by the above-mentioned access point, etc.
  • This application also provides a computer-readable storage medium, which stores computer programs or instructions.
  • the computer program or instructions When the computer program or instructions are run on a computer, the computer is caused to execute the method of the above embodiments.
  • the computer program product includes instructions or computer programs. When the instructions or computer programs are run on a computer, the methods in the above embodiments are executed.
  • This application also provides a communication system, including the above-mentioned site and the above-mentioned access point.

Abstract

The present application discloses a channel access method and a related device. The present application is applied to a wireless local area network system supporting IEEE802.11ax next-generation Wi-Fi protocols, such as 802.11be, Wi-Fi7 or EHT, and 802.11be next-generation, Wi-Fi8 and other 802.11-series protocols. The method comprises: a station receives a first frame, a first field in the first frame being used for indicating one or more restricted target wakeup time service periods of the station; if the first frame further comprises a second field, the second field is used for indicating a quiet interval of the station, and the station performs a first operation at the quiet interval, the first operation comprising any one of the following: not sending data of a first traffic identifier; and when an access type corresponding to the first traffic identifier competes for a channel, sending data of a second traffic identifier before the data of the first traffic identifier is sent. The priority transmission of the data of the second traffic identifier can be ensured.

Description

信道接入方法和相关装置Channel access method and related device
本申请要求于2022年05月20日提交中国专利局、申请号为202210552469.0、申请名称为“信道接入方法和相关装置”的中国专利申请的优先权,其全部内容通过引用结合在本申请中。This application claims priority to the Chinese patent application filed with the China Patent Office on May 20, 2022, with application number 202210552469.0 and application name "Channel Access Method and Related Devices", the entire content of which is incorporated into this application by reference. .
技术领域Technical field
本申请涉及通信领域,尤其涉及信道接入方法和相关装置。The present application relates to the field of communications, and in particular to channel access methods and related devices.
背景技术Background technique
无线局域网(wireless local area network,WLAN)经历了IEEE 802.11a/b/g/n/ac/ax等标准。目前正在讨论中的802.11be,其标准版本持续得到演进和发展。802.11n标准的名称又叫做高吞吐率(high throughput,HT)。802.11ac标准又叫做非常高吞吐率(very high throughput,VHT)。802.11ax又叫做高效(high efficient,HE)。802.11be又叫做极高吞吐率(extremely high throughput,EHT)。而对于HT之前的标准,如802.11a/b/g等统称叫做高吞吐率(非Non-HT)。Wireless local area network (WLAN) has experienced standards such as IEEE 802.11a/b/g/n/ac/ax. The standard version of 802.11be, currently under discussion, continues to evolve and develop. The name of the 802.11n standard is also called high throughput (HT). The 802.11ac standard is also called very high throughput (VHT). 802.11ax is also called high efficient (HE). 802.11be is also called extremely high throughput (EHT). For standards before HT, such as 802.11a/b/g, they are collectively called high throughput (non-HT).
目前,越来越多的无线网络应用和服务对延时特性提出了较为严苛的要求。例如在线游戏、虚拟现实、工业现场等。为此,下一代WLAN IEEE 802.11be标准将保障延时以及延时抖动特性作为一项关键的技术目标,得到了业界的广泛重视。IEEE 802.11be拟引入限定目标唤醒时间(restricted target wakeup time,r-TWT)技术来提升延时保障性能。因此,需要研究通过r-TWT技术来提升延时保障性能的方案。Currently, more and more wireless network applications and services have put forward more stringent requirements on delay characteristics. For example, online games, virtual reality, industrial scenes, etc. To this end, the next-generation WLAN IEEE 802.11be standard regards ensuring delay and delay jitter characteristics as a key technical goal, which has received widespread attention from the industry. IEEE 802.11be plans to introduce restricted target wakeup time (r-TWT) technology to improve delay guarantee performance. Therefore, it is necessary to study solutions to improve delay guarantee performance through r-TWT technology.
发明内容Contents of the invention
本申请实施例公开了一种信道接入方法和相关装置,能够保障r-TWT业务标识(trafficidentifier,TID)的数据得到优先传输。The embodiment of the present application discloses a channel access method and related devices, which can ensure that data of r-TWT traffic identifier (TID) is transmitted with priority.
第一方面,本申请实施例提供一种信道接入方法,该方法包括:站点接收第一帧,所述第一帧中的第一字段用于指示所述站点的一个或多个限定目标唤醒时间服务阶段;若所述第一帧还包括第二字段,所述第二字段用于指示所述站点的一个或多个静默间隔,任一静默间隔的起始时间与任一限定目标唤醒时间服务阶段的起始时间相同,所述站点在所述任一静默间隔执行第一操作,所述第一操作包括以下任一项:不发送第一业务标识的数据;在第一业务标识对应的接入类型竞争到信道的情况下,在发送所述第一业务标识的数据之前,发送第二业务标识的数据;或者,若所述第一帧未包括第二字段,所述站点在竞争到信道之后,发送数据,所述数据的业务标识为所述第一业务标识或所述第二业务标识,所述第二字段用于指示所述站点的一个或多个静默间隔,任一静默间隔的起始时间与任一限定目标唤醒时间服务阶段的起始时间相同;所述第二业务标识属于所述站点与接入点协定的优先服务的业务标识,所述第一业务标识不属于所述站点与所述接入点协定的优先服务的业务标识。In a first aspect, embodiments of the present application provide a channel access method. The method includes: a station receives a first frame, and a first field in the first frame is used to indicate one or more limited target wake-ups of the station. Time service phase; if the first frame also includes a second field, the second field is used to indicate one or more silent intervals of the site, the starting time of any silent interval and any defined target wake-up time The starting time of the service phase is the same, and the station performs the first operation in any of the silent intervals. The first operation includes any of the following: not sending data with the first service identifier; When the access type competes for a channel, the station sends the data of the second service ID before sending the data of the first service ID; or, if the first frame does not include the second field, the station sends the data of the second service ID before the access type competes for the channel. After the channel, data is sent. The service identifier of the data is the first service identifier or the second service identifier. The second field is used to indicate one or more silent intervals of the site. Any silent interval The starting time is the same as the starting time of any limited target wake-up time service phase; the second service identifier belongs to the service identifier of the priority service agreed between the station and the access point, and the first service identifier does not belong to The service identifier of the priority service agreed between the site and the access point.
本申请实施例中,通过协议规定或预先约定第一帧中是否包括第二字段,使得站点能够明确需要进行的操作。或者说,站点根据第一帧是否包括第二字段,执行协议规定或预先约定的操作。具体的,若第一帧还包括第二字段,站点在上述任一静默间隔执行第一操作;可 避免对第二业务标识的数据的传输造成不利影响,即保障站点传输第二业务标识的数据的延时性能。若第一帧未包括第二字段,站点在竞争到信道之后,发送数据;可使得该站点及时传输数据。In the embodiment of the present application, whether the second field is included in the first frame is stipulated in the protocol or pre-agreed, so that the station can clearly understand the operations that need to be performed. In other words, the station performs the operations specified in the protocol or pre-agreed based on whether the first frame includes the second field. Specifically, if the first frame also includes the second field, the station performs the first operation in any of the above silent intervals; it can To avoid adverse effects on the transmission of data with the second service identifier, that is, to ensure the delay performance of the site in transmitting data with the second service identifier. If the first frame does not include the second field, the station sends data after competing for the channel; this allows the station to transmit data in time.
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述第一业务标识对应的接入类型与所述第二业务标识对应的接入类型不同。In a possible implementation manner, the access type corresponding to the first service identifier is different from the access type corresponding to the second service identifier.
在该实现方式中,第一业务标识对应的接入类型与第二业务标识对应的接入类型不同,可以避免造成第二业务标识的数据无法传输。In this implementation, the access type corresponding to the first service identifier is different from the access type corresponding to the second service identifier, which can avoid causing the data of the second service identifier to be unable to be transmitted.
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述第二字段包括元素标识字段、长度字段、静默计数字段、静默周期字段、静默长度字段、静默偏移字段。In a possible implementation, the second field includes an element identification field, a length field, a silence count field, a silence period field, a silence length field, and a silence offset field.
在该实现方式中,通过第二字段包括的信息可确定一个或多个静默间隔。In this implementation, one or more silent intervals may be determined by information included in the second field.
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述第二帧还包括第三字段,所述第三字段用于指示所述站点的所述第一业务标识的数据的信道接入规则,所述站点在所述任一静默间隔执行的所述第一操作符合所述信道接入规则。或者说,所述站点在所述任一静默间隔执行的所述第一操作是所述站点根据所述第三字段确定的。换句话说,所述第三字段指示所述站点在所述任一静默间隔执行的操作。In a possible implementation, the second frame further includes a third field, the third field is used to indicate the channel access rule of the data of the first service identifier of the station, and the station is The first operation performed in any silent interval complies with the channel access rule. In other words, the first operation performed by the station in any silent interval is determined by the station based on the third field. In other words, the third field indicates the operation performed by the station during any silent interval.
在该实现方式中,第三字段指示站点的第一业务标识的数据的信道接入规则,可灵活地配置站点的第一业务标识的数据的信道接入规则,并减少对第二业务标识的数据的传输造成的不利影响。In this implementation, the third field indicates the channel access rules for the data of the first service identification of the site, which can flexibly configure the channel access rules for the data of the first service identification of the site and reduce the need for the second service identification. Adverse effects caused by the transmission of data.
第二方面,本申请实施例提供另一种信道接入方法,该方法包括:站点接收第一帧,所述第一帧中的第一字段用于指示所述站点的一个或多个限定目标唤醒时间服务阶段;所述站点在所述任一限定目标唤醒时间服务阶段的起始时间没有第二业务标识的数据需要传输的情况下,若所述第一帧还包括第二字段,所述第二字段用于指示所述站点的一个或多个静默间隔,任一静默间隔的起始时间与所述任一限定目标唤醒时间服务阶段的起始时间相同,所述站点在所述任一静默间隔执行第二操作,所述第二操作包括以下任一项:不发送第一业务标识的数据;更改所述站点的第一业务标识对应的接入类型的信道竞争参数为信道接入机会更低的一组;或者,若所述第一帧未包括第二字段,所述站点在竞争到信道之后,发送数据,所述数据的业务标识为所述第一业务标识或所述第二业务标识,所述第二字段用于指示所述站点的一个或多个静默间隔,任一静默间隔的起始时间与任一限定目标唤醒时间服务阶段的起始时间相同;所述第二业务标识属于所述站点与接入点协定的优先服务的业务标识,所述第一业务标识不属于所述站点与所述接入点协定的优先服务的业务标识。In a second aspect, embodiments of the present application provide another channel access method. The method includes: a station receives a first frame, and a first field in the first frame is used to indicate one or more defined targets of the station. Wake-up time service phase; if the station does not need to transmit data of the second service identifier at the starting time of any defined target wake-up time service phase, if the first frame also includes a second field, the The second field is used to indicate one or more silent intervals of the site. The starting time of any silent interval is the same as the starting time of any defined target wake-up time service phase. The site is in any of the Perform a second operation during the silent interval. The second operation includes any of the following: not sending data of the first service identifier; changing the channel competition parameter of the access type corresponding to the first service identifier of the station to a channel access opportunity. A lower group; or, if the first frame does not include the second field, the station sends data after competing for the channel, and the service identifier of the data is the first service identifier or the second service identifier. Service identifier, the second field is used to indicate one or more silent intervals of the site, the starting time of any silent interval is the same as the starting time of any defined target wake-up time service phase; the second service The first service identifier is a service identifier that does not belong to the priority service agreed between the site and the access point.
本申请实施例中,通过协议规定或预先约定第一帧中是否包括第二字段,使得站点能够明确需要进行的操作。或者说,站点根据第一帧是否包括第二字段,执行协议规定或预先约定的操作。具体的,若第一帧还包括第二字段,站点在上述任一静默间隔执行第二操作。当第二操作是不发送第一业务标识的数据;可以避免对第二业务标识的数据的传输造成不利影响。当第二操作是更改站点的第一业务标识对应的接入类型的信道竞争参数为信道接入机会更低的一组时,可以降低第一业务标识对应的接入类型的信道接入的概率,能够降低对第二业务标识的数据的传输造成不利影响的几率,又一定程度上保留了传输第一业务标识的数据的机会。若第一帧未包括第二字段,站点在竞争到信道之后,发送数据;可使得该站点及时传输数据。In the embodiment of the present application, whether the second field is included in the first frame is stipulated in the protocol or pre-agreed, so that the station can clearly understand the operations that need to be performed. In other words, the station performs the operations specified in the protocol or pre-agreed based on whether the first frame includes the second field. Specifically, if the first frame also includes the second field, the station performs the second operation in any of the above silent intervals. When the second operation is not to send the data with the first service identifier, adverse effects on the transmission of the data with the second service identifier can be avoided. When the second operation is to change the channel competition parameters of the access type corresponding to the first service identifier of the station to a group with a lower channel access probability, the probability of channel access of the access type corresponding to the first service identifier can be reduced. , can reduce the probability of adverse impact on the transmission of data with the second service identifier, and retain the opportunity to transmit data with the first service identifier to a certain extent. If the first frame does not include the second field, the station sends data after competing for the channel; this allows the station to transmit data in time.
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述第一业务标识对应的接入类型与所述第二业务标识对应的接入类型不同。 In a possible implementation manner, the access type corresponding to the first service identifier is different from the access type corresponding to the second service identifier.
在该实现方式中,第一业务标识对应的接入类型与第二业务标识对应的接入类型不同,可以避免造成第二业务标识的数据无法传输。In this implementation, the access type corresponding to the first service identifier is different from the access type corresponding to the second service identifier, which can avoid causing the data of the second service identifier to be unable to be transmitted.
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述第二操作是不发送所述第一业务标识的数据时,所述方法还包括:所述站点在所述任一静默间隔指示的时间内获得待发送的所述第二业务标识的数据,所述站点立即竞争信道;或者,所述站点在所述任一静默间隔指示的时间内获得待发送的所述第二业务标识的数据,所述站点在所述任一静默间隔结束后,竞争信道。In a possible implementation, when the second operation is not to send the data of the first service identification, the method further includes: the station obtains data to be sent within the time indicated by any of the silent intervals. The data of the second service identifier, the station immediately competes for the channel; or, the station obtains the data of the second service identifier to be sent within the time indicated by any of the silent intervals, and the station After any of the silent intervals ends, contention for the channel occurs.
可选的,站点在上述任一静默间隔指示的时间内获得待发送的第二业务标识的数据之后,立即竞争信道;以便更快地传输第二业务标识的数据。可选的,站点在上述任一静默间隔结束后,竞争信道;能够避免第一业务标识的业务对第二业务标识的业务在限定目标唤醒时间服务阶段内传输机会的挤占,保障第二业务标识的业务的优先服务权。Optionally, after the station obtains the data of the second service identifier to be sent within the time indicated by any of the above silent intervals, it immediately competes for the channel; in order to transmit the data of the second service identifier faster. Optionally, the station competes for the channel after any of the above silent intervals ends; this can prevent the service with the first service identification from occupying the transmission opportunity of the service with the second service identification within the limited target wake-up time service phase, ensuring that the second service identification business priority.
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述第二字段包括元素标识字段、长度字段、静默计数字段、静默周期字段、静默长度字段、静默偏移字段。In a possible implementation, the second field includes an element identification field, a length field, a silence count field, a silence period field, a silence length field, and a silence offset field.
在该实现方式中,通过第二字段包括的信息可确定一个或多个静默间隔。In this implementation, one or more silent intervals may be determined by information included in the second field.
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述第二帧还包括第三字段,所述第三字段用于指示所述站点在限定目标唤醒时间服务阶段的起始时间没有任何所述第二业务标识的数据需要传输时的信道接入规则,所述站点在所述任一静默间隔执行的所述第二操作符合所述信道接入规则。或者说,所述站点在所述任一静默间隔执行的所述第二操作是所述站点根据所述第三字段确定的。换句话说,当所述站点在所述任一限定目标唤醒时间服务阶段的起始时间没有任何第二业务标识的数据需要传输时,所述第三字段指示所述站点在所述任一静默间隔执行的操作。In a possible implementation, the second frame further includes a third field, the third field is used to indicate that the station does not have any second service identifier at the starting time of the defined target wake-up time service phase. The channel access rule when the data needs to be transmitted, and the second operation performed by the station in any silent interval complies with the channel access rule. In other words, the second operation performed by the station in any silent interval is determined by the station based on the third field. In other words, when the station does not need to transmit any data of the second service identifier at the start time of any defined target wake-up time service phase, the third field indicates that the station will Interval operations.
在该实现方式中,第三字段指示站点的第一业务标识的数据的信道接入规则,可灵活地配置站点的第一业务标识的数据的信道接入规则,以便减少对第二业务标识的数据的传输造成的不利影响。In this implementation, the third field indicates the channel access rules for the data of the first service identification of the site. The channel access rules for the data of the first service identification of the site can be flexibly configured to reduce the need for the second service identification. Adverse effects caused by the transmission of data.
第三方面,本申请提供另一种信道接入方法,该方法包括:发送第一帧,所述第一帧中的第一字段用于指示站点的一个或多个限定目标唤醒时间服务阶段;若所述第一帧还包括第二字段,所述第二字段用于指示所述站点的一个或多个静默间隔,任一静默间隔的起始时间与任一限定目标唤醒时间服务阶段的起始时间相同,所述第一帧用于指示所述站点在所述任一静默间隔执行第一操作,所述第一操作包括以下任一项:不发送第一业务标识的数据;在第一业务标识对应的接入类型竞争到信道的情况下,在发送所述第一业务标识的数据之前,发送第二业务标识的数据;或者,若所述第一帧未包括第二字段,所述第二字段用于指示所述站点的一个或多个静默间隔,任一静默间隔的起始时间与任一限定目标唤醒时间服务阶段的起始时间相同,所述第一帧用于指示所述站点在竞争到信道之后,发送数据,所述数据的业务标识为所述第一业务标识或所述第二业务标识;所述第二业务标识属于所述站点与接入点协定的优先服务的业务标识,所述第一业务标识不属于所述站点与所述接入点协定的优先服务的业务标识。In a third aspect, the present application provides another channel access method, which method includes: sending a first frame, the first field in the first frame being used to indicate one or more defined target wake-up time service phases of the station; If the first frame further includes a second field, the second field is used to indicate one or more silent intervals of the station, the starting time of any silent interval and the start of any defined target wake-up time service phase. The first frame is used to instruct the station to perform the first operation in any silent interval. The first operation includes any of the following: not sending data with the first service identifier; When the access type corresponding to the service identifier competes for the channel, before sending the data of the first service identifier, the data of the second service identifier is sent; or, if the first frame does not include the second field, the The second field is used to indicate one or more silent intervals of the site. The starting time of any silent interval is the same as the starting time of any defined target wake-up time service phase. The first frame is used to indicate the After competing for the channel, the station sends data, and the service identifier of the data is the first service identifier or the second service identifier; the second service identifier belongs to the priority service agreed between the station and the access point. Service identifier, the first service identifier does not belong to the service identifier of the priority service agreed between the station and the access point.
本申请实施例中,通过协议规定或预先约定第一帧中是否包括第二字段,使得站点能够明确需要进行的操作。或者说,第一帧是否包括第二字段,指示站点执行不同的操作。具体的,若第一帧还包括第二字段,该第一帧用于指示站点在上述任一静默间隔执行第一操作;可避免对r-TWT TID的数据的传输造成不利影响。若第一帧未包括第二字段,该第一帧用于指示站点在竞争到信道之后,发送数据;可使得该站点及时传输数据。In the embodiment of the present application, whether the second field is included in the first frame is stipulated in the protocol or pre-agreed, so that the station can clearly understand the operations that need to be performed. Or, in other words, whether the first frame includes a second field that instructs the station to perform a different operation. Specifically, if the first frame also includes a second field, the first frame is used to instruct the station to perform the first operation in any of the above silent intervals; adverse effects on the transmission of r-TWT TID data can be avoided. If the first frame does not include the second field, the first frame is used to instruct the station to send data after competing for the channel; this allows the station to transmit data in a timely manner.
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述第一业务标识对应的接入类型与所述第二业务标识对应的接入类型不同。 In a possible implementation manner, the access type corresponding to the first service identifier is different from the access type corresponding to the second service identifier.
在该实现方式中,第一业务标识对应的接入类型与第二业务标识对应的接入类型不同,可以避免造成第二业务标识的数据无法传输。In this implementation, the access type corresponding to the first service identifier is different from the access type corresponding to the second service identifier, which can avoid causing the data of the second service identifier to be unable to be transmitted.
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述第二帧还包括第三字段,所述第三字段用于指示所述站点的所述第一业务标识的数据的信道接入规则,所述第一操作符合所述信道接入规则。或者说,所述第一帧用于指示所述站点在所述任一静默间隔执行符合所述第三字段指示的信道接入规则的所述第一操作。In a possible implementation, the second frame further includes a third field, the third field is used to indicate the channel access rule for the data of the first service identifier of the station, and the first Operation complies with the channel access rules described. In other words, the first frame is used to instruct the station to perform the first operation in compliance with the channel access rule indicated by the third field in any silent interval.
在该实现方式中,第三字段指示站点的第一业务标识的数据的信道接入规则,可灵活地配置站点的第一业务标识的数据的信道接入规则,并减少对第二业务标识的数据的传输造成的不利影响。In this implementation, the third field indicates the channel access rules for the data of the first service identification of the site, which can flexibly configure the channel access rules for the data of the first service identification of the site and reduce the need for the second service identification. Adverse effects caused by the transmission of data.
在第一方面和第三方面的一种可能的实现方式中,若所述第三字段指示禁止所述第一业务标识的数据在静默间隔内竞争信道,且静默间隔结束后方可继续竞争,所述第一操作为:在所述任一静默间隔内不发送所述第一业务标识的数据;或者,若所述第三字段指示禁止所述第一业务标识的数据在静默间隔中竞争信道,但是所述第二业务标识的数据全部传输完毕后,允许所述第一业务标识的数据竞争信道,所述第一操作为:在所述第一业务标识对应的接入类型竞争到信道的情况下,在发送所述第一业务标识的数据之前,发送所述第二业务标识的数据。In a possible implementation of the first aspect and the third aspect, if the third field indicates that the data of the first service identifier is prohibited from competing for the channel during the silent interval, and the competition can continue after the silent interval ends, so The first operation is: do not send the data of the first service identifier in any of the silent intervals; or, if the third field indicates that the data of the first service identifier is prohibited from competing for the channel in the silent interval, However, after all the data of the second service identifier is transmitted, the data of the first service identifier is allowed to compete for the channel. The first operation is: when the access type corresponding to the first service identifier competes for the channel. Next, before sending the data of the first service identifier, the data of the second service identifier is sent.
在该实现方式中,第三字段指示第一业务标识的数据在静默间隔内的信道接入规则,站点在上述任一静默间隔执行的第一操作符合该信道接入规则。通过灵活的指示站点的第一业务标识的数据在静默间隔内的信道接入规则,可减少对r-TWT TID的数据的传输造成的不利影响。In this implementation, the third field indicates the channel access rule for the data of the first service identifier within the silent interval, and the first operation performed by the station in any of the above silent intervals conforms to the channel access rule. Adverse effects on the transmission of r-TWT TID data can be reduced by flexibly indicating the channel access rules for the station's first service identification data within the silent interval.
第四方面,本申请提供另一种信道接入方法,该方法包括:发送第一帧,所述第一帧中的第一字段用于指示站点的一个或多个限定目标唤醒时间服务阶段;若所述第一帧还包括第二字段,所述第二字段用于指示所述站点的一个或多个静默间隔,任一静默间隔的起始时间与所述任一限定目标唤醒时间服务阶段的起始时间相同,所述第一帧用于所述站点在所述任一限定目标唤醒时间服务阶段的起始时间没有第二业务标识的数据需要传输的情况下,指示所述站点在所述任一静默间隔执行第二操作,所述第二操作包括以下任一项:不发送第一业务标识的数据;更改所述站点的第一业务标识对应的接入类型的信道竞争参数为信道接入机会更低的一组;或者,若所述第一帧未包括第二字段,所述第二字段用于指示所述站点的一个或多个静默间隔,任一静默间隔的起始时间与任一限定目标唤醒时间服务阶段的起始时间相同,所述第一帧用于指示所述站点在竞争到信道之后,发送数据,所述数据的业务标识为所述第一业务标识或所述第二业务标识;所述第二业务标识属于所述站点与接入点协定的优先服务的业务标识,所述第一业务标识不属于所述站点与所述接入点协定的优先服务的业务标识。In a fourth aspect, the present application provides another channel access method, which method includes: sending a first frame, the first field in the first frame being used to indicate one or more defined target wake-up time service phases of the station; If the first frame further includes a second field, the second field is used to indicate one or more silent intervals of the station, the starting time of any silent interval and any defined target wake-up time service phase The starting time is the same, and the first frame is used by the station to indicate that the station does not need to transmit the data of the second service identifier at the starting time of any defined target wake-up time service phase. Perform a second operation during any of the silent intervals, and the second operation includes any of the following: not sending data of the first service identifier; changing the channel competition parameter of the access type corresponding to the first service identifier of the station to a channel A group with a lower access chance; or, if the first frame does not include a second field, the second field is used to indicate one or more silent intervals of the site, and the starting time of any silent interval The same as the starting time of any defined target wake-up time service phase, the first frame is used to instruct the station to send data after competing for the channel, and the service identifier of the data is the first service identifier or the so-called first service identifier. The second service identifier; the second service identifier belongs to the service identifier of the priority service agreed between the site and the access point, and the first service identifier does not belong to the priority service agreed between the site and the access point. Business identification.
本申请实施例中,通过协议规定或预先约定第一帧中是否包括第二字段,使得站点能够明确需要进行的操作。或者说,第一帧是否包括第二字段,指示站点执行不同的操作。具体的,若第一帧还包括第二字段,该第一帧用于站点在所述任一限定目标唤醒时间服务阶段的起始时间没有第二业务标识的数据需要传输的情况下,指示站点在静默间隔执行第二操作。当第二操作是不发送第一业务标识的数据;可以避免对r-TWT TID的数据的传输造成不利影响。当第二操作是更改站点的第一业务标识对应的AC的信道竞争参数为信道接入机会更低的一组时,可在减少对第二业务标识的数据的传输造成不利影响的同时,提供了传输第一业务标识的数据的机会。若第一帧未包括第二字段,该第一帧用于指示站点在竞争到信道之后, 发送数据;可使得该站点及时传输数据。In the embodiment of the present application, whether the second field is included in the first frame is stipulated in the protocol or pre-agreed, so that the station can clearly understand the operations that need to be performed. Or, in other words, whether the first frame includes a second field that instructs the station to perform a different operation. Specifically, if the first frame also includes a second field, the first frame is used to indicate to the station that there is no data with the second service identifier that needs to be transmitted at the start time of any of the defined target wake-up time service phases. Perform the second operation during the silent interval. When the second operation is not to send the data of the first service identifier, adverse effects on the transmission of the r-TWT TID data can be avoided. When the second operation is to change the channel competition parameters of the AC corresponding to the first service identification of the site to a group with a lower channel access chance, it can reduce the adverse impact on the transmission of data with the second service identification and at the same time provide Provides an opportunity to transmit data of the first service identification. If the first frame does not include the second field, the first frame is used to indicate that after the station competes for the channel, Send data; enables the site to transmit data in a timely manner.
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述第一业务标识对应的接入类型与所述第二业务标识对应的接入类型不同。In a possible implementation manner, the access type corresponding to the first service identifier is different from the access type corresponding to the second service identifier.
在该实现方式中,第一业务标识对应的接入类型与第二业务标识对应的接入类型不同,可以避免造成第二业务标识的数据无法传输。In this implementation, the access type corresponding to the first service identifier is different from the access type corresponding to the second service identifier, which can avoid causing the data of the second service identifier to be unable to be transmitted.
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述第二帧还包括第三字段,所述第三字段用于指示所述站点在限定目标唤醒时间服务阶段的起始时间没有任何所述第二业务标识的数据需要传输时的信道接入规则,所述第二操作符合所述信道接入规则。或者说,所述第一帧用于所述站点在所述任一限定目标唤醒时间服务阶段的起始时间没有第二业务标识的数据需要传输的情况下,指示所述站点在所述任一静默间隔执行符合所述信道接入规则的所述第二操作。In a possible implementation, the second frame further includes a third field, the third field is used to indicate that the station does not have any second service identifier at the starting time of the defined target wake-up time service phase. The data needs to be transmitted according to the channel access rules, and the second operation complies with the channel access rules. In other words, the first frame is used by the station to indicate that the station does not need to transmit data of the second service identifier at the starting time of any defined target wake-up time service phase. The second operation in compliance with the channel access rule is performed during the silent interval.
在该实现方式中,第三字段指示站点的第一业务标识的数据的信道接入规则,可灵活地配置站点的第一业务标识的数据的信道接入规则,并减少对第二业务标识的数据的传输造成的不利影响。In this implementation, the third field indicates the channel access rules for the data of the first service identification of the site, which can flexibly configure the channel access rules for the data of the first service identification of the site and reduce the need for the second service identification. Adverse effects caused by the transmission of data.
在第二方面和第四方面的一种可能的实现方式中,所述不发送所述第一业务标识的数据包括:在所述任一静默间隔内不竞争信道,在所述任一静默间隔结束后,继续竞争信道;在所述任一静默间隔内不竞争信道,在所述第二业务标识的数据到来之后,开始竞争信道;若所述第三字段指示所述站点在限定目标唤醒时间服务阶段的起始时间没有任何所述第二业务标识的数据需要传输时,禁止所述站点在静默间隔中竞争信道,且在静默间隔结束后,方可继续竞争,所述第二操作为:在所述任一静默间隔内不竞争信道,在所述任一静默间隔结束后,继续竞争信道;或者,若所述第三字段指示所述站点在限定目标唤醒时间服务阶段的起始时间没有任何所述第二业务标识的数据需要传输时,禁止所述站点在静默间隔中竞争信道,但是所述第二业务标识的数据到来之后,开始竞争信道,所述第二操作为:在获得待发送的所述第二业务标识的数据之后,开始竞争信道。站点在获得待发送的所述第二业务标识的数据之前,禁止在静默间隔中竞争信道。In a possible implementation manner of the second aspect and the fourth aspect, the not sending the data of the first service identifier includes: not competing for the channel in any of the silent intervals, and not competing for the channel in any of the silent intervals. After the end, continue to compete for the channel; do not compete for the channel in any of the silent intervals, and start competing for the channel after the data of the second service identifier arrives; if the third field indicates that the station is within the limited target wake-up time When there is no data with the second service identifier that needs to be transmitted at the start time of the service phase, the station is prohibited from competing for the channel in the silent interval, and can continue to compete after the silent interval ends. The second operation is: There is no competition for the channel during any of the silent intervals, and the channel continues to compete for the channel after the end of any of the silent intervals; or, if the third field indicates that the station does not compete for the channel at the start time of the limited target wake-up time service phase, When any data of the second service identification needs to be transmitted, the station is prohibited from competing for the channel in the silent interval. However, after the data of the second service identification arrives, competition for the channel begins. The second operation is: after obtaining the data to be After the data of the second service identifier is sent, competition for the channel begins. Before obtaining the data of the second service identifier to be sent, the station is prohibited from competing for the channel in the silent interval.
在该实现方式中,第三字段指示第一业务标识的数据在静默间隔内的信道接入规则,站点在上述任一静默间隔执行的第二操作符合该信道接入规则,可灵活的指示站点的第一业务标识的数据在静默间隔内的信道接入规则,以便减少对r-TWT TID的数据的传输造成的不利影响。In this implementation, the third field indicates the channel access rule for the data of the first service identifier within the silent interval. The second operation performed by the station in any of the above silent intervals conforms to the channel access rule, and the station can be flexibly instructed. Channel access rules for the data of the first service identifier within the silent interval, in order to reduce the adverse impact on the transmission of r-TWT TID data.
第五方面,本申请提供另一种信道接入方法,该方法包括:站点接收第二帧,所述第二帧中的第一字段用于指示所述站点的一个或多个限定目标唤醒时间服务阶段,所述第二帧中的第三字段指示所述站点的第一业务标识的数据的信道接入规则;若第二帧还包括第二字段,所述第二字段用于指示所述站点的一个或多个静默间隔,任一静默间隔的起始时间与所述站点的任一限定目标唤醒时间服务阶段的起始时间相同,所述站点在所述任一静默间隔执行第三操作,所述第三操作符合所述信道接入规则;所述第三操作包括以上以下任一项:在竞争到信道之后,发送数据,所述数据的业务标识属于第二业务标识或所述第一业务标识;不发送所述第一业务标识的数据;在所述第一业务标识对应的接入类型竞争到信道的情况下,在发送所述第一业务标识的数据之前,发送第二业务标识的数据;或者,若所述第二帧未包括第二字段,所述站点在竞争到信道之后,发送数据,所述数据的业务标识为所述第一业务标识或所述第二业务标识,所述第二字段用于指示所述站点的一个或多个静默间隔,任一静默间隔的起始时间与任一限定目标唤醒时间服务阶段的起始时间相同;所述第二业务标识属于所述站点与接入点协定的优先服务的业务标识,所述第一业务标识不属于所述站点与所述接 入点协定的优先服务的业务标识。In a fifth aspect, the present application provides another channel access method, which method includes: a station receiving a second frame, a first field in the second frame being used to indicate one or more defined target wake-up times of the station In the service phase, the third field in the second frame indicates the channel access rule for the data of the first service identifier of the station; if the second frame also includes a second field, the second field is used to indicate the One or more silent intervals of the site, the starting time of any silent interval is the same as the starting time of any defined target wake-up time service phase of the site, and the site performs the third operation in any silent interval , the third operation complies with the channel access rule; the third operation includes any of the following: after competing for the channel, sending data, the service identifier of the data belongs to the second service identifier or the third service identifier A service identifier; do not send the data of the first service identifier; when the access type corresponding to the first service identifier competes for the channel, before sending the data of the first service identifier, send the second service Identified data; or, if the second frame does not include the second field, the station sends data after competing for the channel, and the service identifier of the data is the first service identifier or the second service identifier. , the second field is used to indicate one or more silent intervals of the site, the starting time of any silent interval is the same as the starting time of any defined target wake-up time service phase; the second service identifier belongs to The service identifier of the priority service agreed between the site and the access point. The first service identifier does not belong to the priority service between the site and the access point. The service identifier of the priority service of the entry point protocol.
本申请实施例中,第二帧中的第三字段指示站点的第一业务标识(即non-rTWT TID)的数据的信道接入规则,可灵活地配置站点的第一业务标识的数据的信道接入规则,并减少对第二业务标识的数据的传输造成的不利影响。In the embodiment of the present application, the third field in the second frame indicates the channel access rule for the data of the site's first service identifier (i.e., non-rTWT TID), and the channel for the data of the site's first service identifier can be flexibly configured. access rules, and reduce the adverse impact on the transmission of data with the second service identifier.
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述第一业务标识对应的接入类型与所述第二业务标识对应的接入类型不同。In a possible implementation manner, the access type corresponding to the first service identifier is different from the access type corresponding to the second service identifier.
在该实现方式中,第一业务标识对应的接入类型与第二业务标识对应的接入类型不同,可以避免造成第二业务标识的数据无法传输。In this implementation, the access type corresponding to the first service identifier is different from the access type corresponding to the second service identifier, which can avoid causing the data of the second service identifier to be unable to be transmitted.
第六方面,本申请提供另一种信道接入方法,该方法包括:站点接收第二帧,所述第二帧中的第一字段用于指示所述站点的一个或多个限定目标唤醒时间服务阶段,所述第二帧中的第三字段指示所述站点在限定目标唤醒时间服务阶段的起始时间没有任何第二业务标识的数据需要传输时的信道接入规则;所述站点在任一限定目标唤醒时间服务阶段的起始时间没有所述第二业务标识的数据需要传输的情况下,若所述第二帧还包括第二字段,所述第二字段用于指示所述站点的一个或多个静默间隔,任一静默间隔的起始时间与所述任一限定目标唤醒时间服务阶段的起始时间相同,所述站点在所述任一静默间隔执行第四操作,所述第四操作符合所述信道接入规则;所述第四操作包括以上以下任一项:在竞争到信道之后,发送数据,所述数据的业务标识属于第一业务标识;不发送数据(或者说不进行信道竞争);在获得待发送的所述第二业务标识的数据之后,开始竞争信道;或者,若所述第二帧未包括第二字段,所述站点在竞争到信道之后,发送数据,所述数据的业务标识为所述第一业务标识或所述第二业务标识,所述第二字段用于指示所述站点的一个或多个静默间隔,任一静默间隔的起始时间与任一限定目标唤醒时间服务阶段的起始时间相同;所述第二业务标识属于所述站点与接入点协定的优先服务的业务标识,所述第一业务标识不属于所述站点与所述接入点协定的优先服务的业务标识。In a sixth aspect, the present application provides another channel access method, which method includes: a station receiving a second frame, a first field in the second frame being used to indicate one or more defined target wake-up times of the station In the service phase, the third field in the second frame indicates the channel access rule of the station when no data with the second service identifier needs to be transmitted at the start time of the defined target wake-up time service phase; the station is in any Define the starting time of the target wake-up time service phase. When no data of the second service identifier needs to be transmitted, if the second frame also includes a second field, the second field is used to indicate a or multiple silent intervals, the starting time of any silent interval is the same as the starting time of any defined target wake-up time service phase, the station performs a fourth operation in any silent interval, and the fourth The operation complies with the channel access rules; the fourth operation includes any of the following: after competing for the channel, send data, the service identifier of the data belongs to the first service identifier; do not send data (or do not perform Channel competition); after obtaining the data of the second service identifier to be sent, start competing for the channel; or, if the second frame does not include the second field, the station sends data after competing for the channel, so The service identifier of the data is the first service identifier or the second service identifier. The second field is used to indicate one or more silent intervals of the site. The starting time of any silent interval is the same as any The start time of the limited target wake-up time service phase is the same; the second service identifier belongs to the service identifier of the priority service agreed between the site and the access point, and the first service identifier does not belong to the site and the access point The service identifier of the priority service of the point agreement.
本申请实施例中,第二帧中的第三字段指示站点在限定目标唤醒时间服务阶段的起始时间没有任何第二业务标识的数据需要传输时的信道接入规则,可灵活地配置站点在限定目标唤醒时间服务阶段的起始时间没有任何第二业务标识的数据需要传输时的信道接入规则,并减少对第二业务标识的数据的传输造成的不利影响。若第二帧未包括第二字段,该第二帧用于指示站点在竞争到信道之后,发送数据;可使得该站点及时传输数据。In the embodiment of the present application, the third field in the second frame indicates the channel access rule when the station does not need to transmit any data with the second service identifier at the start time of the limited target wake-up time service phase, and the station can be flexibly configured. Define the channel access rule when the start time of the target wake-up time service phase does not require transmission of any data with the second service identifier, and reduce the adverse impact on the transmission of data with the second service identifier. If the second frame does not include the second field, the second frame is used to instruct the station to send data after competing for the channel; this allows the station to transmit data in a timely manner.
第七方面,本申请提供另一种信道接入方法,该方法包括:接入点发送第二帧,所述第二帧中的第一字段用于指示站点的一个或多个限定目标唤醒时间服务阶段,所述第二帧中的第三字段指示所述站点的第一业务标识的数据的信道接入规则;若第二帧还包括第二字段,所述第二字段用于指示所述站点的一个或多个静默间隔,任一静默间隔的起始时间与所述站点的任一限定目标唤醒时间服务阶段的起始时间相同,所述第二帧用于指示所述站点在所述静默间隔执行第三操作,所述第三操作符合所述信道接入规则;所述第三操作包括以上以下任一项:在竞争到信道之后,发送数据,所述数据的业务标识属于第二业务标识或所述第一业务标识;不发送所述第一业务标识的数据;在所述第一业务标识对应的接入类型竞争到信道的情况下,在发送所述第一业务标识的数据之前,发送第二业务标识的数据;或者,若所述第二帧未包括第二字段,所述第二字段用于指示所述站点的一个或多个静默间隔,任一静默间隔的起始时间与任一限定目标唤醒时间服务阶段的起始时间相同,所述第二帧用于指示所述站点在竞争到信道之后,发送数据,所述数据的业务标识为所述第一业务标识或所述第二业务标识;所述第二业务标识属于所述站点与接入点协定的优先服务的业务标识,所述第 一业务标识不属于所述站点与所述接入点协定的优先服务的业务标识。In a seventh aspect, the present application provides another channel access method, which method includes: the access point sends a second frame, the first field in the second frame is used to indicate one or more defined target wake-up times of the station In the service phase, the third field in the second frame indicates the channel access rule for the data of the first service identifier of the station; if the second frame also includes a second field, the second field is used to indicate the One or more silent intervals of the station, the starting time of any silent interval is the same as the starting time of any defined target wake-up time service phase of the station, and the second frame is used to indicate that the station is in the The third operation is performed during the silent interval, and the third operation complies with the channel access rules; the third operation includes any one of the above and the following: after competing for the channel, sending data, and the service identifier of the data belongs to the second Service identifier or the first service identifier; do not send the data of the first service identifier; when the access type corresponding to the first service identifier competes for the channel, send the data of the first service identifier Before sending the data of the second service identifier; or, if the second frame does not include the second field, the second field is used to indicate one or more silent intervals of the station, the start of any silent interval The time is the same as the starting time of any defined target wake-up time service phase. The second frame is used to instruct the station to send data after competing for the channel. The service identifier of the data is the first service identifier or The second service identifier; the second service identifier belongs to the service identifier of the priority service agreed between the site and the access point, and the second service identifier A service identifier is a service identifier that does not belong to the priority service agreed between the station and the access point.
本申请实施例中,若第二帧还包括第二字段,该第二帧用于指示站点在所述静默间隔执行第三操作;可避免对第二业务标识的数据的传输造成不利影响。若第二帧未包括第二字段,该第二帧用于指示站点在竞争到信道之后,发送数据;可使得该站点及时传输数据。In this embodiment of the present application, if the second frame also includes a second field, the second frame is used to instruct the station to perform the third operation during the silent interval; adverse effects on the transmission of data with the second service identifier can be avoided. If the second frame does not include the second field, the second frame is used to instruct the station to send data after competing for the channel; this allows the station to transmit data in a timely manner.
第八方面,本申请提供另一种信道接入方法,该方法包括:接入点发送第二帧,所述第二帧中的第一字段用于指示站点的一个或多个限定目标唤醒时间服务阶段,所述第二帧中的第三字段指示所述站点在限定目标唤醒时间服务阶段的起始时间没有第二业务标识的数据需要传输时的信道接入规则;若所述第二帧包括第二字段,所述第二字段用于指示所述站点的一个或多个静默间隔,任一静默间隔的起始时间与任一限定目标唤醒时间服务阶段的起始时间相同,所述第二帧用于指示站点在所述静默间隔执行第四操作,所述第四操作符合所述信道接入规则;所述第四操作包括以上以下任一项:在竞争到信道之后,发送数据,所述数据的业务标识属于第一业务标识;不发送数据(或者说不进行信道竞争);在获得待发送的所述第二业务标识的数据之后,开始竞争信道;或者,若所述第二帧未包括第二字段,所述第二字段用于指示所述站点的一个或多个静默间隔,任一静默间隔的起始时间与任一限定目标唤醒时间服务阶段的起始时间相同,所述第二帧用于指示所述站点在竞争到信道之后,发送数据,所述数据的业务标识为所述第一业务标识或所述第二业务标识;所述第二业务标识属于所述站点与接入点协定的优先服务的业务标识,所述第一业务标识不属于所述站点与所述接入点协定的优先服务的业务标识。In an eighth aspect, the present application provides another channel access method, which method includes: the access point sends a second frame, the first field in the second frame is used to indicate one or more defined target wake-up times of the station In the service phase, the third field in the second frame indicates the channel access rule when the station does not need to transmit data with the second service identifier at the start time of the limited target wake-up time service phase; if the second frame Includes a second field, the second field is used to indicate one or more silent intervals of the site, the starting time of any silent interval is the same as the starting time of any defined target wake-up time service phase, the third The second frame is used to instruct the station to perform the fourth operation in the silent interval, and the fourth operation complies with the channel access rule; the fourth operation includes any of the above and the following: sending data after competing for the channel, The service identifier of the data belongs to the first service identifier; no data is sent (or no channel competition is performed); after obtaining the data of the second service identifier to be sent, competition for the channel begins; or, if the second The frame does not include a second field, which is used to indicate one or more silent intervals of the station. The starting time of any silent interval is the same as the starting time of any defined target wake-up time service phase, so The second frame is used to instruct the station to send data after competing for the channel. The service identifier of the data is the first service identifier or the second service identifier; the second service identifier belongs to the station. The service identifier of the priority service agreed with the access point, and the first service identifier does not belong to the service identifier of the priority service agreed between the station and the access point.
本申请实施例中,第二帧中的第三字段指示站点在限定目标唤醒时间服务阶段的起始时间没有任何第二业务标识的数据需要传输时的信道接入规则,可灵活地配置站点在限定目标唤醒时间服务阶段的起始时间没有任何第二业务标识的数据需要传输时的信道接入规则,并减少对第二业务标识的数据的传输造成的不利影响。In the embodiment of the present application, the third field in the second frame indicates the channel access rule when the station does not need to transmit any data with the second service identifier at the start time of the limited target wake-up time service phase, and the station can be flexibly configured. Define the channel access rule when the start time of the target wake-up time service phase does not require transmission of any data with the second service identifier, and reduce the adverse impact on the transmission of data with the second service identifier.
在第五方面和第七方面的一种可能的实现方式中,若所述第三字段指示允许所述第一业务标识的数据在静默间隔内竞争信道,所述第三操作为:在竞争到信道之后,发送数据,所述数据的业务标识属于第二业务标识或所述第一业务标识;或者,若所述第三字段指示禁止所述第一业务标识的数据在静默间隔内竞争信道,且静默间隔结束后方可继续竞争,所述第三操作为:不发送所述第一业务标识的数据;或者,若所述第三字段指示禁止所述第一业务标识的数据在静默间隔中竞争信道,但是所述第二业务标识的数据全部传输完毕后,允许所述第一业务标识的数据竞争信道,所述第三操作为:在所述第一业务标识对应的接入类型竞争到信道的情况下,在发送所述第一业务标识的数据之前,发送所述第二业务标识的数据。In a possible implementation of the fifth aspect and the seventh aspect, if the third field indicates that the data of the first service identifier is allowed to compete for the channel within the silent interval, the third operation is: after the competition reaches After the channel, data is sent, and the service identifier of the data belongs to the second service identifier or the first service identifier; or, if the third field indicates that the data with the first service identifier is prohibited from competing for the channel during the silent interval, And the competition can be continued after the silent interval ends. The third operation is: not sending the data of the first service identifier; or, if the third field indicates that the data of the first service identifier is prohibited from competing in the silent interval. channel, but after all the data of the second service identifier is transmitted, the data of the first service identifier is allowed to compete for the channel. The third operation is: competing for the channel in the access type corresponding to the first service identifier. In the case of , before sending the data of the first service identifier, the data of the second service identifier is sent.
在该实现方式中,第三字段指示第一业务标识的数据在静默间隔内的信道接入规则,站点在上述任一静默间隔执行的第三操作符合该信道接入规则。通过灵活的指示站点的第一业务标识的数据在静默间隔内的信道接入规则,可减少对r-TWT TID的数据的传输造成的不利影响。In this implementation, the third field indicates the channel access rule for the data of the first service identifier within the silent interval, and the third operation performed by the station in any of the above silent intervals conforms to the channel access rule. Adverse effects on the transmission of r-TWT TID data can be reduced by flexibly indicating the channel access rules for the station's first service identification data within the silent interval.
在第六方面和第八方面的一种可能的实现方式中,若所述第三字段指示所述站点在限定目标唤醒时间服务阶段的起始时间没有任何所述第二业务标识的数据需要传输时,允许所述站点在静默间隔中竞争信道,所述第四操作为:在竞争到信道之后,发送数据,所述数据的业务标识属于所述第一业务标识;若所述第三字段指示所述站点在限定目标唤醒时间服务阶段的起始时间没有任何所述第二业务标识的数据需要传输时,禁止所述站点在静默间隔中竞争信道,且在静默间隔结束后,方可继续竞争,所述第四操作为:不发送数据;或者,若所述第三字段指示所述站点在限定目标唤醒时间服务阶段的起始时间没有任何所述第二业务标 识的数据需要传输时,禁止所述站点在静默间隔中竞争信道,但是所述第二业务标识的数据到来之后,开始竞争信道,所述第四操作为:在获得待发送的所述第二业务标识的数据之后,开始竞争信道。站点在获得待发送的所述第二业务标识的数据之前,禁止在静默间隔中竞争信道。In a possible implementation of the sixth aspect and the eighth aspect, if the third field indicates that the station does not need to transmit any data of the second service identifier at the start time of the defined target wake-up time service phase When, the station is allowed to compete for the channel in the silent interval, and the fourth operation is: after competing for the channel, send data, and the service identifier of the data belongs to the first service identifier; if the third field indicates When the station does not need to transmit any data of the second service identifier at the start time of the limited target wake-up time service phase, the station is prohibited from competing for the channel in the silent interval, and can continue to compete after the silent interval ends. , the fourth operation is: do not send data; or, if the third field indicates that the station does not have any of the second service targets at the start time of the defined target wake-up time service phase When the identified data needs to be transmitted, the station is prohibited from competing for the channel in the silent interval. However, after the data of the second service identification arrives, it starts to compete for the channel. The fourth operation is: after obtaining the second service identification to be sent, After the service identification data, competition for the channel begins. Before obtaining the data of the second service identifier to be sent, the station is prohibited from competing for the channel in the silent interval.
在该实现方式中,第三字段指示第一业务标识的数据在静默间隔内的信道接入规则,站点在上述任一静默间隔执行的第四操作符合该信道接入规则,可灵活的指示站点的第一业务标识的数据在静默间隔内的信道接入规则,以便减少对r-TWT TID的数据的传输造成的不利影响。In this implementation, the third field indicates the channel access rule for the data of the first service identifier within the silent interval. The fourth operation performed by the station in any of the above silent intervals conforms to the channel access rule, and the station can be flexibly instructed. Channel access rules for the data of the first service identifier within the silent interval, in order to reduce the adverse impact on the transmission of r-TWT TID data.
第九方面,本申请实施例提供一种通信装置,该通信装置具有实现上述第一方面方法实施例中的行为的功能。该通信装置可以是通信设备,也可以是通信设备的部件(例如处理器、芯片、或芯片系统等),还可以是能实现全部或部分该通信设备的功能的逻辑模块或软件。该通信装置的功能可以通过硬件实现,也可以通过硬件执行相应的软件实现,该硬件或软件包括一个或多个与上述功能相对应的模块或单元。在一种可能的实现方式中,该通信装置包括收发模块和处理模块,其中:所述收发模块,用于接收第一帧,所述第一帧中的第一字段用于指示站点的一个或多个限定目标唤醒时间服务阶段;若所述第一帧还包括第二字段,所述第二字段用于指示所述站点的一个或多个静默间隔,任一静默间隔的起始时间与任一限定目标唤醒时间服务阶段的起始时间相同,所述处理模块,用于在所述任一静默间隔执行第一操作,所述第一操作包括以下任一项:不发送第一业务标识的数据;在第一业务标识对应的接入类型竞争到信道的情况下,在发送所述第一业务标识的数据之前,发送第二业务标识的数据;或者,若所述第一帧未包括第二字段,所述处理模块,还用于发送数据,所述数据的业务标识为所述第一业务标识或所述第二业务标识,所述第二字段用于指示所述站点的一个或多个静默间隔,任一静默间隔的起始时间与任一限定目标唤醒时间服务阶段的起始时间相同;所述第二业务标识属于所述站点与接入点协定的优先服务的业务标识,所述第一业务标识不属于所述站点与所述接入点协定的优先服务的业务标识。In a ninth aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a communication device, which has the function of realizing the behavior in the method embodiment of the first aspect. The communication device may be a communication device, a component of the communication device (such as a processor, a chip, or a chip system, etc.), or a logic module or software that can realize all or part of the functions of the communication device. The functions of the communication device can be implemented by hardware, or by hardware executing corresponding software. The hardware or software includes one or more modules or units corresponding to the above functions. In a possible implementation, the communication device includes a transceiver module and a processing module, wherein: the transceiver module is configured to receive a first frame, and the first field in the first frame is used to indicate one or more of the site. Multiple defined target wake-up time service phases; if the first frame also includes a second field, the second field is used to indicate one or more silent intervals of the site, and the start time of any silent interval is the same as any The starting time of a defined target wake-up time service phase is the same. The processing module is configured to perform a first operation in any silent interval. The first operation includes any of the following: not sending the first service identifier. data; when the access type corresponding to the first service identifier competes for the channel, before sending the data of the first service identifier, send the data of the second service identifier; or, if the first frame does not include the Two fields, the processing module is also used to send data, the service identifier of the data is the first service identifier or the second service identifier, and the second field is used to indicate one or more of the site. Silent intervals, the starting time of any silent interval is the same as the starting time of any limited target wake-up time service phase; the second service identifier belongs to the service identifier of the priority service agreed between the station and the access point, so The first service identifier does not belong to the service identifier of the priority service agreed between the station and the access point.
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述第一业务标识对应的接入类型与所述第二业务标识对应的接入类型不同。In a possible implementation manner, the access type corresponding to the first service identifier is different from the access type corresponding to the second service identifier.
关于第九方面的各种可能的实施方式所带来的技术效果,可参考对于第一方面或第一方面的各种可能的实施方式的技术效果的介绍。Regarding the technical effects brought about by the various possible implementations of the ninth aspect, reference may be made to the introduction of the first aspect or the technical effects of the various possible implementations of the first aspect.
第十方面,本申请实施例提供一种通信装置,该通信装置具有实现上述第二方面方法实施例中的行为的功能。该通信装置可以是通信设备,也可以是通信设备的部件(例如处理器、芯片、或芯片系统等),还可以是能实现全部或部分该通信设备的功能的逻辑模块或软件。该通信装置的功能可以通过硬件实现,也可以通过硬件执行相应的软件实现,该硬件或软件包括一个或多个与上述功能相对应的模块或单元。在一种可能的实现方式中,该通信装置包括收发模块和处理模块,其中:所述收发模块,用于接收第一帧,所述第一帧中的第一字段用于指示站点的一个或多个限定目标唤醒时间服务阶段;若所述第一帧还包括第二字段,所述第二字段用于指示所述站点的一个或多个静默间隔,任一静默间隔的起始时间与所述任一限定目标唤醒时间服务阶段的起始时间相同,在所述任一限定目标唤醒时间服务阶段的起始时间没有第二业务标识的数据需要传输的情况下,所述处理模块,用于在所述任一静默间隔执行第二操作,所述第二操作包括以下任一项:不发送第一业务标识的数据;更改所述站点的第一业务标识对应的接入类型的信道竞争参数为信道接入机会更低的一组;或者,若所述第一帧未包括第二字段,所述处理模块,还用于发送数据,所述数据的业务标识为所述第一业 务标识或所述第二业务标识,所述第二字段用于指示所述站点的一个或多个静默间隔,任一静默间隔的起始时间与任一限定目标唤醒时间服务阶段的起始时间相同;所述第二业务标识属于所述站点与接入点协定的优先服务的业务标识,所述第一业务标识不属于所述站点与所述接入点协定的优先服务的业务标识。In a tenth aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a communication device, which has the function of implementing the behavior in the method embodiment of the second aspect. The communication device may be a communication device, a component of the communication device (such as a processor, a chip, or a chip system, etc.), or a logic module or software that can realize all or part of the functions of the communication device. The functions of the communication device can be implemented by hardware, or by hardware executing corresponding software. The hardware or software includes one or more modules or units corresponding to the above functions. In a possible implementation, the communication device includes a transceiver module and a processing module, wherein: the transceiver module is configured to receive a first frame, and the first field in the first frame is used to indicate one or more of the site. Multiple defined target wake-up time service phases; if the first frame also includes a second field, the second field is used to indicate one or more silent intervals of the site, and the starting time of any silent interval is the same as the start time of any silent interval. The starting time of any of the limited target wake-up time service phases is the same. When there is no data of the second service identifier that needs to be transmitted at the starting time of any of the limited target wake-up time service phases, the processing module is configured to Perform a second operation in any of the silent intervals, and the second operation includes any of the following: not sending data of the first service identifier; changing the channel competition parameters of the access type corresponding to the first service identifier of the station is a group with a lower chance of channel access; or, if the first frame does not include the second field, the processing module is also configured to send data, and the service identifier of the data is the first industry Service identifier or the second service identifier, the second field is used to indicate one or more silent intervals of the site, the starting time of any silent interval and the starting time of any defined target wake-up time service phase The same; the second service identifier belongs to the service identifier of the priority service agreed between the site and the access point, and the first service identifier does not belong to the service identifier of the priority service agreed between the site and the access point.
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述第一业务标识对应的接入类型与所述第二业务标识对应的接入类型不同。In a possible implementation manner, the access type corresponding to the first service identifier is different from the access type corresponding to the second service identifier.
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述第二操作是不发送所述第一业务标识的数据;所述处理模块还用于在所述任一静默间隔指示的时间内获得待发送的所述第二业务标识的数据之后,竞争信道;或者,所述处理模块还用于在所述任一静默间隔结束后,竞争信道。In a possible implementation, the second operation is not to send the data of the first service identifier; the processing module is also configured to obtain the to-be-sent data within the time indicated by any of the silent intervals. Compete for the channel after the data of the second service identifier; or, the processing module is also configured to compete for the channel after the end of any of the silent intervals.
关于第十方面的各种可能的实施方式所带来的技术效果,可参考对于第二方面或第二方面的各种可能的实施方式的技术效果的介绍。Regarding the technical effects brought about by the various possible implementations of the tenth aspect, reference may be made to the introduction of the second aspect or the technical effects of the various possible implementations of the second aspect.
第十一方面,本申请实施例提供一种通信装置,该通信装置具有实现上述第三方面方法实施例中的行为的功能。该通信装置可以是通信设备,也可以是通信设备的部件(例如处理器、芯片、或芯片系统等),还可以是能实现全部或部分该通信设备的功能的逻辑模块或软件。该通信装置的功能可以通过硬件实现,也可以通过硬件执行相应的软件实现,该硬件或软件包括一个或多个与上述功能相对应的模块或单元。在一种可能的实现方式中,该通信装置包括收发模块和处理模块,其中:所述处理模块,用于生成第一帧,所述第一帧中的第一字段用于指示站点的一个或多个限定目标唤醒时间服务阶段;所述收发模块,用于发送所述第一帧;若所述第一帧还包括第二字段,所述第二字段用于指示所述站点的一个或多个静默间隔,任一静默间隔的起始时间与任一限定目标唤醒时间服务阶段的起始时间相同,所述第一帧用于指示所述站点在所述任一静默间隔执行第一操作,所述第一操作包括以下任一项:不发送第一业务标识的数据;在第一业务标识对应的接入类型竞争到信道的情况下,在发送所述第一业务标识的数据之前,发送第二业务标识的数据;或者,若所述第一帧未包括第二字段,所述第二字段用于指示所述站点的一个或多个静默间隔,任一静默间隔的起始时间与任一限定目标唤醒时间服务阶段的起始时间相同,所述第一帧用于指示所述站点在竞争到信道之后,发送数据,所述数据的业务标识为所述第一业务标识或所述第二业务标识;所述第二业务标识属于所述站点与接入点协定的优先服务的业务标识,所述第一业务标识不属于所述站点与所述接入点协定的优先服务的业务标识。In an eleventh aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a communication device, which has the function of implementing the behavior in the method embodiment of the third aspect. The communication device may be a communication device, a component of the communication device (such as a processor, a chip, or a chip system, etc.), or a logic module or software that can realize all or part of the functions of the communication device. The functions of the communication device can be implemented by hardware, or by hardware executing corresponding software. The hardware or software includes one or more modules or units corresponding to the above functions. In a possible implementation, the communication device includes a transceiver module and a processing module, wherein: the processing module is configured to generate a first frame, and the first field in the first frame is used to indicate one or more of the site. Multiple defined target wake-up time service phases; the transceiver module is used to send the first frame; if the first frame also includes a second field, the second field is used to indicate one or more of the sites silent intervals, the starting time of any silent interval is the same as the starting time of any defined target wake-up time service phase, and the first frame is used to instruct the station to perform the first operation in any silent interval, The first operation includes any of the following: not sending the data of the first service identifier; in the case where the access type corresponding to the first service identifier competes for the channel, before sending the data of the first service identifier, send Data of the second service identifier; or, if the first frame does not include a second field, the second field is used to indicate one or more silent intervals of the site, and the starting time of any silent interval is the same as the start time of any silent interval. The start time of a defined target wake-up time service phase is the same. The first frame is used to instruct the station to send data after competing for the channel. The service identifier of the data is the first service identifier or the third service identifier. Two service identifiers; the second service identifier belongs to the service identifier of the priority service agreed between the site and the access point, and the first service identifier does not belong to the service identifier of the priority service agreed between the site and the access point. .
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述第一业务标识对应的接入类型与所述第二业务标识对应的接入类型不同。In a possible implementation manner, the access type corresponding to the first service identifier is different from the access type corresponding to the second service identifier.
关于第十一方面的各种可能的实施方式所带来的技术效果,可参考对于第三方面或第三方面的各种可能的实施方式的技术效果的介绍。Regarding the technical effects brought about by the various possible implementations of the eleventh aspect, reference may be made to the introduction of the third aspect or the technical effects of the various possible implementations of the third aspect.
第十二方面,本申请实施例提供一种通信装置,该通信装置具有实现上述第四方面方法实施例中的行为的功能。该通信装置可以是通信设备,也可以是通信设备的部件(例如处理器、芯片、或芯片系统等),还可以是能实现全部或部分该通信设备的功能的逻辑模块或软件。该通信装置的功能可以通过硬件实现,也可以通过硬件执行相应的软件实现,该硬件或软件包括一个或多个与上述功能相对应的模块或单元。在一种可能的实现方式中,该通信装置包括收发模块和处理模块,其中:所述处理模块,用于生成第一帧,所述第一帧中的第一字段用于指示站点的一个或多个限定目标唤醒时间服务阶段;所述收发模块,用于发送所述第一帧;若所述第一帧还包括第二字段,所述第二字段用于指示所述站点的一个或多个静默间隔,任一静默间隔的起始时间与所述任一限定目标唤醒时间服务阶段的起始时间相同,所述第一 帧用于所述站点在所述任一限定目标唤醒时间服务阶段的起始时间没有第二业务标识的数据需要传输的情况下,指示所述站点在所述任一静默间隔执行第二操作,所述第二操作包括以下任一项:不发送第一业务标识的数据;更改所述站点的第一业务标识对应的接入类型的信道竞争参数为信道接入机会更低的一组;或者,若所述第一帧未包括第二字段,所述第二字段用于指示所述站点的一个或多个静默间隔,任一静默间隔的起始时间与任一限定目标唤醒时间服务阶段的起始时间相同,所述第一帧用于指示所述站点在竞争到信道之后,发送数据,所述数据的业务标识为所述第一业务标识或所述第二业务标识;所述第二业务标识属于所述站点与接入点协定的优先服务的业务标识,所述第一业务标识不属于所述站点与所述接入点协定的优先服务的业务标识。In a twelfth aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a communication device, which has the function of implementing the behavior in the method embodiment of the fourth aspect. The communication device may be a communication device, a component of the communication device (such as a processor, a chip, or a chip system, etc.), or a logic module or software that can realize all or part of the functions of the communication device. The functions of the communication device can be implemented by hardware, or by hardware executing corresponding software. The hardware or software includes one or more modules or units corresponding to the above functions. In a possible implementation, the communication device includes a transceiver module and a processing module, wherein: the processing module is configured to generate a first frame, and the first field in the first frame is used to indicate one or more of the site. Multiple defined target wake-up time service phases; the transceiver module is used to send the first frame; if the first frame also includes a second field, the second field is used to indicate one or more of the sites silent intervals, the starting time of any silent interval is the same as the starting time of any defined target wake-up time service phase, and the first The frame is used to instruct the station to perform the second operation in any silent interval when there is no data of the second service identifier that needs to be transmitted at the starting time of any defined target wake-up time service phase, The second operation includes any of the following: not sending data of the first service identifier; changing the channel competition parameters of the access type corresponding to the first service identifier of the station to a group with a lower channel access chance; or , if the first frame does not include a second field, the second field is used to indicate one or more silent intervals of the station, the starting time of any silent interval and the time of any defined target wake-up time service phase The starting time is the same, and the first frame is used to instruct the station to send data after competing for the channel, and the service identifier of the data is the first service identifier or the second service identifier; the second The service identifier belongs to the service identifier of the priority service agreed between the site and the access point, and the first service identifier does not belong to the service identifier of the priority service agreed between the site and the access point.
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述第一业务标识对应的接入类型与所述第二业务标识对应的接入类型不同。In a possible implementation manner, the access type corresponding to the first service identifier is different from the access type corresponding to the second service identifier.
关于第十二方面的各种可能的实施方式所带来的技术效果,可参考对于第四方面或第四方面的各种可能的实施方式的技术效果的介绍。Regarding the technical effects brought about by the various possible implementations of the twelfth aspect, reference may be made to the introduction of the fourth aspect or the technical effects of the various possible implementations of the fourth aspect.
第十三方面,本申请实施例提供一种通信装置,该通信装置具有实现上述第五方面方法实施例中的行为的功能。该通信装置可以是通信设备,也可以是通信设备的部件(例如处理器、芯片、或芯片系统等),还可以是能实现全部或部分该通信设备的功能的逻辑模块或软件。该通信装置的功能可以通过硬件实现,也可以通过硬件执行相应的软件实现,该硬件或软件包括一个或多个与上述功能相对应的模块或单元。在一种可能的实现方式中,该通信装置包括收发模块和处理模块,其中:所述收发模块,用于接收第二帧,所述第二帧中的第一字段用于指示站点的一个或多个限定目标唤醒时间服务阶段,所述第二帧中的第三字段指示所述站点的第一业务标识的数据的信道接入规则;若第二帧还包括第二字段,所述第二字段用于指示所述站点的一个或多个静默间隔,任一静默间隔的起始时间与所述站点的任一限定目标唤醒时间服务阶段的起始时间相同,所述处理模块用于在所述任一静默间隔执行第三操作,所述第三操作符合所述信道接入规则;所述第三操作包括以上以下任一项:发送数据,所述数据的业务标识属于第二业务标识或所述第一业务标识;不发送所述第一业务标识的数据;在所述第一业务标识对应的接入类型竞争到信道的情况下,在发送所述第一业务标识的数据之前,发送第二业务标识的数据;或者,若所述第二帧未包括第二字段,所述处理模块,用于在竞争到信道之后,发送数据,所述数据的业务标识为所述第一业务标识或所述第二业务标识,所述第二字段用于指示所述站点的一个或多个静默间隔,任一静默间隔的起始时间与任一限定目标唤醒时间服务阶段的起始时间相同;所述第二业务标识属于所述站点与接入点协定的优先服务的业务标识,所述第一业务标识不属于所述站点与所述接入点协定的优先服务的业务标识。In a thirteenth aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a communication device, which has the function of implementing the behavior in the method embodiment of the fifth aspect. The communication device may be a communication device, a component of the communication device (such as a processor, a chip, or a chip system, etc.), or a logic module or software that can realize all or part of the functions of the communication device. The functions of the communication device can be implemented by hardware, or by hardware executing corresponding software. The hardware or software includes one or more modules or units corresponding to the above functions. In a possible implementation, the communication device includes a transceiver module and a processing module, wherein: the transceiver module is configured to receive a second frame, and the first field in the second frame is used to indicate one or more of the site. In multiple defined target wake-up time service phases, the third field in the second frame indicates the channel access rule for the data of the first service identifier of the station; if the second frame also includes a second field, the second The field is used to indicate one or more silent intervals of the site. The starting time of any silent interval is the same as the starting time of any defined target wake-up time service phase of the site. The processing module is used to Perform a third operation in any of the silent intervals, and the third operation complies with the channel access rules; the third operation includes any of the above: sending data, the service identifier of the data belongs to the second service identifier or The first service identifier; do not send the data of the first service identifier; when the access type corresponding to the first service identifier competes for the channel, before sending the data of the first service identifier, send Data of the second service identifier; or, if the second frame does not include the second field, the processing module is configured to send data after competing for the channel, and the service identifier of the data is the first service identifier. Or the second service identifier, the second field is used to indicate one or more silent intervals of the site, and the starting time of any silent interval is the same as the starting time of any defined target wake-up time service phase; The second service identifier belongs to the service identifier of the priority service agreed between the site and the access point, and the first service identifier does not belong to the service identifier of the priority service agreed between the site and the access point.
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述第一业务标识对应的接入类型与所述第二业务标识对应的接入类型不同。In a possible implementation manner, the access type corresponding to the first service identifier is different from the access type corresponding to the second service identifier.
关于第十三方面的各种可能的实施方式所带来的技术效果,可参考对于第五方面或第五方面的各种可能的实施方式的技术效果的介绍。Regarding the technical effects brought about by the various possible implementations of the thirteenth aspect, reference may be made to the introduction of the fifth aspect or the technical effects of the various possible implementations of the fifth aspect.
第十四方面,本申请实施例提供一种通信装置,该通信装置具有实现上述第六方面方法实施例中的行为的功能。该通信装置可以是通信设备,也可以是通信设备的部件(例如处理器、芯片、或芯片系统等),还可以是能实现全部或部分该通信设备的功能的逻辑模块或软件。该通信装置的功能可以通过硬件实现,也可以通过硬件执行相应的软件实现,该硬件或软件包括一个或多个与上述功能相对应的模块或单元。在一种可能的实现方式中,该通信装置包 括收发模块和处理模块,其中:所述收发模块,用于接收第二帧,所述第二帧中的第一字段用于指示站点的一个或多个限定目标唤醒时间服务阶段,所述第二帧中的第三字段指示所述站点在限定目标唤醒时间服务阶段的起始时间没有任何第二业务标识的数据需要传输时的信道接入规则;若所述第二帧还包括第二字段,所述第二字段用于指示所述站点的一个或多个静默间隔,任一静默间隔的起始时间与任一限定目标唤醒时间服务阶段的起始时间相同,所述处理模块,用于在所述任一限定目标唤醒时间服务阶段的起始时间没有所述第二业务标识的数据需要传输的情况下,在所述静默间隔执行第四操作,所述第四操作符合所述信道接入规则;所述第四操作包括以上以下任一项:发送数据,所述数据的业务标识属于第一业务标识;不发送数据(或者说不进行信道竞争);在获得待发送的所述第二业务标识的数据之后,开始竞争信道;或者,若所述第二帧未包括第二字段,所述处理模块,用于在竞争到信道之后,发送数据,所述数据的业务标识为所述第一业务标识或所述第二业务标识,所述第二字段用于指示所述站点的一个或多个静默间隔,任一静默间隔的起始时间与任一限定目标唤醒时间服务阶段的起始时间相同;所述第二业务标识属于所述站点与接入点协定的优先服务的业务标识,所述第一业务标识不属于所述站点与所述接入点协定的优先服务的业务标识。In a fourteenth aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a communication device, which has the function of implementing the behavior in the method embodiment of the sixth aspect. The communication device may be a communication device, a component of the communication device (such as a processor, a chip, or a chip system, etc.), or a logic module or software that can realize all or part of the functions of the communication device. The functions of the communication device can be implemented by hardware, or by hardware executing corresponding software. The hardware or software includes one or more modules or units corresponding to the above functions. In a possible implementation, the communication device includes It includes a transceiver module and a processing module, wherein: the transceiver module is used to receive a second frame, the first field in the second frame is used to indicate one or more defined target wake-up time service phases of the site, and the third The third field in the second frame indicates the channel access rule when the station does not need to transmit any data with the second service identifier at the start time of the defined target wake-up time service phase; if the second frame also includes the second field , the second field is used to indicate one or more silent intervals of the site, the starting time of any silent interval is the same as the starting time of any defined target wake-up time service phase, the processing module is used to When there is no data of the second service identifier that needs to be transmitted at the starting time of any defined target wake-up time service phase, a fourth operation is performed in the silent interval, and the fourth operation is consistent with the channel connection. Enter the rules; the fourth operation includes any of the above and the following: sending data, the service identifier of the data belongs to the first service identifier; not sending data (or not competing for the channel); after obtaining the third to be sent After competing for the channel, start competing for the channel; or, if the second frame does not include the second field, the processing module is configured to send data after competing for the channel, and the service identifier of the data is the The first service identifier or the second service identifier, the second field is used to indicate one or more silent intervals of the site, the starting time of any silent interval and the start of any defined target wake-up time service phase The start time is the same; the second service identifier belongs to the service identifier of the priority service agreed between the site and the access point, and the first service identifier does not belong to the service identifier of the priority service agreed between the site and the access point. .
关于第十四方面的通信装置所带来的技术效果,可参考对于第六方面的实施方式的技术效果的介绍。Regarding the technical effects brought by the communication device of the fourteenth aspect, reference may be made to the introduction of the technical effects of the implementation of the sixth aspect.
第十五方面,本申请实施例提供一种通信装置,该通信装置具有实现上述第七方面方法实施例中的行为的功能。该通信装置可以是通信设备,也可以是通信设备的部件(例如处理器、芯片、或芯片系统等),还可以是能实现全部或部分该通信设备的功能的逻辑模块或软件。该通信装置的功能可以通过硬件实现,也可以通过硬件执行相应的软件实现,该硬件或软件包括一个或多个与上述功能相对应的模块或单元。在一种可能的实现方式中,该通信装置包括收发模块和处理模块,其中:所述处理模块,用于生成第二帧,所述第二帧中的第一字段用于指示站点的一个或多个限定目标唤醒时间服务阶段,所述第二帧中的第三字段指示所述站点的第一业务标识的数据的信道接入规则;所述收发模块,用于发送所述第二帧;若第二帧还包括第二字段,所述第二字段用于指示所述站点的一个或多个静默间隔,任一静默间隔的起始时间与所述站点的任一限定目标唤醒时间服务阶段的起始时间相同,所述第二帧用于指示所述站点在所述静默间隔执行第三操作,所述第三操作符合所述信道接入规则;所述第三操作包括以上以下任一项:在竞争到信道之后,发送数据,所述数据的业务标识属于第二业务标识或所述第一业务标识;不发送所述第一业务标识的数据;在所述第一业务标识对应的接入类型竞争到信道的情况下,在发送所述第一业务标识的数据之前,发送第二业务标识的数据;或者,若所述第二帧未包括第二字段,所述第二字段用于指示所述站点的一个或多个静默间隔,任一静默间隔的起始时间与任一限定目标唤醒时间服务阶段的起始时间相同,所述第二帧用于指示所述站点在竞争到信道之后,发送数据,所述数据的业务标识为所述第一业务标识或所述第二业务标识;所述第二业务标识属于所述站点与接入点协定的优先服务的业务标识,所述第一业务标识不属于所述站点与所述接入点协定的优先服务的业务标识。In a fifteenth aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a communication device, which has the function of implementing the behavior in the method embodiment of the seventh aspect. The communication device may be a communication device, a component of the communication device (such as a processor, a chip, or a chip system, etc.), or a logic module or software that can realize all or part of the functions of the communication device. The functions of the communication device can be implemented by hardware, or by hardware executing corresponding software. The hardware or software includes one or more modules or units corresponding to the above functions. In a possible implementation, the communication device includes a transceiver module and a processing module, wherein: the processing module is configured to generate a second frame, and the first field in the second frame is used to indicate one or more of the site. A plurality of defined target wake-up time service phases, the third field in the second frame indicates the channel access rule for the data of the first service identifier of the station; the transceiver module is used to send the second frame; If the second frame further includes a second field, the second field is used to indicate one or more silent intervals of the site, the starting time of any silent interval and any defined target wake-up time service phase of the site The starting time is the same, and the second frame is used to instruct the station to perform a third operation in the silent interval, and the third operation complies with the channel access rule; the third operation includes any of the above and the following Item: After competing for the channel, send data whose service identifier belongs to the second service identifier or the first service identifier; do not send data with the first service identifier; When the access type competes for the channel, before sending the data of the first service identifier, the data of the second service identifier is sent; or, if the second frame does not include the second field, the second field is In order to indicate one or more silent intervals of the station, the starting time of any silent interval is the same as the starting time of any defined target wake-up time service phase, the second frame is used to indicate that the station is in contention to After the channel, data is sent, and the service identifier of the data is the first service identifier or the second service identifier; the second service identifier belongs to the service identifier of the priority service agreed between the site and the access point, so The first service identifier does not belong to the service identifier of the priority service agreed between the station and the access point.
关于第十五方面的通信装置所带来的技术效果,可参考对于第七方面的实施方式的技术效果的介绍。Regarding the technical effects brought by the communication device of the fifteenth aspect, reference may be made to the introduction of the technical effects of the implementation of the seventh aspect.
第十六方面,本申请实施例提供一种通信装置,该通信装置具有实现上述第八方面方法实施例中的行为的功能。该通信装置可以是通信设备,也可以是通信设备的部件(例如处理器、芯片、或芯片系统等),还可以是能实现全部或部分该通信设备的功能的逻辑模块或软件。该通信装置的功能可以通过硬件实现,也可以通过硬件执行相应的软件实现,该硬件或软件 包括一个或多个与上述功能相对应的模块或单元。在一种可能的实现方式中,该通信装置包括收发模块和处理模块,其中:所述收发模块,用于发送第二帧,所述第二帧中的第一字段用于指示站点的一个或多个限定目标唤醒时间服务阶段,所述第二帧中的第三字段指示所述站点在限定目标唤醒时间服务阶段的起始时间没有第二业务标识的数据需要传输时的信道接入规则;若所述第二帧包括第二字段,所述第二字段用于指示所述站点的一个或多个静默间隔,任一静默间隔的起始时间与任一限定目标唤醒时间服务阶段的起始时间相同,所述第二帧用于所述站点在所述任一限定目标唤醒时间服务阶段的起始时间没有第二业务标识的数据需要传输的情况下,指示所述站点在所述静默间隔执行第四操作,所述第四操作符合所述信道接入规则;所述第四操作包括以上以下任一项:在竞争到信道之后,发送数据,所述数据的业务标识属于第一业务标识;不发送数据(或者说不进行信道竞争);在获得待发送的所述第二业务标识的数据之后,开始竞争信道;或者,若所述第二帧未包括第二字段,所述第二字段用于指示所述站点的一个或多个静默间隔,任一静默间隔的起始时间与任一限定目标唤醒时间服务阶段的起始时间相同,所述第二帧用于指示所述站点在竞争到信道之后,发送数据,所述数据的业务标识为所述第一业务标识或所述第二业务标识;所述第二业务标识属于所述站点与接入点协定的优先服务的业务标识,所述第一业务标识不属于所述站点与所述接入点协定的优先服务的业务标识。或者说,所述第二帧用于指示所述站点在所述任一限定目标唤醒时间服务阶段的起始时间没有第二业务标识的数据需要传输的情况下,在所述静默间隔执行第四操作。In a sixteenth aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a communication device, which has the function of implementing the behavior in the method embodiment of the eighth aspect. The communication device may be a communication device, a component of the communication device (such as a processor, a chip, or a chip system, etc.), or a logic module or software that can realize all or part of the functions of the communication device. The functions of the communication device can be implemented by hardware, or can be implemented by hardware executing corresponding software. The hardware or software Includes one or more modules or units corresponding to the above functions. In a possible implementation, the communication device includes a transceiver module and a processing module, wherein: the transceiver module is configured to send a second frame, and the first field in the second frame is used to indicate one or more of the site. Multiple limited target wake-up time service phases, the third field in the second frame indicates the channel access rule when the station does not need to transmit data with the second service identifier at the start time of the limited target wake-up time service phase; If the second frame includes a second field, the second field is used to indicate one or more silent intervals of the station, the start time of any silent interval and the start of any defined target wake-up time service phase. The time is the same, and the second frame is used to indicate that the station does not need to transmit data of the second service identifier at the start time of any defined target wake-up time service phase, indicating that the station is in the silent interval. Perform a fourth operation, which complies with the channel access rule; the fourth operation includes any of the following: after competing for the channel, send data, and the service identifier of the data belongs to the first service identifier ;Do not send data (or do not compete for the channel); after obtaining the data of the second service identifier to be sent, start competing for the channel; or, if the second frame does not include the second field, the second The field is used to indicate one or more silent intervals of the station. The starting time of any silent interval is the same as the starting time of any defined target wake-up time service phase. The second frame is used to indicate that the station is in After competing for the channel, data is sent, and the service identifier of the data is the first service identifier or the second service identifier; the second service identifier belongs to the service identifier of the priority service agreed between the site and the access point. , the first service identifier does not belong to the service identifier of the priority service agreed between the station and the access point. In other words, the second frame is used to indicate that the station performs the fourth step in the silent interval when no data with the second service identifier needs to be transmitted at the starting time of any defined target wake-up time service phase. operate.
关于第十六方面的通信装置所带来的技术效果,可参考对于第八方面的实施方式的技术效果的介绍。Regarding the technical effects brought by the communication device of the sixteenth aspect, reference may be made to the introduction of the technical effects of the implementation of the eighth aspect.
第十七方面,本申请实施例提供另一种通信装置,该通信装置包括处理器,该处理器与存储器耦合,该存储器用于存储程序或指令,当该程序或指令被该处理器执行时,使得该通信装置执行上述第一方面至第八方面的任意可能的实现方式所示的方法。In a seventeenth aspect, embodiments of the present application provide another communication device. The communication device includes a processor. The processor is coupled to a memory. The memory is used to store programs or instructions. When the program or instructions are executed by the processor , causing the communication device to perform the method shown in any possible implementation manner of the above-mentioned first to eighth aspects.
本申请实施例中,在执行上述方法的过程中,上述方法中有关发送信息(或信号)的过程,可以理解为基于处理器的指令进行输出信息的过程。在输出信息时,处理器将信息输出给收发器,以便由收发器进行发射。该信息在由处理器输出之后,还可能需要进行其他的处理,然后到达收发器。类似的,处理器接收输入的信息时,收发器接收该信息,并将其输入处理器。更进一步的,在收发器收到该信息之后,该信息可能需要进行其他的处理,然后才输入处理器。In the embodiment of the present application, during the execution of the above method, the process of sending information (or signals) in the above method can be understood as a process of outputting information based on instructions of the processor. In outputting information, the processor outputs the information to the transceiver for transmission by the transceiver. After the information is output by the processor, it may also need to undergo other processing before reaching the transceiver. Similarly, when the processor receives incoming information, the transceiver receives the information and feeds it into the processor. Furthermore, after the transceiver receives the information, the information may need to undergo other processing before being input to the processor.
对于处理器所涉及的发送和/或接收等操作,如果没有特殊说明,或者,如果未与其在相关描述中的实际作用或者内在逻辑相抵触,则可以一般性的理解为基于处理器的指令输出。For the sending and/or receiving operations involved in the processor, if there is no special explanation, or if it does not conflict with its actual role or internal logic in the relevant description, it can be generally understood as the instruction output based on the processor. .
在实现过程中,上述处理器可以是专门用于执行这些方法的处理器,也可以是执行存储器中的计算机指令来执行这些方法的处理器,例如通用处理器等。例如,处理器还可以用于执行存储器中存储的程序,当该程序被执行时,使得该通信装置执行如上述第一方面或第一方面的任意可能的实现方式所示的方法。During the implementation process, the above-mentioned processor may be a processor specifically designed to perform these methods, or may be a processor that executes computer instructions in a memory to perform these methods, such as a general-purpose processor. For example, the processor may also be configured to execute a program stored in the memory. When the program is executed, the communication device performs the method shown in the above-mentioned first aspect or any possible implementation of the first aspect.
在一种可能的实现方式中,存储器位于上述通信装置之外。在一种可能的实现方式中,存储器位于上述通信装置之内。In a possible implementation, the memory is located outside the communication device. In a possible implementation, the memory is located within the above communication device.
在一种可能的实现方式中,处理器和存储器还可能集成于一个器件中,即处理器和存储器还可能被集成于一起。In a possible implementation, the processor and the memory may be integrated into one device, that is, the processor and the memory may be integrated together.
在一种可能的实现方式中,通信装置还包括收发器,该收发器,用于接收信号或发送信号等。 In a possible implementation, the communication device further includes a transceiver, which is used to receive signals or send signals, etc.
第十八方面,本申请提供另一种通信装置,该通信装置包括处理电路和接口电路,该接口电路用于获取数据或输出数据;处理电路用于执行如上述第一方面至第八方面的任意可能的实现方式所示的相应的方法。In an eighteenth aspect, the present application provides another communication device. The communication device includes a processing circuit and an interface circuit. The interface circuit is used to obtain data or output data; the processing circuit is used to perform the above-mentioned first to eighth aspects. The corresponding method is shown for any possible implementation.
第十九方面,本申请提供一种计算机可读存储介质,该计算机可读存储介质中存储有计算机程序,该计算机程序包括程序指令,该程序指令被执行时使得计算机执行如上述第一方面至第八方面的任意可能的实现方式所示的方法。In a nineteenth aspect, the present application provides a computer-readable storage medium. A computer program is stored in the computer-readable storage medium. The computer program includes program instructions. When executed, the program instructions cause the computer to perform the above-described first aspect to The method shown in any possible implementation of the eighth aspect.
第二十方面,本申请提供一种计算机程序产品,该计算机程序产品包括计算机程序,该计算机程序包括程序指令,该程序指令被执行时使得计算机执行如上述第一方面至第八方面的任意可能的实现方式所示的方法。In a twentieth aspect, the present application provides a computer program product. The computer program product includes a computer program. The computer program includes program instructions. When executed, the program instructions cause the computer to perform any of the above-described first to eighth aspects. The implementation method is shown.
第二十一方面,本申请提供一种通信系统,包括上述第九方面或第九方面的任意可能的实现方式所述的通信装置,以及上述第十一方面或第十一方面的任意可能的实现方式所述的通信装置。或者,该通信系统包括上述第十方面或第十方面的任意可能的实现方式所述的通信装置,以及上述第十二方面或第十二方面的任意可能的实现方式所述的通信装置。或者,该通信系统包括上述第十三方面或第十三方面的任意可能的实现方式所述的通信装置,以及上述第十五方面或第十五方面的任意可能的实现方式所述的通信装置。或者,该通信系统包括上述第十四方面或第十四方面的任意可能的实现方式所述的通信装置,以及上述第十六方面或第十六方面的任意可能的实现方式所述的通信装置。In a twenty-first aspect, the present application provides a communication system, including the communication device described in the ninth aspect or any possible implementation of the ninth aspect, and the eleventh aspect or any possible implementation of the eleventh aspect. The communication device described in the implementation manner. Alternatively, the communication system includes the communication device described in the above-mentioned tenth aspect or any possible implementation manner of the tenth aspect, and the communication device described in the above-mentioned twelfth aspect or any possible implementation manner of the twelfth aspect. Alternatively, the communication system includes the communication device described in the thirteenth aspect or any possible implementation of the thirteenth aspect, and the communication device described in the fifteenth aspect or any possible implementation of the fifteenth aspect. . Alternatively, the communication system includes the communication device described in the fourteenth aspect or any possible implementation of the fourteenth aspect, and the communication device described in the sixteenth aspect or any possible implementation of the sixteenth aspect. .
附图说明Description of the drawings
为了更清楚地说明本申请实施例或背景技术中的技术方案,下面将对本申请实施例或背景技术中所需要使用的附图进行说明。In order to more clearly explain the technical solutions in the embodiments of the present application or the background technology, the drawings required to be used in the embodiments or the background technology of the present application will be described below.
图1为本申请提供的一种WLAN通信系统;Figure 1 is a WLAN communication system provided by this application;
图2A为本申请提供的一种TWT元素域的示例;Figure 2A is an example of a TWT element field provided by this application;
图2B为本申请提供的一种静默间隔元素域的示例;Figure 2B is an example of a silent interval element field provided by this application;
图3为本申请提供的希望使用r-TWT SP的non-AP EHT STA与AP建立协定的交互过程;Figure 3 is the interaction process provided by this application for non-AP EHT STA that wishes to use r-TWT SP to establish an agreement with the AP;
图4为本申请提供的一种基于r-TWT机制的信道接入流程图;Figure 4 is a channel access flow chart based on the r-TWT mechanism provided by this application;
图5为本申请提供的另一种基于r-TWT机制的信道接入流程图;Figure 5 is another channel access flow chart based on the r-TWT mechanism provided by this application;
图6为本申请提供的一种信道接入方法交互流程图;Figure 6 is an interaction flow chart of a channel access method provided by this application;
图7为本申请提供的另一种信道接入方法交互流程图;Figure 7 is an interaction flow chart of another channel access method provided by this application;
图8为本申请提供的另一种信道接入方法交互流程图;Figure 8 is an interaction flow chart of another channel access method provided by this application;
图9为本申请实施例提供的另一种TWT元素域的结构示意图;Figure 9 is a schematic structural diagram of another TWT element domain provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图10为本申请实施例提供的另一种TWT元素域的结构示意图;Figure 10 is a schematic structural diagram of another TWT element domain provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图11为本申请提供的另一种信道接入方法交互流程图;Figure 11 is an interaction flow chart of another channel access method provided by this application;
图12为本申请实施例提供的一种通信装置1200的结构示意图;Figure 12 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication device 1200 provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图13为本申请实施例提供的另一种通信装置130的结构示意图;Figure 13 is a schematic structural diagram of another communication device 130 provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图14为本申请实施例提供的另一种通信装置140的结构示意图。FIG. 14 is a schematic structural diagram of another communication device 140 provided by an embodiment of the present application.
具体实施方式Detailed ways
本申请的说明书、权利要求书及附图中的术语“第一”和“第二”等仅用于区别不同对象,而不是用于描述特定顺序。此外,术语“包括”和“具有”以及它们的任何变形,意图在于覆盖 不排他的包含。例如包含了一系列步骤或单元的过程、方法、系统、产品或设备等,没有限定于已列出的步骤或单元,而是可选地还包括没有列出的步骤或单元等,或可选地还包括对于这些过程、方法、产品或设备等固有的其它步骤或单元。The terms "first" and "second" in the description, claims, and drawings of this application are only used to distinguish different objects, but are not used to describe a specific sequence. Furthermore, the terms "including" and "having" and any variations thereof are intended to cover Non-exclusive inclusion. For example, a process, method, system, product or equipment that includes a series of steps or units is not limited to the listed steps or units, but optionally also includes unlisted steps or units, or optional It also includes other steps or units inherent to these processes, methods, products or equipment.
在本文中提及的“实施例”意味着,结合实施例描述的特定特征、结构或特性可以包含在本申请的至少一个实施例中。在说明书中的各个位置出现该短语并不一定均是指相同的实施例,也不是与其它实施例互斥的独立的或备选的实施例。本领域技术人员可以显式地和隐式地理解的是,本文所描述的实施例可以与其它实施例相结合。Reference herein to "an embodiment" means that a particular feature, structure or characteristic described in connection with the embodiment may be included in at least one embodiment of the present application. The appearances of this phrase in various places in the specification are not necessarily all referring to the same embodiment, nor are separate or alternative embodiments mutually exclusive of other embodiments. Those skilled in the art will understand, both explicitly and implicitly, that the embodiments described herein may be combined with other embodiments.
本申请以下实施例中所使用的术语只是为了描述特定实施例的目的,而并非旨在作为对本申请的限制。如在本申请的说明书和所附权利要求书中所使用的那样,单数表达形式“一个”、“一种”、“所述”、“上述”、“该”和“这一”旨在也包括复数表达形式,除非其上下文中明确地有相反指示。还应当理解,本申请中使用的术语“和/或”是指并包含一个或多个所列出项目的任何或所有可能组合。例如,“A和/或B”可以表示:只存在A,只存在B以及同时存在A和B三种情况,其中A,B可以是单数或者复数。本申请中使用的术语“多个”是指两个或两个以上。The terms used in the following embodiments of the present application are only for the purpose of describing specific embodiments and are not intended to limit the present application. As used in the specification and appended claims of this application, the singular expressions "a", "an", "said", "above", "the" and "the" are intended to also Plural expressions are included unless the context clearly indicates otherwise. It will also be understood that the term "and/or" as used in this application refers to and includes any and all possible combinations of one or more of the listed items. For example, "A and/or B" can mean: only A exists, only B exists, and both A and B exist simultaneously, where A and B can be singular or plural. The term "plurality" as used in this application means two or more.
下面首先介绍本申请实施例中所涉及的术语和技术方案。The terminology and technical solutions involved in the embodiments of this application are first introduced below.
一、接入点和站点1. Access points and sites
本申请实施例主要以部署WLAN网络,尤其是应用IEEE 802.11系统标准的网络为例进行说明,本领域技术人员容易理解,本申请涉及的各个方面可以扩展到采用各种标准或协议的其它网络,例如,BLUETOOTH(蓝牙),高性能无线LAN(high performance radio LAN,HIPERLAN)(一种与IEEE 802.1 1标准类似的无线标准,主要在欧洲使用)以及广域网(WAN)、个人区域网(personal area network,PAN)或其它现在已知或以后发展起来的网络。因此,无论使用的覆盖范围和无线接入协议如何,本申请提供的各种方面可以适用于任何合适的无线网络。The embodiments of this application are mainly explained by taking the deployment of WLAN networks, especially networks that apply the IEEE 802.11 system standard, as an example. Those skilled in the art can easily understand that all aspects involved in this application can be extended to other networks that adopt various standards or protocols. For example, BLUETOOTH (Bluetooth), high performance wireless LAN (HIPERLAN) (a wireless standard similar to the IEEE 802.11 standard, mainly used in Europe), as well as wide area network (WAN), personal area network (personal area network) , PAN) or other networks now known or later developed. Therefore, the various aspects provided herein may be applicable to any suitable wireless network, regardless of the coverage and wireless access protocols used.
本申请实施例还可以适用于物联网(internet of things,IoT)网络或车联网(Vehicle to X,V2X)等无线局域网系统中。当然,本申请实施例还可以适用于其他可能的通信系统,例如,长期演进(long term evolution,LTE)系统、LTE频分双工(frequency division duplex,FDD)系统、LTE时分双工(time division duplex,TDD)、通用移动通信系统(universal mobile telecommunication system,UMTS)、全球互联微波接入(worldwide interoperability for microwave access,WiMAX)通信系统、第五代(5th generation,5G)通信系统,以及未来的第六代(6th generation,6G)通信系统等。The embodiments of this application can also be applied to wireless local area network systems such as Internet of Things (IoT) networks or Vehicle to X (V2X). Of course, the embodiments of the present application can also be applied to other possible communication systems, such as long term evolution (long term evolution, LTE) system, LTE frequency division duplex (FDD) system, LTE time division duplex (time division) system duplex (TDD), universal mobile telecommunication system (UMTS), global interoperability for microwave access (WiMAX) communication system, fifth generation (5th generation, 5G) communication system, and future Sixth generation (6th generation, 6G) communication system, etc.
上述适用本申请的通信系统仅是举例说明,适用本申请的通信系统不限于此,在此统一说明,以下不再赘述。The above-mentioned communication systems applicable to the present application are only examples. The communication systems applicable to the present application are not limited to these and will be explained uniformly here, and will not be described in detail below.
参阅图1,图1所示的WLAN通信系统为本申请提供的技术方案可使用的一种无线通信系统的示例。该通信系统包括接入点(access point,AP),一个或多个STA(仅示出了STA1和STA2)。其中,接入点和STA均支持WLAN协议,该WLAN协议可以包括IEEE 802.11be(或称为Wi-Fi 7,EHT协议),还可以包括IEEE802.11ax,IEEE 802,11ac等协议。当然,随着通信技术的不断演进和发展,该WLAN协议还可以包括IEEE802.11be的下一代协议等。以WLAN为例,该实现本申请方法的装置可以是WLAN中的接入点或STA,或者是,安装在接入点或STA中的芯片或处理系统。如图1所示,基本服务集合中的STA1和STA2可进行信道竞争,以抢占信道资源。Referring to Figure 1, the WLAN communication system shown in Figure 1 is an example of a wireless communication system that can be used with the technical solution provided by this application. The communication system includes an access point (AP) and one or more STAs (only STA1 and STA2 are shown). Among them, both the access point and the STA support WLAN protocols. The WLAN protocols can include IEEE 802.11be (or Wi-Fi 7, EHT protocol), and can also include IEEE802.11ax, IEEE 802, 11ac and other protocols. Of course, with the continuous evolution and development of communication technology, the WLAN protocol can also include the next generation protocol of IEEE802.11be and so on. Taking WLAN as an example, the device that implements the method of the present application may be an access point or STA in the WLAN, or a chip or processing system installed in the access point or STA. As shown in Figure 1, STA1 and STA2 in the basic service set can compete for channels to seize channel resources.
接入点是一种具有无线通信功能的装置,支持采用WLAN协议进行通信,具有与WLAN 网络中其他设备(比如站点或其他接入点)通信的功能。当然,还可以具有与其他设备通信的功能。在WLAN系统中,包括一个或多个接入点(access point,AP)类的站点和一个或多个非接入点类的站点(none access point station,non-AP STA)。为便于描述,本文将接入点类型的站点称为接入点(AP),非接入点类的站点称为站点(STA)。An access point is a device with wireless communication capabilities that supports communication using the WLAN protocol and has the ability to communicate with WLAN The ability to communicate with other devices on the network, such as stations or other access points. Of course, it can also have the function of communicating with other devices. In a WLAN system, it includes one or more access point (AP)-type stations and one or more non-access point-type stations (none access point station, non-AP STA). For the convenience of description, this article calls the access point type site an access point (AP), and the non-access point type site is called a station (STA).
接入点可以为一个整机设备,还可以是安装在整机设备中的芯片或处理系统等。安装这些芯片或处理系统的设备可以在芯片或处理系统(即AP)的控制下,实现本申请实施例的方法和功能。本申请实施例中的AP是为站点(Station,STA)提供服务的装置,可以支持802.11系列协议,例如802.11ac、802.11n、802.11g、802.11b及802.11a、802.11be、Wi-Fi 8或其下一代等。例如,AP可以为通信服务器、路由器、交换机、网桥等通信实体。AP可以包括宏基站、微基站(也称为小站)、微微基站、毫微微基站、中继站、接入点、gNB、传输接收点(transmission reception point,TRP)、演进型节点B(evolved Node B,eNB)、无线网络控制器(radio network controller,RNC)、家庭基站(例如,home evolved NodeB,或home Node B,HNB)、基带单元(base band unit,BBU)、WiFi接入点(access point,AP)、接入回传一体化(integrated access and backhaul,IAB)等。当然AP还可以为这些各种形式的设备中的芯片和处理系统,从而实现本申请实施例的方法和功能。The access point can be a complete device, or a chip or processing system installed in the complete device. Devices equipped with these chips or processing systems can implement the methods and functions of the embodiments of the present application under the control of the chips or processing systems (ie, AP). The AP in the embodiment of this application is a device that provides services for a station (Station, STA) and can support 802.11 series protocols, such as 802.11ac, 802.11n, 802.11g, 802.11b and 802.11a, 802.11be, Wi-Fi 8 or The next generation and so on. For example, the AP can be a communication entity such as a communication server, router, switch, and bridge. APs can include macro base stations, micro base stations (also called small stations), pico base stations, femto base stations, relay stations, access points, gNBs, transmission reception points (TRP), evolved Node Bs (evolved Node B , eNB), radio network controller (radio network controller, RNC), home base station (for example, home evolved NodeB, or home Node B, HNB), base band unit (base band unit, BBU), WiFi access point (access point , AP), integrated access and backhaul (IAB), etc. Of course, the AP can also be chips and processing systems in these various forms of devices, thereby implementing the methods and functions of the embodiments of the present application.
站点是一种具有无线通信功能的装置,支持采用WLAN协议进行通信,具有与WLAN网络中的其他站点或接入点通信的能力。例如,STA是允许用户与AP通信进而与WLAN通信的任何通信装置,该通信装置可以为一个整机设备,还可以是安装在整机设备中的芯片或处理系统等。安装这些芯片或处理系统的设备可以在芯片或处理系统(即站点)的控制下,实现本申请实施例的方法和功能。STA可包括手机(mobile phone)、移动台(mobile station,MS)、平板电脑(pad)、带无线收发功能的电脑(例如笔记本电脑)、虚拟现实(virtual reality,VR)设备、增强现实(augmented reality,AR)设备、工业控制(industrial control)中的无线终端、无人驾驶(self driving)中的无线终端、远程医疗(remote medical)中的无线终端、智能电网(smart grid)中的无线终端、运输安全(transportation safety)中的无线终端、智慧城市(smart city)中的无线终端、智慧家庭(smart home)中的无线终端、用户单元(subscriber unit)、蜂窝电话(cellular phone)、无线数据卡、个人数字助理(personal digital assistant,PDA)电脑、平板型电脑、膝上型电脑(laptop computer)、机器类型通信(machine type communication,MTC)终端等。站台可包括各种具有无线通信功能的手持设备、车载设备、可穿戴设备、计算设备或连接到无线调制解调器的其它处理设备。可选的,站台可以是具有无线通信功能的手持设备(handset)、车载设备、可穿戴设备或物联网、车联网中的终端、5G以及5G之后演进的通信系统中的任意形态的终端等,本申请对此并不限定。站点可支持802.11系列协议,例如802.11ac、802.11n、802.11g、802.11b、802.11a、802.11be、Wi-Fi 8或其下一代等多种WLAN标准。A station is a device with wireless communication capabilities that supports communication using the WLAN protocol and has the ability to communicate with other stations or access points in the WLAN network. For example, STA is any communication device that allows the user to communicate with the AP and then with the WLAN. The communication device can be a complete device, or it can be a chip or processing system installed in the complete device. Equipment equipped with these chips or processing systems can implement the methods and functions of the embodiments of the present application under the control of the chips or processing systems (ie, sites). STA can include mobile phones (mobile phones), mobile stations (MS), tablets (pads), computers with wireless transceiver functions (such as laptops), virtual reality (VR) devices, augmented reality (Augmented) reality, AR) equipment, wireless terminals in industrial control, wireless terminals in self-driving, wireless terminals in remote medical, and wireless terminals in smart grid , wireless terminals in transportation safety, wireless terminals in smart city, wireless terminals in smart home, subscriber unit, cellular phone, wireless data Cards, personal digital assistant (PDA) computers, tablet computers, laptop computers, machine type communication (MTC) terminals, etc. Stations may include a variety of handheld devices, vehicle-mounted devices, wearable devices, computing devices, or other processing devices connected to wireless modems with wireless communications capabilities. Optionally, the station can be a handheld device (handset) with wireless communication function, a vehicle-mounted device, a wearable device or a terminal in the Internet of Things, the Internet of Vehicles, 5G and any form of terminal in the communication system evolved after 5G, etc. This application is not limited to this. The site can support 802.11 series protocols, such as 802.11ac, 802.11n, 802.11g, 802.11b, 802.11a, 802.11be, Wi-Fi 8 or its next generation and other WLAN standards.
二、目标唤醒时间(target wakeup time,TWT)元素域2. Target wakeup time (TWT) element field
r-TWT是基于IEEE 802.11ax已有的广播TWT(broadcast TWT)衍生出的一种新的保障低时延业务的机制。r-TWT is a new mechanism to ensure low-latency services derived from the existing broadcast TWT of IEEE 802.11ax.
在802.11be标准下,non-AP EHT STA(下文可简称EHT STA)存在许多实时应用(real time application,RTA)。non-AP EHT STA是指支持802.11be标准的non-AP STA。这些实时应用的流量有着非常严格的延时要求(stringent latency requirements),基于此提出了r-TWT机制。在r-TWT机制下,AP通过信标(beacon)帧或者探测响应(probe response)帧发布r-TWT 信息,该r-TWT信息可指示一个或者多个r-TWT服务阶段(service period,SP),以及一个或多个静默间隔(quiet interval)。下文r-TWT服务阶段简称r-TWT SP。r-TWT信息是在TWT元素域中指示的。Under the 802.11be standard, there are many real-time applications (RTA) for non-AP EHT STA (hereinafter referred to as EHT STA). Non-AP EHT STA refers to non-AP STA that supports the 802.11be standard. The traffic of these real-time applications has very strict latency requirements (stringent latency requirements), and based on this, the r-TWT mechanism is proposed. Under the r-TWT mechanism, the AP publishes r-TWT through beacon frames or probe response frames. Information, the r-TWT information may indicate one or more r-TWT service periods (service periods, SPs), and one or more quiet intervals (quiet intervals). The r-TWT service phase is referred to as r-TWT SP below. r-TWT information is indicated in the TWT element field.
图2A为本申请提供的一种TWT元素域的示例。如图2A所示,TWT元素域包括:元素标识(Element ID)、长度(Length)、控制(Control)字段以及TWT参数信息(TWTParameter Information);其中,元素标识占用一个字节,长度占用一个字节,控制字段占用一个字节,TWT参数信息占用的字节是可变长,即TWT参数信息占用的字节的个数是可变的。如图2A所示,控制字段可包括:无数据寻呼指示(NDPPaging Indicator)、应答放能量管理指示(Response PM Mode)、协商类型(NegotiationType)、TWT信息帧禁止(TWTInformation Frame Disabled)、唤醒时长单元(WakeDuration Unit)、链路标识位图存在指示(Link ID Bitmap Present)、预留(Reserved);其中,协商类型占用2比特,其它子域占用1比特。如图2A所示,TWT参数信息包括:广播TWT参数集1(Broadcast TWT Parameter Set 1)、广播TWT参数集2(Broadcast TWT Parameter Set 2)以及其他广播TWT参数集(未示出)。Figure 2A is an example of a TWT element field provided by this application. As shown in Figure 2A, the TWT element field includes: element identification (Element ID), length (Length), control (Control) field and TWT parameter information (TWTParameter Information); among them, the element identification occupies one byte and the length occupies one word section, the control field occupies one byte, and the bytes occupied by the TWT parameter information are variable length, that is, the number of bytes occupied by the TWT parameter information is variable. As shown in Figure 2A, the control fields may include: No Data Paging Indicator (NDPPaging Indicator), Response PM Mode), Negotiation Type (NegotiationType), TWT Information Frame Disabled (TWTInformation Frame Disabled), and Wake-up Duration Unit (WakeDuration Unit), Link ID Bitmap Present, and Reserved; among them, the negotiation type occupies 2 bits and other subfields occupies 1 bit. As shown in Figure 2A, the TWT parameter information includes: Broadcast TWT Parameter Set 1, Broadcast TWT Parameter Set 2 (Broadcast TWT Parameter Set 2), and other Broadcast TWT parameter sets (not shown).
参阅图2A,广播TWT参数集1包括:请求类型(RequestType)、目标唤醒时间(TargetWake Time)、最小TWT唤醒时长(NominalMinimum TWT Wake Duration)、TWT唤醒间隔尾数(TWTWake Interval Mantissa)、广播TWT信息(Broadcast TWT Info)、r-TWT业务信息(Restricted TWT Traffic Info);其中,r-TWT业务信息是可选的(optional),广播TWT参数集1包括的每个子域下方的数字表示该子域占用的字节个数。参阅图2A,广播TWT信息包括:限定TWT业务信息子域存在指示(Restricted TWT Traffic Info Present)、预留(Reserved)、广播TWT标识(Broadcast TWT ID)、广播TWT持续时长(Broadcast TWT Persistence),该广播TWT信息包括的每个子域下方的数字表示该子域占用的比特个数。参阅图2A,若广播TWT参数集1中包括r-TWT业务信息,该r-TWT业务信息包括:业务控制信息(TrafficInfo Control)、r-TWT下行TID位图(Restricted TWT DL TID Bitmap)、r-TWT上行TID位图(Restricted TWT UL TID Bitmap)。参阅图2A,业务信息控制子域包括:下行TID位图有效(DL TID Bitmap Valid)、上行TID位图有效(UL TID Bitmap Valid),预留(Reserved),该业务信息控制子域包括的每个子域下方的数字表示该子域占用的比特个数。Referring to Figure 2A, broadcast TWT parameter set 1 includes: request type (RequestType), target wake time (TargetWake Time), minimum TWT wake duration (NominalMinimum TWT Wake Duration), TWT wake interval mantissa (TWTWake Interval Mantissa), broadcast TWT information ( Broadcast TWT Info), r-TWT traffic information (Restricted TWT Traffic Info); among them, r-TWT business information is optional (optional), and the number below each subdomain included in broadcast TWT parameter set 1 indicates that the subdomain is occupied The number of bytes. Referring to Figure 2A, broadcast TWT information includes: restricted TWT traffic information subdomain presence indication (Restricted TWT Traffic Info Present), reserved (Reserved), broadcast TWT identification (Broadcast TWT ID), broadcast TWT duration (Broadcast TWT Persistence), The number below each subfield included in the broadcast TWT information indicates the number of bits occupied by the subfield. Referring to Figure 2A, if the broadcast TWT parameter set 1 includes r-TWT service information, the r-TWT service information includes: service control information (TrafficInfo Control), r-TWT downlink TID bitmap (Restricted TWT DL TID Bitmap), r -TWT upstream TID bitmap (Restricted TWT UL TID Bitmap). Referring to Figure 2A, the service information control subfield includes: Downlink TID Bitmap Valid (DL TID Bitmap Valid), Uplink TID Bitmap Valid (UL TID Bitmap Valid), and Reserved (Reserved). Each service information control subfield includes The number below the subfield indicates the number of bits occupied by the subfield.
STA和AP可通过r-TWT下行TID位图和r-TWT上行TID位图,协商限定目标唤醒时间服务阶段(r-TWT service period,r-TWT TID)。或者说,r-TWT业务信息子域是STA和AP用来协商上行/下行r-TWT TID和non-rTWT TID的。一个r-TWT业务信息子域对应一个r-TWT SP。本申请中,r-TWT TID是指r-TWT SP中STA优先服务的一个或多个上行(uplink,UL)TID和下行(downlink,DL)TID。STA的所有TID中,除了r-TWT TID以外的其他TID称为non-rTWT TID。r-TWT TID可理解为STA与AP协商好的在r-TWT SP中,STA优先服务的一个或多个TID(包括下行TID和上行TID)。例如,r-TWT下行TID位图(一个字节)中的每个比特对应一个下行TID,值为1的比特对应的下行TID为r-TWT TID(下行TID),值为0的比特对应的下行TID为non-rTWT TID。例如,r-TWT上行TID位图(一个字节)中的每个比特对应一个上行TID,值为1的比特对应的上行TID为r-TWT TID(上行TID),值为0的比特对应的上行TID为non-rTWT TID(上行TID)。STA and AP can negotiate the limited target wake-up time service period (r-TWT service period, r-TWT TID) through the r-TWT downlink TID bitmap and r-TWT uplink TID bitmap. In other words, the r-TWT service information subfield is used by STA and AP to negotiate uplink/downlink r-TWT TID and non-rTWT TID. One r-TWT service information subfield corresponds to one r-TWT SP. In this application, r-TWT TID refers to one or more uplink (UL) TID and downlink (downlink, DL) TID of STA priority service in r-TWT SP. Among all TIDs of STA, TIDs other than r-TWT TID are called non-rTWT TID. The r-TWT TID can be understood as one or more TIDs (including downlink TID and uplink TID) that the STA preferentially serves in the r-TWT SP negotiated between the STA and the AP. For example, each bit in the r-TWT downlink TID bitmap (one byte) corresponds to a downlink TID. The bit with a value of 1 corresponds to the downlink TID of r-TWT TID (downlink TID), and the bit with a value of 0 corresponds to The downstream TID is non-rTWT TID. For example, each bit in the r-TWT upstream TID bitmap (one byte) corresponds to an upstream TID. The bit with a value of 1 corresponds to the upstream TID of r-TWT TID (upstream TID), and the bit with a value of 0 corresponds to The upstream TID is non-rTWT TID (upstream TID).
TWT参数信息包含一个或多个广播TWT参数集,例如图2A所示的广播TWT参数集1和广播TWT参数集2。每一个广播TWT参数集的请求类型域中的广播TWT建议子域(Broadcast TWT Recommendation)用来指示该广播TWT参数集所指定的TWT类型。广播TWT建议子域的取值为4,表示这个广播TWT参数集对应一个r-TWT。这种请求类型是IEEE 802.11be引入的,因此传统站点无法理解。参阅图2A,如果一个广播TWT参数集对应一个r-TWT,那么在TWT元素域中的广播TWT信息子域(Broadcast TWT Info)中包含一个比特的r-TWT业务信息子域存在指示子域(Restricted TWT Traffic Info Present)。r-TWT业务信息子域存在指示子域的值为1,代表TWT元素域中含有图2A中所示的r-TWT业务信息子域(Restricted TWT Traffic Info)。r-TWT业务信息子域存在指示子域的值为0,代表TWT元素域中不包含图中所示的r-TWT业务信息子域。广播TWT标识(Broadcast TWT ID)子域表示TWT群组的标识号。图2A中,各子域或字段的含义可参阅相关标准,例如802.11系列协议。The TWT parameter information includes one or more broadcast TWT parameter sets, such as broadcast TWT parameter set 1 and broadcast TWT parameter set 2 shown in Figure 2A. The Broadcast TWT Recommendation subfield (Broadcast TWT Recommendation) in the request type field of each broadcast TWT parameter set is used to indicate the TWT type specified by the broadcast TWT parameter set. The value of the broadcast TWT recommended subfield is 4, indicating that this broadcast TWT parameter set corresponds to an r-TWT. This request type is IEEE Introduced by 802.11be, it cannot be understood by traditional sites. Referring to Figure 2A, if a broadcast TWT parameter set corresponds to an r-TWT, then the broadcast TWT information subfield (Broadcast TWT Info) in the TWT element field contains a one-bit r-TWT service information subfield existence indication subfield ( Restricted TWT Traffic Info Present). The value of the r-TWT service information subfield existence indication subfield is 1, which means that the TWT element field contains the r-TWT service information subfield (Restricted TWT Traffic Info) shown in Figure 2A. The value of the r-TWT service information subfield existence indication subfield is 0, which means that the TWT element field does not contain the r-TWT service information subfield shown in the figure. The Broadcast TWT ID subfield indicates the identification number of the TWT group. In Figure 2A, the meaning of each subfield or field can be found in relevant standards, such as the 802.11 series protocols.
图2B为本申请提供的一种静默间隔元素域的示例。如图2B所示,静默间隔元素域包括:元素标识(Element ID)字段、长度(Length)字段、静默计数(QuierCount)字段、静默周期(QuietPeriod)字段、静默长度(QuietDuration)字段、静默偏移(QuietOffet)字段。图2A中,各子域或字段的含义可参阅相关标准,例如802.11系列协议。静默间隔(QI)元素域可包含于信标帧、探测响应帧等。信标帧、探测响应帧等可同时包括TWT元素域和静默间隔元素域。TWT元素域和静默间隔元素域可视为信标帧、探测响应帧等帧中的两个元素。站点根据静默间隔元素域可确定一个或多个静默间隔的起始时间以及时长。参阅图2B,静默长度指示静默间隔的时长,静默计数和静默偏移可用于确定静默间隔的起始时间。Figure 2B is an example of a silent interval element field provided by this application. As shown in Figure 2B, the quiet interval element field includes: element identification (Element ID) field, length (Length) field, quiet count (QuierCount) field, quiet period (QuietPeriod) field, quiet length (QuietDuration) field, quiet offset (QuietOffet) field. In Figure 2A, the meaning of each subfield or field can be found in relevant standards, such as the 802.11 series protocols. The Quiet Interval (QI) element field can be included in beacon frames, probe response frames, etc. Beacon frames, detection response frames, etc. may include both the TWT element field and the silent interval element field. The TWT element field and the silent interval element field can be regarded as two elements in frames such as beacon frames and detection response frames. The site can determine the start time and duration of one or more silent intervals based on the silent interval element field. Referring to Figure 2B, the silence length indicates the length of the silence interval, and the silence count and silence offset can be used to determine the start time of the silence interval.
三、r-TWT的原理3. Principle of r-TWT
希望使用r-TWT SP的non-AP EHT STA需要首先与AP建立r-TWT协定(r-TWT agreement),从而加入一个或多个r-TWT群组(例如AP通过广播TWT ID来分组)。AP和不同的STA可分别建立r-TWT协定。图3为本申请提供的希望使用r-TWT SP的non-AP EHT STA与AP建立协定的交互过程。如图3所示,希望使用r-TWT SP的non-AP EHT STA与AP建立协定的交互过程如下:极高吞吐量站点1(EHT STA 1)向极高吞吐量接入点(EHT AP)发送r-TWT建立申请帧(r-TWT Setup Request Frame);EHT AP接收到该r-TWT建立申请帧之后,向该EHT STA1回复r-TWT建立应答帧(r-TWT Setup Response Frame)。例如,non-AP EHT STA与AP建立一次r-TWT协定,最多加入一个r-TWT群组。也就是说,non-AP EHT STA发送一个r-TWT建立申请帧最多加入一个r-TWT群组。若non-AP EHT STA需要加入多个r-TWT群组,则需要与AP多次建立r-TWT协定,每次加入一个r-TWT群组。r-TWT建立申请帧和r-TWT建立应答帧中包含r-TWT业务信息子域(Restricted TWT Traffic Info),参阅图2A。r-TWT业务信息子域(Restricted TWT Traffic Info)中分别包含下行和上行的业务标识(trafficidentifier,TID)指示,即图2A中的r-TWT下行TID位图和r-TWT上行TID位图。non-AP EHT STA与AP通过r-TWT业务信息子域来协商r-TWT TID。例如,r-TWT下行TID位图(一个字节)中的每个比特对应一个下行TID,值为1的比特对应的下行TID为r-TWT TID(下行TID),值为0的比特对应的下行TID为non-rTWT TID。例如,r-TWT上行TID位图(一个字节)中的每个比特对应一个上行TID,值为1的比特对应的上行TID为r-TWT TID(上行TID),值为0的比特对应的上行TID为non-rTWT TID(上行TID)。non-AP EHT STA与AP通过r-TWT业务信息子域来协商r-TWT TID的方式,可参阅相关标准,例如802.11系列协议,这里不展开描述。Non-AP EHT STAs that wish to use r-TWT SP need to first establish an r-TWT agreement (r-TWT agreement) with the AP to join one or more r-TWT groups (for example, the AP groups by broadcasting TWT ID). The AP and different STAs can establish r-TWT agreements respectively. Figure 3 shows the interaction process provided by this application for non-AP EHT STA that wishes to use r-TWT SP to establish an agreement with the AP. As shown in Figure 3, the interaction process between the non-AP EHT STA that wants to use r-TWT SP and the AP to establish an agreement is as follows: Extremely high throughput station 1 (EHT STA 1) to the extremely high throughput access point (EHT AP) Send an r-TWT Setup Request Frame (r-TWT Setup Request Frame); after receiving the r-TWT Setup Request Frame, the EHT AP replies with an r-TWT Setup Response Frame (r-TWT Setup Response Frame) to the EHT STA1. For example, a non-AP EHT STA establishes an r-TWT agreement with the AP and joins at most one r-TWT group. In other words, non-AP EHT STA sends an r-TWT establishment request frame to join at most one r-TWT group. If the non-AP EHT STA needs to join multiple r-TWT groups, it needs to establish r-TWT agreements with the AP multiple times and join one r-TWT group each time. The r-TWT establishment request frame and r-TWT establishment response frame contain the r-TWT service information subfield (Restricted TWT Traffic Info), see Figure 2A. The r-TWT traffic information subfield (Restricted TWT Traffic Info) contains downlink and uplink traffic identifier (TID) indications respectively, that is, the r-TWT downlink TID bitmap and the r-TWT uplink TID bitmap in Figure 2A. The non-AP EHT STA and the AP negotiate the r-TWT TID through the r-TWT service information subfield. For example, each bit in the r-TWT downlink TID bitmap (one byte) corresponds to a downlink TID. The bit with a value of 1 corresponds to the downlink TID of r-TWT TID (downlink TID), and the bit with a value of 0 corresponds to The downstream TID is non-rTWT TID. For example, each bit in the r-TWT upstream TID bitmap (one byte) corresponds to an upstream TID. The bit with a value of 1 corresponds to the upstream TID of r-TWT TID (upstream TID), and the bit with a value of 0 corresponds to The upstream TID is non-rTWT TID (upstream TID). For the method of negotiating the r-TWT TID between the non-AP EHT STA and the AP through the r-TWT service information subfield, please refer to relevant standards, such as the 802.11 series protocols, which will not be described here.
non-AP EHT STA加入一个或多个r-TWT群组之后,可使用r-TWT SP。After joining one or more r-TWT groups, non-AP EHT STA can use r-TWT SP.
为了便于描述本申请的方案,将本申请涉及的站点主要分为三类,第一类是属于r-TWT组内的EHTSTA,第二类是不属于r-TWT组内的EHTSTA,第三类是非极高吞吐量站点 (non-ETH STA)。本申请中,属于r-TWT组内的EHTSTA可称为r-TWT调度STA(r-TWT scheduled STA)。其中,第一类站点和第二类站点均是支持802.11be标准的站点,即ETH STA。non-ETH STA(即第三类站点)是指不支持802.11be标准的站点,例如传统站点。第一类站点和第二类站点是从站点是否属于(或者说可使用)某个r-TWT SP的角度来区分的。若某个站点属于(或者说可使用)某个r-TWT SP,对于该r-TWT SP来说,该站点为第一类站点。或者说,若某个站点加入了某个r-TWT SP对应的r-TWT群组,则对于该r-TWT SP来说,该站点为第一类站点。若某个站点不属于(或者说不能使用)某个r-TWT SP,对于该r-TWT SP来说,该站点为第二类站点。或者说,若某个站点未加入了某个r-TWT SP对应的r-TWT群组,则对于该r-TWT SP来说,该站点为第二类站点。EHTSTA可通过AP发送的信标帧或探测响应帧中的TWT元素域中的广播TWT标识(Broadcast TWT ID)子域来判定是否从属于(可简称为属于)该信标帧或探测响应帧指示的r-TWT SP。广播TWT标识子域表示TWT群组的标识号。EHTSTA可在广播TWT标识子域表示的TWT群组的标识号属于该EHT STA加入的r-TWT群组时,确定自己属于该TWT群组的标识号对应的r-TWT SP。AP发送的信标帧或探测响应帧中的TWT元素域可指示一个或多个r-TWT SP,每个r-TWT SP对应一个TWT群组的标识号。例如,TWT元素域中的多个广播TWT参数集各自对应一个r-TWT SP,每个广播TWT参数集中的广播TWT标识表示一个TWT群组的标识号,该TWT群组的标识号对应于该广播TWT参数集对应的r-TWT SP。In order to facilitate the description of the solution of this application, the sites involved in this application are mainly divided into three categories. The first category is EHTSTA that belongs to the r-TWT group, the second category is EHTSTA that does not belong to the r-TWT group, and the third category Yes or No Extremely High Throughput Site (non-ETH STA). In this application, the EHTSTA belonging to the r-TWT group may be called an r-TWT scheduled STA (r-TWT scheduled STA). Among them, the first type of site and the second type of site are sites that support the 802.11be standard, that is, ETH STA. Non-ETH STA (the third type of site) refers to sites that do not support the 802.11be standard, such as traditional sites. The first type of site and the second type of site are distinguished from the perspective of whether the site belongs to (or can use) a certain r-TWT SP. If a site belongs to (or can be used by) a certain r-TWT SP, the site is a first-category site for the r-TWT SP. In other words, if a site joins the r-TWT group corresponding to a certain r-TWT SP, then for the r-TWT SP, the site is a first-category site. If a site does not belong to (or cannot be used) a certain r-TWT SP, for the r-TWT SP, the site is a second-category site. In other words, if a site has not joined the r-TWT group corresponding to a certain r-TWT SP, then for the r-TWT SP, the site is a second type site. EHTSTA can determine whether it belongs to (can be referred to as belonging to for short) the beacon frame or probe response frame indication through the Broadcast TWT ID subfield in the TWT element field in the beacon frame or probe response frame sent by the AP. r-TWT SP. The broadcast TWT identification subfield indicates the identification number of the TWT group. When the identification number of the TWT group represented by the broadcast TWT identification subfield belongs to the r-TWT group that the EHT STA joins, the EHT STA can determine that it belongs to the r-TWT SP corresponding to the identification number of the TWT group. The TWT element field in the beacon frame or probe response frame sent by the AP can indicate one or more r-TWT SPs, and each r-TWT SP corresponds to the identification number of a TWT group. For example, multiple broadcast TWT parameter sets in the TWT element field each correspond to an r-TWT SP. The broadcast TWT identifier in each broadcast TWT parameter set represents the identification number of a TWT group. The identification number of the TWT group corresponds to the Broadcast the r-TWT SP corresponding to the TWT parameter set.
图4为本申请提供的一种基于r-TWT机制的信道接入流程图。图4所示的信道接入流程示出了r-TWT机制的原理。如图4所示,极高吞吐量接入点(EHT AP)发送信标帧(Beacon),该信标帧指示一个或多个r-TWT SP的起始时间,该EHT AP可以在该信标帧中设置与r-TWT SP的起始时间对齐的静默间隔(quiet interval),时长为1毫秒(ms);属于r-TWT组内的EHTSTA 1可以忽略掉上述静默间隔,即在r-TWT SP开始之后竞争信道,在竞争到信道之后发送数据帧;不属于r-TWT组内的EHTSTA 2以及non-ETH STA 3需要根据静默间隔来保持静默。静默间隔的时长一般小于r-TWT SP的时间长度。与r-TWT SP的起始时间对齐的静默间隔是指起始时间与r-TWT SP的起始时间相同的静默间隔。信标帧中可指示多个静默间隔的起始时间以及每个静默间隔的时长。图4中仅示出了一个第一类站点(即r-TWT组内的EHTSTA 1)、一个第二类站点(即不属于r-TWT组内的EHTSTA 2)以及一个第三类站点(即non-ETH STA 3)。应理解,在实际的WLAN系统中可包含一个或多个第一类站点、一个或多个第二类站点以及一个或多个第三类站点,本申请不限定各类站点的数量。Figure 4 is a channel access flow chart based on the r-TWT mechanism provided by this application. The channel access process shown in Figure 4 shows the principle of the r-TWT mechanism. As shown in Figure 4, the extremely high throughput access point (EHT AP) sends a beacon frame (Beacon). The beacon frame indicates the starting time of one or more r-TWT SPs. The EHT AP can Set a quiet interval (quiet interval) aligned with the starting time of r-TWT SP in the standard frame, with a duration of 1 millisecond (ms); EHTSTA 1 belonging to the r-TWT group can ignore the above quiet interval, that is, in r- After the TWT SP starts, it competes for the channel and sends data frames after competing for the channel; EHTSTA 2 and non-ETH STA 3 that do not belong to the r-TWT group need to remain silent according to the silent interval. The length of the silent interval is generally shorter than the length of r-TWT SP. A silent interval aligned with the start time of r-TWT SP refers to a silent interval whose start time is the same as the start time of r-TWT SP. The start time of multiple silent intervals and the duration of each silent interval can be indicated in the beacon frame. Figure 4 shows only one first category site (i.e., EHTSTA 1 within the r-TWT group), one second category site (i.e., EHTSTA 2 that does not belong to the r-TWT group), and one third category site (i.e., EHTSTA 2 that does not belong to the r-TWT group) non-ETH STA 3). It should be understood that an actual WLAN system may include one or more first-category sites, one or more second-category sites, and one or more third-category sites. This application does not limit the number of each type of site.
r-TWT机制还要求r-TWT调度STA(例如属于r-TWT组内的EHTSTA 1)必须在整个r-TWT SP指定的时间内在将上行r-TWT TID的数据传输完毕之后,传输上行non-rTWT TID的数据。或者说,r-TWT机制还要求r-TWT调度STA在整个r-TWT SP指定的时间内在竞争到信道之后,在将上行r-TWT TID的数据传输完毕之前,不能传输non-rTWT TID的数据。本申请中,r-TWT TID的数据是指业务标识属于r-TWT TID的数据,non-rTWT TID的数据是指业务标识属于non-rTWT TID的数据。也就是说,r-TWT TID的数据是指业务标识属于r-TWT TID,non-rTWT TID的数据是指业务标识属于non-rTWT TID。参阅图4,属于r-TWT组内的EHTSTA 1在r-TWT SP内竞争到信道之后,先发送数据帧1,该数据帧1为上行r-TWT TID的数据;在上行r-TWT TID的数据传输完毕(即数据帧1传输完毕)之后,传输上行non-r-TWT TID的数据,即数据帧2。图4中,确认帧1是AP针对数据帧1发送的,确认帧2是AP针对数据帧2发送的。The r-TWT mechanism also requires that the r-TWT scheduling STA (such as EHTSTA 1 belonging to the r-TWT group) must transmit the upstream non- rTWT TID data. In other words, the r-TWT mechanism also requires that the r-TWT scheduling STA cannot transmit non-rTWT TID data after competing for the channel within the entire r-TWT SP specified time before completing the upstream r-TWT TID data transmission. . In this application, the data of r-TWT TID refers to the data whose service identifier belongs to r-TWT TID, and the data of non-rTWT TID refers to the data whose service identifier belongs to non-rTWT TID. In other words, the data of r-TWT TID means that the service identifier belongs to r-TWT TID, and the data of non-rTWT TID means that the service identifier belongs to non-rTWT TID. Referring to Figure 4, after EHTSTA 1 belonging to the r-TWT group competes for the channel in the r-TWT SP, it first sends data frame 1, which is the data of the uplink r-TWT TID; in the uplink r-TWT TID After the data transmission is completed (that is, the transmission of data frame 1 is completed), the data of the upstream non-r-TWT TID is transmitted, that is, data frame 2. In Figure 4, acknowledgment frame 1 is sent by the AP for data frame 1, and acknowledgment frame 2 is sent by the AP for data frame 2.
从图4可知,第一类站点(即r-TWT调度STA)可忽略掉上述静默间隔,即在r-TWT SP 开始之后竞争信道;第二类站点(例如不属于r-TWT组内的EHTSTA 2)和第三类站点(例如non-ETH STA 3)需要根据静默间隔来保持静默。这样会减少基本服务集(basic service set,BSS)内竞争信道的STA的个数,增大有低延时业务的EHT STA拿到信道的概率。由于第一类站点(即r-TWT调度STA)可忽略掉上述静默间隔,因此对于第一类站点来说,第一类站点在AP发送的信标帧(或者其他帧)指示静默间隔时执行的操作与第一类站点在AP发送的信标帧(或者其他帧)未指示静默间隔时执行的操作相同。举例来说,图4所示的信标帧包括第一字段,该第一字段用于指示EHT STA(任一个第一类站点)的一个或多个r-TWT SP,该信标帧可包含第二字段,也可不包括第二字段,该第二字段指示该EHT STA的静默间隔,该静默间隔的起始时间与任一r-TWT SP(属于第一字段指示的r-TWT SP)的起始时间相同。在该举例中,由于第一类站点(即r-TWT调度STA)可忽略掉上述静默间隔,因此对于第一类站点来说,第一类站点在信标帧包括第二字段时执行的操作与第一类站点在信标帧未包括第二字段时执行的操作相同。也就是说,第一类站点不关心信标帧是否包括第二字段。可理解,对于AP来说,AP发送的信标帧(或其他帧)中是否包括第二字段对于第一类站点来说没有意义。It can be seen from Figure 4 that the first type of station (i.e. r-TWT scheduled STA) can ignore the above silent interval, that is, in r-TWT SP After starting to compete for the channel; the second type of station (such as EHTSTA 2 that does not belong to the r-TWT group) and the third type of station (such as non-ETH STA 3) need to remain silent according to the silent interval. This will reduce the number of STAs competing for channels in the basic service set (BSS) and increase the probability that EHT STAs with low-latency services can obtain the channel. Since the first type of station (i.e., r-TWT scheduled STA) can ignore the above silent interval, for the first type of station, the first type of station executes when the beacon frame (or other frame) sent by the AP indicates the silent interval. The operation is the same as that performed by the first type of station when the beacon frame (or other frame) sent by the AP does not indicate a silent interval. For example, the beacon frame shown in Figure 4 includes a first field, which is used to indicate one or more r-TWT SPs of the EHT STA (any first type station). The beacon frame may include The second field may not include the second field. The second field indicates the silent interval of the EHT STA. The starting time of the silent interval is consistent with the time of any r-TWT SP (belonging to the r-TWT SP indicated by the first field). The starting time is the same. In this example, since the first type of station (i.e., r-TWT scheduled STA) can ignore the above silent interval, for the first type of station, the first type of station performs operations when the beacon frame includes the second field. The same operation as the first category of stations does when the beacon frame does not include the second field. That is, the first type of station does not care whether the beacon frame includes the second field. It can be understood that, for the AP, whether the beacon frame (or other frame) sent by the AP includes the second field is meaningless to the first type of station.
AP可通过信标帧、探测响应帧、TWT设置(Setup)帧或者其他帧中携带r-TWT SP信息。本申请中,以信标帧携带r-TWT SP信息为例进行描述。The AP can carry r-TWT SP information through beacon frames, detection response frames, TWT setup (Setup) frames, or other frames. In this application, the beacon frame carrying r-TWT SP information is used as an example for description.
四、信道竞争4. Channel competition
BSS中的站点可进行信道竞争,以抢占信道资源。如图1所示,基本服务集合中的STA1和STA2可进行信道竞争,以抢占信道资源。STA进行信道竞争的一种可能的方式如下:STA采用信道竞争参数1为r-TWT TID对应的一个或多个接入类型竞争信道,采用信道竞争参数2为non-rTWT TID对应的一个或多个接入类型竞争信道;其中,信道竞争参数1和信道竞争参数2是STA的多组用于信道竞争的参数中的任意两组。示例性的,站点可采用两组(或两套)EDCA参数集进行信道接入(或者称信道竞争),一组为增强型分布式信道接入(enhanced distributed channel access,EDCA)参数集,另一组为多用户(multi-user,MU)EDCA参数集。EDCA参数集为信道竞争参数1的举例,MU EDCA参数集为信道竞争参数2的举例。站点采用MU EDCA参数集进行信道接入相比于采用传统的EDCA参数集进行信道接入,其竞争等待时间更长,退避窗也更大,因而相比采用传统的EDCA参数集,信道接入的优先级更低。可选的,STA采用退避机制为r-TWT TID对应的接入类型和/或non-rTWT TID对应的接入类型竞争信道。示例性的,STA的r-TWT TID对应的一个或多个接入类型执行退避,以及non-rTWT TID对应的一个或多个接入类型执行退避;当一个接入类型退避到0时,该接入类型竞争到信道。STA的接入类型执行退避可以是随机生成一个退避计数值(对应一个随机窗或竞争窗),并开始退避,成功退避到0可认为该接入类型竞争到信道。例如,STA在执行退避的过程中,检测到一次信道空闲,其退避计数值减1。本申请中,站点可采用任意方式进行信道竞争,本申请不作限定。Stations in the BSS can compete for channels to seize channel resources. As shown in Figure 1, STA1 and STA2 in the basic service set can compete for channels to seize channel resources. A possible way for STAs to compete for channels is as follows: STA uses channel competition parameter 1 to compete for channels of one or more access types corresponding to r-TWT TID, and uses channel competition parameter 2 to compete for channels of one or more access types corresponding to non-rTWT TIDs. Access types compete for channels; among them, channel competition parameter 1 and channel competition parameter 2 are any two sets of multiple sets of parameters of the STA used for channel competition. For example, the station can use two sets (or two sets) of EDCA parameter sets for channel access (or channel competition), one set is the enhanced distributed channel access (EDCA) parameter set, and the other is the enhanced distributed channel access (EDCA) parameter set. One set is a multi-user (MU) EDCA parameter set. The EDCA parameter set is an example of channel competition parameter 1, and the MU EDCA parameter set is an example of channel competition parameter 2. Compared with using the traditional EDCA parameter set for channel access, the site uses the MU EDCA parameter set for channel access. Its competition waiting time is longer and the backoff window is larger. Therefore, compared with using the traditional EDCA parameter set for channel access, the channel access has a lower priority. Optionally, the STA uses a backoff mechanism to compete for channels for the access type corresponding to r-TWT TID and/or the access type corresponding to non-rTWT TID. For example, one or more access types corresponding to the r-TWT TID of the STA perform backoff, and one or more access types corresponding to the non-rTWT TID perform backoff; when an access type backs off to 0, the The access type contends for the channel. The STA's access type can perform backoff by randomly generating a backoff count value (corresponding to a random window or contention window) and starting backoff. Successful backoff to 0 can be considered as the access type competing for the channel. For example, when the STA detects that the channel is idle once during the backoff process, its backoff count value is decremented by 1. In this application, stations can use any method to compete for channels, and this application does not limit it.
参阅图4,AP为r-TWT SP设置了起始时间对齐的静默间隔,目的是保障r-TWT调度STA(即上述第一类站点)的r-TWT TID的数据可以优先传输。但是,到了r-TWT SP的起始时间,如果某一个r-TWT调度STA(属于上述第一类站点)没有r-TWT TID的数据(data)需要传输(比如之前已经通过随机竞争完成数据传输),那么根据现有的r-TWT机制,该r-TWT调度STA依旧会继续竞争信道。Referring to Figure 4, the AP sets a silent interval aligned with the start time for the r-TWT SP. The purpose is to ensure that the data of the r-TWT TID of the r-TWT scheduled STA (that is, the first type of station mentioned above) can be transmitted preferentially. However, at the start time of r-TWT SP, if a certain r-TWT scheduling STA (belonging to the first category of sites mentioned above) does not have r-TWT TID data to transmit (for example, data transmission has been completed through random competition before ), then according to the existing r-TWT mechanism, the r-TWT scheduled STAs will still continue to compete for the channel.
图5为本申请提供的另一种基于r-TWT机制的信道接入流程图。图5中,极高吞吐量接 入点(EHT AP)发送信标帧(可替换为探测响应帧或其他帧),该信标帧指示一个或多个r-TWT SP的起始时间,AP在该信标帧中设置与r-TWT SP的起始时间对齐的静默间隔;r-TWT调度STA 1在r-TWT SP的起始时间到的时候,恰好没有r-TWT TID的数据,但是其依然信道竞争且若其成功竞争到信道,其将传输non-rTWT TID的数据,导致有r-TWT TID的数据的其他r-TWT调度STA的低延时业务无法及时传输。图5中的r-TWT调度STA 1和r-TWT调度STA2均属于上述第一类站点。图5中,r-TWT调度STA 1在r-TWT SP发送的两个数据帧均为non-rTWT TID的数据,AP发送的两个确认帧为针对r-TWT SP发送的两个数据帧发送的。图5中,r-TWT调度STA 1代表在r-TWT SP的起始时间到的时候,恰好没有r-TWT TID的数据,但是其依然信道竞争且成功竞争到信道,继而传输non-rTWT TID的数据的STA;r-TWT调度STA 2代表在静默间隔内有r-TWT TID的数据需要传输,但并未抢到信道的STA。Figure 5 is another channel access flow chart based on the r-TWT mechanism provided by this application. In Figure 5, the extremely high throughput interface The entry point (EHT AP) sends a beacon frame (can be replaced by a detection response frame or other frame). The beacon frame indicates the starting time of one or more r-TWT SPs. The AP sets the same value as r in the beacon frame. - Silent interval aligned with the start time of the TWT SP; r-TWT schedules STA 1. When the start time of the r-TWT SP arrives, there happens to be no data for the r-TWT TID, but it still competes for the channel and if it successfully competes to the channel, it will transmit non-rTWT TID data, causing the low-latency services of other r-TWT scheduled STAs with r-TWT TID data to be unable to transmit in time. The r-TWT scheduled STA 1 and r-TWT scheduled STA2 in Figure 5 both belong to the above-mentioned first type of site. In Figure 5, the two data frames sent by r-TWT scheduling STA 1 on the r-TWT SP are both non-rTWT TID data, and the two acknowledgment frames sent by the AP are for the two data frames sent by the r-TWT SP. of. In Figure 5, r-TWT scheduling STA 1 means that when the start time of r-TWT SP arrives, there happens to be no r-TWT TID data, but it still competes for the channel and successfully competes for the channel, and then transmits non-rTWT TID STA with data; r-TWT scheduling STA 2 represents the STA that has r-TWT TID data that needs to be transmitted during the silent interval, but has not grabbed the channel.
参阅图5,如果r-TWT调度STA1信道接入成功,则会直接发non-rTWT TID的数据(因为已经没有r-TWT TID的数据,符合r-TWT机制中规定的r-TWT TID的数据传输完毕),从而其non-rTWT TID的竞争和数据传输抢占了别的r-TWT调度STA(如图中STA 2)的r-TWT TID的数据的传输机会,进而影响其他STA的延时性能。Refer to Figure 5. If r-TWT schedules STA1 channel access successfully, non-rTWT TID data will be sent directly (because there is no r-TWT TID data, and it conforms to the r-TWT TID data specified in the r-TWT mechanism. transmission is completed), so that the competition and data transmission of its non-rTWT TID preempts the data transmission opportunity of the r-TWT TID of other r-TWT scheduled STA (STA 2 in the figure), thereby affecting the delay performance of other STA .
因此,需要解决在r-TWT SP开始后的静默间隔内,是否允许r-TWT调度STA的non-rTWT TID进行信道接入的问题,以及r-TWT调度STA在r-TWT SP的起始时间没有r-TWT TID数据需要传输时是否允许其进行信道竞争的问题。本申请提供的信道接入方案能够解决这两个问题。Therefore, it is necessary to solve the problem of whether the non-rTWT TID of r-TWT scheduling STA is allowed to access the channel during the silent interval after the start of r-TWT SP, and the starting time of r-TWT scheduling STA in r-TWT SP. There is no question of whether r-TWT TID data is allowed to compete for channels when it needs to be transmitted. The channel access solution provided by this application can solve these two problems.
下面结合附图结合本申请提供的信道接入方案。The following is a channel access solution provided by this application in conjunction with the accompanying drawings.
实施例一Embodiment 1
图6为本申请提供的一种信道接入方法交互流程图。如图6所示,该方法交互流程包括:Figure 6 is an interaction flow chart of a channel access method provided by this application. As shown in Figure 6, the interaction process of this method includes:
601、接入点发送第一帧。601. The access point sends the first frame.
相应的,站点(例如EHT STA)接收第一帧。Accordingly, the station (e.g. EHT STA) receives the first frame.
第一帧中的第一字段用于指示站点的一个或多个限定目标唤醒时间服务阶段(r-TWT SP)。第一字段指示的一个或多个r-TWT SP对应的r-TWT群组属于站点加入的r-TWT群组。The first field in the first frame is used to indicate one or more defined target wake-up time service phases (r-TWT SP) for the station. The r-TWT group corresponding to one or more r-TWT SPs indicated by the first field belongs to the r-TWT group that the station joins.
第一帧可以是信标帧、探测响应帧、TWT设置(Setup)帧等任意可指示r-TWT SP和静默间隔的帧。第一帧可包括如图2A所示的TWT元素域,该TWT元素域中包括第一字段。第一字段可以是第一帧的TWT元素域中的任一个广播TWT参数集。参阅图2A,TWT元素域中的Control字段中的协商类型取值为2时,表示该TWT元素域中的“TWT参数信息”为广播TWT参数信息。在这种情况下,广播TWT参数集中的请求类型(Reuest Type)域中的“广播TWT建议域”(Broadcast TWT Recommendation)取值为4,表示这个广播TWT参数集为一个r-TWT参数集,该广播TWT参数集(即第一字段)指示一个r-TWT SP。每一个r-TWT SP由广播TWT标识(Broadcast TWT ID)域唯一标识。The first frame can be a beacon frame, a detection response frame, a TWT setup (Setup) frame, or any other frame that can indicate the r-TWT SP and silent interval. The first frame may include a TWT element field as shown in FIG. 2A, and the TWT element field includes a first field. The first field may be any broadcast TWT parameter set in the TWT element field of the first frame. Referring to Figure 2A, when the negotiation type value in the Control field in the TWT element field is 2, it means that the "TWT parameter information" in the TWT element field is broadcast TWT parameter information. In this case, the value of "Broadcast TWT Recommendation" in the Reuest Type field in the Broadcast TWT parameter set is 4, indicating that this Broadcast TWT parameter set is an r-TWT parameter set. The broadcast TWT parameter set (i.e. the first field) indicates an r-TWT SP. Each r-TWT SP is uniquely identified by the Broadcast TWT ID field.
站点根据第一帧进行不同的通信处理。本申请中,通过协议规定或预先约定第一帧中是否包括第二字段,使得站点能够明确需要进行的操作。也就是说,通过协议规定或预先约定第一帧包括第二字段时,站点根据该第一帧执行的操作,以及该第一帧未包括第二时段时,站点根据该第一帧执行的操作。举例来说,第一帧包括第二字段时,站点根据该第一帧执行下文的步骤602;该第一帧未包括第二字段时,站点根据该第一帧执行下文的步骤603;其中,第二字段用于指示站点的一个或多个静默间隔,任一静默间隔的起始时间与任一限定目标唤醒时间服务阶段的起始时间相同。 The station performs different communication processing based on the first frame. In this application, the protocol stipulates or pre-agrees whether the first frame includes the second field, so that the station can clearly understand the operations that need to be performed. That is to say, the operations performed by the station based on the first frame when the first frame includes the second field are stipulated or pre-agreed through the protocol, and the operations performed by the station based on the first frame when the first frame does not include the second period. . For example, when the first frame includes the second field, the station performs the following step 602 according to the first frame; when the first frame does not include the second field, the station performs the following step 603 according to the first frame; wherein, The second field is used to indicate one or more silent intervals of the site. The starting time of any silent interval is the same as the starting time of any defined target wake-up time service phase.
602、若第一帧还包括第二字段,该第二字段用于指示站点的一个或多个静默间隔,任一静默间隔的起始时间与任一限定目标唤醒时间服务阶段的起始时间相同,站点在该任一静默间隔执行第一操作。602. If the first frame also includes a second field, the second field is used to indicate one or more silent intervals of the station, and the starting time of any silent interval is the same as the starting time of any defined target wake-up time service phase. , the site performs the first operation in any silent interval.
上述第一操作包括以下任一项:不发送第一业务标识的数据;在第一业务标识对应的接入类型竞争到信道的情况下,在发送上述第一业务标识的数据之前,发送第二业务标识的数据。上述第二业务标识属于上述站点与接入点协定的优先服务的业务标识,即r-TWT TID。上述第一业务标识不属于上述站点与上述接入点协定的优先服务的业务标识。或者说,第一业务标识属于non-rTWT TID。不发送第一业务标识的数据可理解为:在静默间隔内不发送任何non-rTWT TID的数据。在发送上述第一业务标识的数据之前,发送第二业务标识的数据可理解为:站点在静默间隔内将r-TWT TID的数据传输完毕之后,才能传输non-rTWT TID的数据。The above-mentioned first operation includes any of the following: not sending data with the first service identifier; in the case where the access type corresponding to the first service identifier competes for the channel, before sending the data with the above-mentioned first service identifier, sending the second Business identification data. The above-mentioned second service identifier belongs to the service identifier of the priority service agreed between the above-mentioned station and the access point, that is, r-TWT TID. The above-mentioned first service identifier does not belong to the service identifier of the priority service agreed between the above-mentioned station and the above-mentioned access point. In other words, the first service identifier belongs to non-rTWT TID. Not sending the data of the first service identifier can be understood as: not sending any non-rTWT TID data during the silent interval. Before sending the data with the above-mentioned first service identifier, sending the data with the second service identifier can be understood as: the station can transmit the data of non-rTWT TID only after the station has completed transmitting the data of r-TWT TID within the silent interval.
站点不发送第一业务标识的数据一种可能的实现方式如下:该站点为该站点的non-rTWT TID对应的接入类型(access category,AC)设置内部基本服务集(intra-BSS)网络分配矢量(network allocationvector,NAV),NAV的时长(duration)设置为静默间隔的时间长度,即时长。802.11标准规定了站点的AC设置了NAV就不能继续退避竞争信道。也就是说,站点将任意non-rTWT TID对应的AC设置NAV后,该AC就不能继续退避竞争信道(或者说停止竞争信道)。示例性的,站点为第一业务类型的AC设置intra-BSS NAV,该NAV的时长设置为静默间隔的时间长度。上述第一业务标识对应的AC与上述第二业务标识对应的AC不同。这样就能使得第一业务标识对应的AC不能继续退避竞争信道,而第二业务标识对应的AC继续退避竞争信道。站点在静默间隔结束之后,第一业务类型的AC继续竞争信道。示例性的,站点为所有的non-rTWT TID对应的AC中不属于r-TWT TID对应的AC设置intra-BSS NAV,该NAV的时长设置为静默间隔的时间长度。也就是说,如果站点的某个non-rTWT TID与某个r-TWT TID对应相同的AC,那么站点不为该AC设置NAV,这样为了避免造成r-TWT TID对应的AC不能继续退避竞争信道。站点不为其non-rTWT TID对应的AC中属于r-TWT TID对应的AC设置intra-BSS NAV;在任一个同时对应于non-rTWT TID和r-TWT TID的AC成功竞争到信道之后,站点必须先传输该AC对应的r-TWT TID的数据,直到该AC对应的r-TWT TID的数据传输结束之后,才可以传输该AC对应的non-rTWT TID的数据。在该实现方式中,站点可区分non-rTWT TID对应的AC和r-TWT TID的AC,并且仅为non-rTWT TID对应的AC中不属于r-TWT TID对应的AC设置NAV。这样既能避免non-rTWT TID对应的AC不能继续竞争信道,又能避免造成r-TWT TID对应AC不能继续退避竞争信道;能够保证r-TWT TID的数据的时延性能。A possible implementation method for the site not to send the data of the first service identification is as follows: the site sets the internal basic service set (intra-BSS) network allocation for the access category (access category, AC) corresponding to the non-rTWT TID of the site. Vector (network allocation vector, NAV), the duration of NAV is set to the length of the silent interval, that is, the length. The 802.11 standard stipulates that if the AC of a site is set to NAV, it cannot continue to back off from competing channels. In other words, after a station sets NAV on the AC corresponding to any non-rTWT TID, the AC cannot continue to back off from the competing channel (or stop competing for the channel). For example, the site sets intra-BSS NAV for the AC of the first service type, and the duration of the NAV is set to the length of the silent interval. The AC corresponding to the first service identifier is different from the AC corresponding to the second service identifier. In this way, the AC corresponding to the first service identifier cannot continue to retreat from the competition channel, while the AC corresponding to the second service identifier continues to retreat from the competition channel. After the station's silent interval ends, the AC of the first service type continues to compete for the channel. For example, the site sets intra-BSS NAV for all ACs corresponding to non-rTWT TIDs that do not belong to the ACs corresponding to r-TWT TIDs, and the length of the NAV is set to the length of the silent interval. That is to say, if a non-rTWT TID of the station corresponds to the same AC as an r-TWT TID, the station does not set NAV for the AC. In this way, in order to avoid causing the AC corresponding to the r-TWT TID to be unable to continue to back off from the competing channel. . The station does not set intra-BSS NAV for the AC corresponding to the r-TWT TID among the ACs corresponding to its non-rTWT TID; after any AC corresponding to both the non-rTWT TID and the r-TWT TID successfully competes for the channel, the station must The data of the r-TWT TID corresponding to the AC is transmitted first, and only after the data transmission of the r-TWT TID corresponding to the AC is completed, the data of the non-rTWT TID corresponding to the AC can be transmitted. In this implementation, the station can distinguish the AC corresponding to non-rTWT TID and the AC corresponding to r-TWT TID, and only set NAV for the AC corresponding to non-rTWT TID that does not belong to the AC corresponding to r-TWT TID. This can not only prevent the AC corresponding to the non-rTWT TID from being unable to continue to compete for the channel, but also prevent the AC corresponding to the r-TWT TID from being unable to continue to retreat from the competing channel; it can ensure the delay performance of the r-TWT TID data.
站点不发送第一业务标识的数据一种可能的实现方式如下:该站点在第一业务标识对应的AC竞争到信道(例如退避到0)之后,不发送该第一业务标识的数据,并且重新选择一个退避计数值来竞争信道,并保持竞争窗的大小不变,直到静默间隔结束。上述第一业务标识对应的AC与上述第二业务标识对应的AC不同,这样可以避免造成r-TWT TID对应AC不能继续退避竞争信道。如果某个non-rTWT TID与某个r-TWT TID对应相同的AC,站点在该AC成功竞争到信道之后,先传输该AC对应的r-TWT TID的数据,直到该AC对应的r-TWT TID的数据传输结束之后,才可以传输该AC对应的non-rTWT TID的数据。在该实现方式中,可达到站点不发送第一业务标识的数据的技术目的,并且不需要改变站点的竞争机制。A possible implementation of the station not sending the data of the first service identifier is as follows: after the AC corresponding to the first service identifier competes for the channel (for example, backing off to 0), the station does not send the data of the first service identifier, and restarts Choose a backoff count value to contend for the channel and keep the contention window size constant until the silence interval ends. The AC corresponding to the above-mentioned first service identifier is different from the AC corresponding to the above-mentioned second service identifier. This can avoid causing the AC corresponding to the r-TWT TID to be unable to continue to back off the contention channel. If a non-rTWT TID and a r-TWT TID correspond to the same AC, after the AC successfully competes for the channel, the station first transmits the data of the r-TWT TID corresponding to the AC until the r-TWT corresponding to the AC After the TID data transmission is completed, the non-rTWT TID data corresponding to the AC can be transmitted. In this implementation, the technical purpose of the site not sending data of the first service identifier can be achieved, and the competition mechanism of the site does not need to be changed.
站点不发送第一业务标识的数据一种可能的实现方式如下:该站点在第一业务标识对应的AC竞争到信道(即退避到0)之后,不发送该第一业务标识的数据,并且重新选择一个退 避计数值来竞争信道;在该退避计数值退避到0之后,不发送该第一业务标识的数据,再次选择一个退避计数值来竞争信道;以此类推,直到静默间隔结束。上述第一业务标识对应的AC与上述第二业务标识对应的AC不同,这样可以避免造成r-TWT TID对应AC不能继续退避竞争信道。如果某个non-rTWT TID与某个r-TWT TID对应相同的AC,站点在该AC成功竞争到信道之后,先传输该AC对应的r-TWT TID的数据,直到该AC对应的r-TWT TID的数据传输结束之后,才可以传输该AC对应的non-rTWT TID的数据。在该实现方式中,可达到站点不发送第一业务标识的数据的技术目的,并且不需要改变站点的竞争机制。A possible implementation method for the station not to send the data of the first service identifier is as follows: after the AC corresponding to the first service identifier competes for the channel (that is, backs off to 0), the station does not send the data of the first service identifier, and restarts Choose a retreat The backoff count value is used to compete for the channel; after the backoff count value backs off to 0, the data of the first service identifier is not sent, and a backoff count value is selected again to compete for the channel; and so on, until the end of the silent interval. The AC corresponding to the above-mentioned first service identifier is different from the AC corresponding to the above-mentioned second service identifier. This can avoid causing the AC corresponding to the r-TWT TID to be unable to continue to back off from the contention channel. If a non-rTWT TID and a r-TWT TID correspond to the same AC, after the AC successfully competes for the channel, the station first transmits the data of the r-TWT TID corresponding to the AC until the r-TWT corresponding to the AC After the TID data transmission is completed, the non-rTWT TID data corresponding to the AC can be transmitted. In this implementation, the technical purpose of the site not sending data of the first service identifier can be achieved, and the competition mechanism of the site does not need to be changed.
站点不发送第一业务标识的数据一种可能的实现方式如下:使得第一业务标识对应的AC保持静默(或者说挂起、停止退避竞争信道等)。A possible implementation method for the station not to send the data of the first service identifier is as follows: making the AC corresponding to the first service identifier remain silent (or suspend, stop backing off the contention channel, etc.).
上面介绍了站点不发送第一业务标识的数据几种可能的实现方式,而不是所有可能的实现方式。应理解,任何可使得站点不发送第一业务标识的数据(即non-rTWT TID的数据)的实现方式均属于本申请的保护范围。本申请中,站点不发送第一业务标识的数据的技术目的是:避免对r-TWT TID的数据的传输造成不利影响。可理解,任何可达到这种技术目的的实现方式均属于本申请的保护范围。The above describes several possible implementation methods for the site not to send the data of the first service identifier, but not all possible implementation methods. It should be understood that any implementation that can prevent the station from sending data of the first service identifier (that is, non-rTWT TID data) falls within the protection scope of this application. In this application, the technical purpose of the station not sending the data of the first service identifier is to avoid adverse effects on the transmission of r-TWT TID data. It can be understood that any implementation method that can achieve this technical purpose falls within the protection scope of this application.
上述任一r-TWT SP是指第一帧中的第一字段指示的站点的一个或多个r-TWT SP中的任一个。第一帧还可包括第二字段,该第二字段用于指示站点的一个或多个静默间隔。上述第二字段可包括静默计数、静默周期、静默长度、静默偏移。第一帧中的第二字段可以是该第一帧中的静默间隔元素域,参阅图2B。第二字段指示的一个或多个静默间隔可以不是针对某个或某些站点的,而是针对所有站点的。一种可能的实现方式中,第二字段仅指示一个或多个静默间隔的起始时间,而不指示(或者说限定)这些静默间隔属于哪个或哪些站点。第二字段指示的一个或多个静默间隔可视为任意站点的静默间隔。或者说,任意站点均可以将第二字段指示的一个或多个静默间隔视为自己的静默间隔。在该实现方式中,不必限定静默间隔是属于哪个或哪些站点,可减少资源开销。一种可能的实现方式中,第二字段指示一个或多个静默间隔的起始时间,以及指示(或者说限定)该一个或多个静默间隔属于哪个或哪些站点。若第二字段指示的一个或多个静默间隔属于某个站点,则该站点可在任一静默间隔的起始时间与任一r-TWT SP的起始时间相同时,在该任一静默间隔在执行第一操作。若第二字段指示的一个或多个静默间隔不属于某个站点,则该站点可根据该一个或多个静默间隔保持静默。在该实现方式中,指示静默间隔属于哪个或哪些站点,以便这些站点利用该静默间隔减少时延。Any of the above r-TWT SPs refers to any one of one or more r-TWT SPs of the station indicated by the first field in the first frame. The first frame may also include a second field indicating one or more silent intervals for the station. The above-mentioned second field may include silence count, silence period, silence length, and silence offset. The second field in the first frame may be the silent interval element field in the first frame, see FIG. 2B. The one or more silent intervals indicated by the second field may not be for one or some sites, but for all sites. In a possible implementation, the second field only indicates the starting time of one or more silent intervals, but does not indicate (or limit) which site or sites these silent intervals belong to. The one or more silent intervals indicated by the second field may be considered as silent intervals for any site. In other words, any site can regard one or more silent intervals indicated by the second field as its own silent intervals. In this implementation, there is no need to limit which site or sites the silent interval belongs to, which can reduce resource overhead. In a possible implementation, the second field indicates the start time of one or more silent intervals, and indicates (or defines) which site or sites the one or more silent intervals belong to. If one or more silent intervals indicated by the second field belong to a certain site, then the site can, when the starting time of any silent interval is the same as the starting time of any r-TWT SP, when the starting time of any silent interval is within Perform the first action. If one or more silent intervals indicated by the second field do not belong to a certain site, the site can remain silent according to the one or more silent intervals. In this implementation, indicate which site or sites the silent interval belongs to, so that these sites can use the silent interval to reduce latency.
站点可使用第一帧的第一字段指示的一个或多个r-TWT SP。或者说,站点从属于(或者说属于)第一帧的第一字段指示的一个或多个r-TWT SP。又或者说,站点加入了第一帧的第一字段指示的一个或多个r-TWT SP对应的r-TWT群组。可理解,对于AP来说,站点为r-TWT调度STA,即站点属于上述第一类站点。图6所示的站点为上述第一类站点的一个示例。应理解,任意一个第一类站点均可执行图6中的站点执行的操作或处理。示例性的,站点通过第一帧中的广播TWT元素中的广播TWT标识子域来判定是否从属于第一字段指示的r-TWT SP。站点在执行图6中的操作之前,可与AP执行图3中的交互流程来建立r-TWT协定,从而加入一个或多个r-TWT群组。其中,每个r-TWT群组对应一个r-TWT SP。站点可在广播TWT标识子域表示的TWT群组的标识号属于该站点加入的r-TWT群组时,确定自己属于该TWT群组的标识号对应的r-TWT SP。A station may use one or more r-TWT SPs indicated in the first field of the first frame. In other words, the station belongs to (or belongs to) one or more r-TWT SPs indicated by the first field of the first frame. In other words, the station joins the r-TWT group corresponding to one or more r-TWT SPs indicated by the first field of the first frame. It can be understood that for the AP, the station schedules STAs for r-TWT, that is, the station belongs to the first type of station mentioned above. The site shown in Figure 6 is an example of the first type of site mentioned above. It should be understood that any first-category site can perform operations or processes performed by the site in Figure 6 . For example, the station determines whether it belongs to the r-TWT SP indicated by the first field through the broadcast TWT identification subfield in the broadcast TWT element in the first frame. Before performing the operation in Figure 6, the station can perform the interaction process in Figure 3 with the AP to establish an r-TWT agreement, thereby joining one or more r-TWT groups. Among them, each r-TWT group corresponds to an r-TWT SP. When the identification number of the TWT group represented by the broadcast TWT identification subfield belongs to the r-TWT group that the station joins, it can determine that it belongs to the r-TWT SP corresponding to the identification number of the TWT group.
应理解,站点在第二字段指示的静默间隔,执行第一操作的条件包括:第一帧还包括用于指示一个或多个静默间隔的第二字段,任一静默间隔的起始时间与第一帧的第一字段指示 的任一个r-TWT SP的起始时间相同。或者说,站点在第二字段指示的静默间隔,执行第一操作的条件包括:第一帧包括第二字段,该第二字段指示的任一静默间隔的起始时间与该第一字段指示的任一个r-TWT SP的起始时间相同。站点可采用多种方式来确定是否满足在第二字段指示的静默间隔执行第一操作的条件,本申请不作限定。本申请中,起始时间相同是指其时间的差(即任一静默间隔的起始时间与任一r-TWT SP的起始时间的差)在一定阈值内,可以视为起始时间相同即可,在此不做限定。或者说,本申请中的起始时间相同是本领域技术人员可以理解的起始时间相同,并未限定其是在同一时刻才能被称之为起始时间相同。It should be understood that for the silent interval indicated by the station in the second field, the conditions for performing the first operation include: the first frame also includes a second field for indicating one or more silent intervals, and the starting time of any silent interval is the same as the first The first field of a frame indicates The starting time of any r-TWT SP is the same. In other words, the conditions for the station to perform the first operation during the silent interval indicated by the second field include: the first frame includes the second field, and the starting time of any silent interval indicated by the second field is the same as the start time indicated by the first field. The starting time of any r-TWT SP is the same. The site may use multiple methods to determine whether the conditions for performing the first operation in the silent interval indicated in the second field are met, which are not limited by this application. In this application, the same start time means that the difference in time (that is, the difference between the start time of any silent interval and the start time of any r-TWT SP) is within a certain threshold, and can be regarded as the same start time. That’s it, no restrictions are made here. In other words, the same starting time in this application means that those skilled in the art can understand that the starting time is the same, and it is not limited to being at the same moment to be called the same starting time.
可选的,站点在接收到AP发送的第一帧之后,执行如下操作:确定第一帧是否包括第二字段,其中,该第二字段指示的任一静默间隔的起始时间与该站点的一个r-TWT SP的起始时间相同;若是,在该任一静默间隔内,执行第一操作。若第一帧包括第二字段,站点还可在该任一静默间隔内为第二业务标识的AC竞争信道,并在竞争到信号之后,发送第二业务标识的数据。Optionally, after receiving the first frame sent by the AP, the station performs the following operations: determine whether the first frame includes a second field, where the starting time of any silent interval indicated by the second field is consistent with the station's The starting time of an r-TWT SP is the same; if so, perform the first operation within any silent interval. If the first frame includes the second field, the station can also compete for the channel with the second service identifier during any silent interval, and after competing for the signal, send data with the second service identifier.
可选的,站点在接收到AP发送的第一帧之后,执行如下操作:确定是否从属于第一帧中的第一字段指示的至少一个r-TWT SP;在确定站点从属于该第一字段指示的至少一个r-TWT SP之后,确定第一帧是否包括指示一个或多个静默间隔的第二字段;在确定第一帧包括第二字段之后,确定该静默间隔的起始时间是否与该站点从属于的任一r-TWT SP的起始时间相同;在确定任一静默间隔的起始时间与该站点从属于的任一r-TWT SP的起始时间相同之后,站点在该任一静默间隔执行第一操作。可选的,站点在确定第二字段指示的任一静默间隔的起始时间与该站点从属于的任一r-TWT SP的起始时间相同之后,为第二业务标识的AC竞争信道。若站点确定其不属于第一帧中的第一字段指示的r-TWT SP,该站点不能使用该第一字段指示的r-TWT SP。Optionally, after receiving the first frame sent by the AP, the station performs the following operations: determine whether it belongs to at least one r-TWT SP indicated by the first field in the first frame; after determining that the station belongs to the first field After indicating at least one r-TWT SP, determine whether the first frame includes a second field indicating one or more silent intervals; after determining that the first frame includes the second field, determine whether the start time of the silent interval is consistent with the The start time of any r-TWT SP to which the station belongs is the same; after determining that the start time of any silent interval is the same as the start time of any r-TWT SP to which the station belongs, the station shall The first action is performed during the silent interval. Optionally, after the station determines that the start time of any silent interval indicated by the second field is the same as the start time of any r-TWT SP to which the station belongs, the station competes for the channel for the AC identified by the second service. If the station determines that it does not belong to the r-TWT SP indicated by the first field in the first frame, the station cannot use the r-TWT SP indicated by the first field.
可选的,站点在接收到AP发送的第一帧之后,执行如下操作:记录该AP是否为该站点所属的r-TWT SP设置对应的静默间隔;若是,则在该静默间隔执行上述第一操作。若否,则站点在竞争到信道之后,发送数据,该数据的业务标识为第一业务标识或第二业务标识。这里的记录可替换为确定、判断等。若第一帧包括第二字段,该第二字段用于指示该站点的一个或多个静默间隔,任一静默间隔的起始时间与任一r-TWT SP的起始时间相同,则该站点记录该AP为该站点所属的r-TWT SP设置对应的静默间隔。对于AP来说,若该AP为某个站点所属的r-TWT SP设置对应的静默间隔,则该AP允许该站点执行第一操作;否则,允许该站点所有TID在r-TWT SP中竞争信道。Optionally, after receiving the first frame sent by the AP, the station performs the following operations: records whether the AP sets the corresponding silent interval for the r-TWT SP to which the station belongs; if so, performs the above first step during the silent interval. operate. If not, after competing for the channel, the station sends data, and the service identifier of the data is the first service identifier or the second service identifier. The records here can be replaced by determination, judgment, etc. If the first frame includes a second field, the second field is used to indicate one or more silent intervals of the station, and the starting time of any silent interval is the same as the starting time of any r-TWT SP, then the station Record the AP and set the corresponding silent interval for the r-TWT SP to which the site belongs. For the AP, if the AP sets the corresponding silent interval for the r-TWT SP to which a certain station belongs, the AP allows the station to perform the first operation; otherwise, all TIDs of the station are allowed to compete for the channel in the r-TWT SP .
步骤602可替换为:603、若第一帧未包括第二字段,站点在竞争到信道之后,发送数据,该数据的业务标识为第一业务标识或第二业务标识,该第二字段用于指示上述站点的一个或多个静默间隔,任一静默间隔的起始时间与站点的任一r-TWT SP的起始时间相同。这里第一帧未包括第二字段包括两种情况:一种情况是第一帧未包括任何指示静默间隔的字段,另一种情况是第一帧包括一个或多个指示静默间隔的字段,但是该一个或多个字段指示的静默间隔的起始时间均与站点的各r-TWT SP的起始时间不同。第一帧未包括第二字段的举例如下:第一帧包括字段1,该字段1指示的每个静默间隔的起始时间与站点的各r-TWT SP的起始时间均不同。若第一帧未包括第二字段,站点的所有TID均可在该站点所属的r-TWT SP中竞争信道。第一帧未包括第二字段,表明AP没有为站点所属的r-TWT SP设置静默间隔。站点在AP没有为其所属的r-TWT SP设置静默间隔时,在竞争到信道之后,发送数据;可及时发送竞争到信道的数据。Step 602 can be replaced with: 603. If the first frame does not include the second field, the station sends data after competing for the channel. The service identifier of the data is the first service identifier or the second service identifier. The second field is used for Indicates one or more silent intervals for the above-mentioned sites. The starting time of any silent interval is the same as the starting time of any r-TWT SP of the site. Here, the first frame does not include the second field, including two situations: one situation is that the first frame does not include any field indicating the silent interval, and the other situation is that the first frame includes one or more fields indicating the silent interval, but The starting time of the silent interval indicated by this one or more fields is different from the starting time of each r-TWT SP of the site. An example of the first frame not including the second field is as follows: the first frame includes field 1, and the starting time of each silent interval indicated by field 1 is different from the starting time of each r-TWT SP of the site. If the first frame does not include the second field, all TIDs of the station can compete for channels in the r-TWT SP to which the station belongs. The first frame does not include the second field, indicating that the AP has not set a silent interval for the r-TWT SP to which the station belongs. When the AP does not set a silent interval for its r-TWT SP, the station sends data after competing for the channel; the data competing for the channel can be sent in time.
可选的,站点在接收到第一帧之后,执行如下操作:确定是否从属于第一帧中的第一字 段指示的至少一个r-TWT SP;在确定站点从属于该第一字段指示的至少一个r-TWT SP之后,确定第一帧是否包括指示静默间隔的第二字段;若第一帧未包括第二字段,该站点在其从属于的一个r-TWT SP的起始时间开始竞争信道;在竞争到信道之后,发送数据,该数据的业务标识为第一业务标识或第二业务标识。示例性的,若第一帧未包括第二字段,站点的一个或多个non-rTWT TID对应的AC以及一个或多个r-TWT TID对应的AC,在r-TWT SP的起始时间开始竞争信道;在某个AC竞争到信道时,发送该AC对应的业务标识的数据。在该示例中,若竞争到信道的AC对应r-TWT TID和non-rTWT TID,则站点先发送该AC对应的r-TWT TID的数据,在发送该AC对应的non-rTWT TID的数据。Optionally, after receiving the first frame, the station performs the following operations: determine whether it belongs to the first word in the first frame segment indicates at least one r-TWT SP; after determining that the station belongs to at least one r-TWT SP indicated by the first field, determine whether the first frame includes a second field indicating a silent interval; if the first frame does not include the In the second field, the station starts to compete for the channel at the starting time of an r-TWT SP to which it belongs; after competing for the channel, it sends data, and the service identifier of the data is the first service identifier or the second service identifier. For example, if the first frame does not include the second field, the AC corresponding to one or more non-rTWT TIDs of the station and the AC corresponding to one or more r-TWT TIDs start at the start time of the r-TWT SP Competition channel; when an AC competes for the channel, data of the service identifier corresponding to the AC is sent. In this example, if the AC competing for the channel corresponds to r-TWT TID and non-rTWT TID, the station first sends the data of the r-TWT TID corresponding to the AC, and then sends the data of the non-rTWT TID corresponding to the AC.
在一种可能的实现方式中,上述第二帧还包括第三字段,上述第三字段用于指示上述站点的上述第一业务标识的数据的信道接入规则,上述站点在上述任一静默间隔执行的上述第一操作符合上述信道接入规则。换句话说,上述第三字段指示上述站点在上述任一静默间隔执行的操作。示例性的,若上述第三字段指示禁止上述第一业务标识的数据在静默间隔内竞争信道,且静默间隔结束后方可继续竞争,上述第一操作为:在上述任一静默间隔内不发送上述第一业务标识的数据;或者,若上述第三字段指示禁止上述第一业务标识的数据在静默间隔中竞争信道,但是上述第二业务标识的数据全部传输完毕后,允许上述第一业务标识的数据竞争信道,上述第一操作为:在上述第一业务标识对应的接入类型竞争到信道的情况下,在发送上述第一业务标识的数据之前,发送上述第二业务标识的数据。该实现方式可参阅下文的实施例三。在该实现方式中,第三字段指示第一业务标识的数据在静默间隔内的信道接入规则,站点在上述任一静默间隔执行的第一操作符合该信道接入规则。通过灵活的指示站点的第一业务标识的数据在静默间隔内的信道接入规则,可减少对r-TWT TID的数据的传输造成的不利影响。In a possible implementation, the above-mentioned second frame also includes a third field, the above-mentioned third field is used to indicate the channel access rule for the data of the above-mentioned first service identifier of the above-mentioned station, and the above-mentioned station during any of the above-mentioned silence intervals The above-mentioned first operation performed complies with the above-mentioned channel access rules. In other words, the above-mentioned third field indicates the operation performed by the above-mentioned station in any of the above-mentioned silent intervals. For example, if the above-mentioned third field indicates that the data of the above-mentioned first service identifier is prohibited from competing for the channel during the silence interval, and the competition can continue after the silence interval ends, the above-mentioned first operation is: do not send the above-mentioned information during any of the above-mentioned silence intervals. The data of the first service identifier; or, if the above-mentioned third field indicates that the data of the above-mentioned first service identifier is prohibited from competing for the channel during the silent interval, but after all the data of the above-mentioned second service identifier are transmitted, the data of the above-mentioned first service identifier is allowed. For the data contention channel, the first operation is: when the access type corresponding to the first service identifier competes for the channel, before sending the data of the first service identifier, send the data of the second service identifier. For this implementation, please refer to Embodiment 3 below. In this implementation, the third field indicates the channel access rule for the data of the first service identifier within the silent interval, and the first operation performed by the station in any of the above silent intervals conforms to the channel access rule. Adverse effects on the transmission of r-TWT TID data can be reduced by flexibly indicating the channel access rules for the station's first service identification data within the silent interval.
前文在介绍r-TWT的原理时,介绍了对于AP来说,AP发送的信标帧(或其他帧)中是否包括第二字段对于第一类站点来说没有意义。在已有的技术方案中,第一类站点在AP发送的第一帧包括第二字段时执行的操作与该第一帧未包括第二字段时执行的操作相同。本申请中,站点在AP发送的第一帧包括第二字段时执行的操作与该第一帧未包括该第二字段时执行的操作不同。AP发送的第一帧中的第一字段用于指示站点的一个或多个r-TWT SP。若第一帧还包括第二字段,该第二字段用于指示站点的一个或多个静默间隔,任一静默间隔的起始时间与该站点的任一r-TWT SP相同,该第一帧用于指示该站点在该任一静默间隔执行第一操作。若每个静默间隔的起始时间与站点的各r-TWT SP的起始时间均不同,站点在静默间隔内竞争到信道之后,发送数据,该数据的业务标识为第一业务标识或第二业务标识。或者,若第一帧未包括第二字段,该第二字段用于指示站点的一个或多个静默间隔,该第一帧用于指示该站点在竞争到信道之后,发送数据,该数据的业务标识为上述第一业务标识或上述第二业务标识。应理解,本申请中,AP发送的第一帧是否包括第二字段对于第一类站点来说是有意义。AP通过发送包括第二字段的第一帧和未包括第二字段的第一帧,可使得站点执行不同的操作,以便保证站点的延时性能。When introducing the principle of r-TWT earlier, it was introduced that for the AP, whether the beacon frame (or other frame) sent by the AP includes the second field is meaningless to the first type of station. In the existing technical solution, the first type of station performs the same operation when the first frame sent by the AP includes the second field and performs the same operation when the first frame does not include the second field. In this application, the operation performed by the station when the first frame sent by the AP includes the second field is different from the operation performed when the first frame does not include the second field. The first field in the first frame sent by the AP is used to indicate one or more r-TWT SPs of the site. If the first frame also includes a second field, the second field is used to indicate one or more silent intervals of the site, and the starting time of any silent interval is the same as any r-TWT SP of the site, the first frame Used to instruct the site to perform the first operation during any silent interval. If the starting time of each silent interval is different from the starting time of each r-TWT SP of the station, after the station competes for the channel within the silent interval, it sends data, and the service identifier of the data is the first service identifier or the second service identifier. Business identification. Or, if the first frame does not include the second field, the second field is used to indicate one or more silent intervals of the station, and the first frame is used to indicate that the station sends data after competing for the channel, and the service of the data The identifier is the above-mentioned first service identifier or the above-mentioned second service identifier. It should be understood that in this application, whether the first frame sent by the AP includes the second field is meaningful to the first type of station. By sending the first frame that includes the second field and the first frame that does not include the second field, the AP can cause the station to perform different operations to ensure the delay performance of the station.
本申请实施例中,站点在静默间隔执行第一操作;可避免对r-TWT TID的数据的传输造成不利影响,即保障站点传输r-TWT TID的数据的延时性能。In the embodiment of this application, the station performs the first operation during the silent interval; this can avoid adverse effects on the transmission of r-TWT TID data, that is, the delay performance of the station in transmitting r-TWT TID data is guaranteed.
实施例一中的技术方案描述了站点(属于上述第一类站点)的non-rTWT TID的信道接入规则,解决了在r-TWT SP开始后的静默间隔内,是否允许r-TWT调度STA的non-rTWT TID进行信道接入的问题。The technical solution in Embodiment 1 describes the channel access rules of the non-rTWT TID of the site (belonging to the first type of site mentioned above), and solves the problem of whether r-TWT is allowed to schedule STA during the silent interval after the r-TWT SP starts. non-rTWT TID for channel access issues.
实施例二 Embodiment 2
图7为本申请提供的另一种信道接入方法交互流程图。如图7所示,该方法交互流程包括:Figure 7 is an interaction flow chart of another channel access method provided by this application. As shown in Figure 7, the interaction process of this method includes:
701、接入点发送第一帧。701. The access point sends the first frame.
相应的,站点(例如EHT STA)接收第一帧。第一帧中的第一字段用于指示上述站点的一个或多个r-TWT SP。步骤701可参阅步骤601。Accordingly, the station (e.g. EHT STA) receives the first frame. The first field in the first frame is used to indicate one or more r-TWT SPs of the above-mentioned site. For step 701, please refer to step 601.
702、站点在任一r-TWT SP的起始时间没有第二业务标识的数据需要传输的情况下,若第一帧还包括第二字段,该第二字段用于指示该站点的一个或多个静默间隔,任一静默间隔的起始时间与该任一r-TWT SP的起始时间相同,该站点在该任一静默间隔执行第二操作。702. When the station does not need to transmit the data of the second service identifier at the starting time of any r-TWT SP, if the first frame also includes a second field, the second field is used to indicate one or more of the station. Silent interval, the starting time of any silent interval is the same as the starting time of any r-TWT SP, and the site performs the second operation in any silent interval.
上述第二操作包括以下任一项:不发送第一业务标识的数据;更改站点的第一业务标识对应的AC的信道竞争参数为信道接入机会更低的一组。上述第二业务标识属于上述站点与接入点协定的优先服务的业务标识,即r-TWT TID。上述第一业务标识不属于上述站点与上述接入点协定的优先服务的业务标识。或者说,第一业务标识属于non-rTWT TID。站点不发送第一业务标识的数据的实现方式可参阅实施例一中的站点不发送第一业务标识的数据的实现方式,这里不再详述。任一r-TWT SP是指第一帧中的第一字段指示的站点的一个或多个r-TWT SP中的任一个。The above-mentioned second operation includes any of the following: not sending data with the first service identifier; changing the channel competition parameters of the AC corresponding to the first service identifier of the station to a group with a lower channel access chance. The above-mentioned second service identifier belongs to the service identifier of the priority service agreed between the above-mentioned station and the access point, that is, r-TWT TID. The above-mentioned first service identifier does not belong to the service identifier of the priority service agreed between the above-mentioned station and the above-mentioned access point. In other words, the first service identifier belongs to non-rTWT TID. The implementation method of the station not sending the data of the first service identification can be referred to the implementation method of the station not sending the data of the first service identification in Embodiment 1, which will not be described in detail here. Any r-TWT SP means any one of one or more r-TWT SPs of the station indicated by the first field in the first frame.
更改站点的第一业务标识对应的AC的信道竞争参数为信道接入机会更低的一组可理解为:站点将第一业务标识对应的AC的信道竞争参数调整为更低的一组。可选的,站点的第一业务标识(即non-rTWT TID)对应的AC的信道竞争参数有两组;该站点在非r-TWT SP采用信道接入机会较高的一组信道竞争参数为第一业务标识对应的AC竞争信道;在起始时间与r-TWT SP的起始时间对齐的静默间隔内采用信道接入机会较低的一组信道竞争参数为第一业务标识对应的AC竞争信道。可选的,站点在非r-TWT SP和r-TWT SP采用同一组信道竞争参数为第二业务标识对应的AC竞争信道。非r-TWT SP是指除r-TWT SP之外的时间。举例来说,站点接收第一帧,该第一帧的第一字段指示站点的某个r-TWT SP;该站点在该r-TWT SP的起始时间之前,采用EDCA参数集为第一业务标识对应的AC竞争信道;在到达该r-TWT SP的起始时间时,在没有任何r-TWT TID的数据需要传输的情况下,若该第一帧还包括第二字段,该第二字段指示的任一静默间隔的起始时间与该r-TWT SP的起始时间相同,该站点在该任一静默间隔采用MU EDCA参数集为第一业务标识对应的AC竞争信道。上述第一业务标识对应的AC与上述第二业务标识对应的AC不同,这样可以避免将第二业务标识对应的AC的信道竞争参数更改为信道接入机会更低的一组。可选的,站点更改non-rTWT TID对应的AC中不属于r-TWT TID对应的AC的信道竞争参数为信道接入机会更低的一组。也就是说,如果站点的某个non-rTWT TID与某个r-TWT TID对应相同的AC,那么站点不更改该AC的信道竞争参数为信道接入机会更低的一组,即保持该AC的信道竞争参数不变。在任一个同时对应于non-rTWT TID和r-TWT TID的AC成功竞争到信道之后,站点必须先传输该AC对应的r-TWT TID的数据,直到该AC对应的r-TWT TID的数据传输结束之后,才可以传输该AC对应的non-rTWT TID的数据。站点通过更改站点的第一业务标识对应的AC的信道竞争参数为信道接入机会更低的一组;在减少对r-TWT TID的数据的传输造成不利影响的同时,提供了传输r-TWT TID的数据的机会。Changing the channel competition parameters of the AC corresponding to the first service identifier of the station to a group with a lower channel access chance can be understood as: the station adjusts the channel competition parameters of the AC corresponding to the first service identifier to a group with a lower chance. Optionally, there are two sets of channel competition parameters for the AC corresponding to the station's first service identifier (i.e. non-rTWT TID); the station adopts a set of channel competition parameters with a higher chance of channel access in the non-r-TWT SP: The AC corresponding to the first service identifier competes for the channel; within the silent interval whose start time is aligned with the start time of r-TWT SP, a set of channel competition parameters with a lower channel access probability is used to compete for the AC corresponding to the first service identifier. channel. Optionally, the station uses the same set of channel competition parameters in non-r-TWT SP and r-TWT SP to compete for the AC channel corresponding to the second service identifier. Non-r-TWT SP refers to the time other than r-TWT SP. For example, the station receives the first frame, and the first field of the first frame indicates a certain r-TWT SP of the station; the station uses the EDCA parameter set as the first service before the start time of the r-TWT SP. Identifies the corresponding AC competition channel; when the starting time of the r-TWT SP is reached, and no data of the r-TWT TID needs to be transmitted, if the first frame also includes a second field, the second field The starting time of any indicated silent interval is the same as the starting time of the r-TWT SP. The station uses the MU EDCA parameter set to compete for the AC channel corresponding to the first service identifier in any silent interval. The AC corresponding to the first service identifier is different from the AC corresponding to the second service identifier. This can avoid changing the channel competition parameters of the AC corresponding to the second service identifier to a group with a lower channel access chance. Optionally, the station changes the channel competition parameters of the ACs corresponding to the non-rTWT TID that do not belong to the ACs corresponding to the r-TWT TID to a group with a lower channel access chance. That is to say, if a non-rTWT TID of a station corresponds to the same AC as a r-TWT TID, then the station does not change the channel competition parameters of the AC to a group with a lower chance of channel access, that is, the AC is maintained The channel competition parameters remain unchanged. After any AC corresponding to both non-rTWT TID and r-TWT TID successfully competes for the channel, the station must first transmit the data of the r-TWT TID corresponding to the AC until the data transmission of the r-TWT TID corresponding to the AC ends. After that, the data of the non-rTWT TID corresponding to the AC can be transmitted. The station changes the channel competition parameters of the AC corresponding to the station's first service identifier to a group with a lower channel access chance; while reducing the adverse impact on the transmission of r-TWT TID data, it provides the ability to transmit r-TWT TID data opportunities.
应理解,站点在第二字段指示的上述任一静默间隔,执行第二操作的条件包括:第一帧包括第二字段,该第二字段指示的任一静默间隔的起始时间与该第一字段指示的站点的任一个r-TWT SP的起始时间相同,站点在该任一r-TWT SP的起始时间没有第二业务标识的数据需要传输。站点可采用多种方式来确定是否满足在第二字段指示的静默间隔执行第二操作的 条件,本申请不作限定。It should be understood that in any of the above silent intervals indicated by the second field, the conditions for the station to perform the second operation include: the first frame includes a second field, and the starting time of any silent interval indicated by the second field is the same as the first The starting time of any r-TWT SP of the station indicated by the field is the same, and the station does not need to transmit the data of the second service identifier at the starting time of any r-TWT SP. The site may use a variety of methods to determine whether the requirements for performing the second operation during the silent interval indicated in the second field are met. Conditions are not limited in this application.
可选的,站点在接收到AP发送的第一帧之后,执行如下操作:记录第一帧是否包括第二字段,该第二字段指示的任一静默间隔的起始时间与该站点的任一r-TWT SP的起始时间相同;在该任一r-TWT SP的起始时间,若没有任何non-rTWT TID的数据需要传输,判断(或确定)该第一帧是否包括第二字段;若是,在该任一静默间隔内,执行第二操作。本申请中,第一帧包括第二字段可理解为:AP为站点所属的r-TWT SP(对应于上述任一r-TWT SP)设置对应的静默间隔。Optionally, after receiving the first frame sent by the AP, the station performs the following operations: records whether the first frame includes a second field, and the start time of any silent interval indicated by the second field is consistent with any of the station's The starting time of r-TWT SP is the same; at the starting time of any r-TWT SP, if there is no non-rTWT TID data to be transmitted, determine (or determine) whether the first frame includes the second field; If so, perform the second operation within any silent interval. In this application, the first frame including the second field can be understood as: the AP sets the corresponding silent interval for the r-TWT SP to which the station belongs (corresponding to any of the above r-TWT SPs).
可选的,站点在接收到AP发送的第一帧之后,执行如下操作:确定是否从属于第一帧中的第一字段指示的至少一个r-TWT SP;站点在从属于该第一字段指示的至少一个r-TWT SP的情况下,站点判断(确定)其从属于的任一r-TWT SP的起始时间是否没有任何r-TWT TID的数据需要传输;该站点在该任一r-TWT SP的起始时间没有任何r-TWT TID的数据需要传输的情况下,若该第一帧还包括第二字段,该第二字段用于指示该站点的一个或多个静默间隔,任一静默间隔的起始时间与该任一r-TWT SP的起始时间相同,该站点在该任一静默间隔执行第二操作。若站点确定其不属于第一帧中的第一字段指示的r-TWT SP,该站点不能使用该第一字段指示的r-TWT SP。站点在任一r-TWT SP的起始时间有r-TWT TID的数据需要传输的情况下,可采用实施例一中的技术方案。Optionally, after receiving the first frame sent by the AP, the station performs the following operations: determine whether it belongs to at least one r-TWT SP indicated by the first field in the first frame; In the case of at least one r-TWT SP, the station determines (determines) whether there is no data of any r-TWT TID that needs to be transmitted at the starting time of any r-TWT SP to which it belongs; When no r-TWT TID data needs to be transmitted at the starting time of the TWT SP, if the first frame also includes a second field, the second field is used to indicate one or more silent intervals of the station, any The starting time of the silent interval is the same as the starting time of any r-TWT SP, and the station performs the second operation in any silent interval. If the station determines that it does not belong to the r-TWT SP indicated by the first field in the first frame, the station cannot use the r-TWT SP indicated by the first field. When the station needs to transmit r-TWT TID data at the starting time of any r-TWT SP, it can adopt the technical solution in Embodiment 1.
可选的,站点在接收到AP发送的第一帧之后,执行如下操作:记录该AP是否为该站点所属的r-TWT SP设置对应的静默间隔;在该站点所属的任一r-TWT SP的起始时间,若没有任何r-TWT TID的数据需要传输,则需要判断该AP是否为该站点所属的r-TWT SP设置对应的静默间隔;若是,在该静默间隔执行第二操作。若第一帧包括第二字段,该第二字段用于指示该站点的一个或多个静默间隔,任一静默间隔的起始时间与任一r-TWT SP的起始时间相同,则该站点记录该AP为该站点所属的r-TWT SP设置对应的静默间隔。Optionally, after receiving the first frame sent by the AP, the station performs the following operations: records whether the AP sets the corresponding silent interval for the r-TWT SP to which the station belongs; At the starting time, if there is no r-TWT TID data to be transmitted, it is necessary to determine whether the AP sets the corresponding silent interval for the r-TWT SP to which the site belongs; if so, perform the second operation in the silent interval. If the first frame includes a second field, the second field is used to indicate one or more silent intervals of the station, and the starting time of any silent interval is the same as the starting time of any r-TWT SP, then the station Record the AP and set the corresponding silent interval for the r-TWT SP to which the site belongs.
步骤702可替换为:703、若第一帧未包括第二字段,站点在竞争到信道之后,发送数据,该数据的业务标识为第一业务标识或第二业务标识,该第二字段用于指示上述站点的一个或多个静默间隔,任一静默间隔的起始时间与站点的任一r-TWT SP的起始时间相同。步骤703可参阅图6中的步骤603,这里不作详述。Step 702 can be replaced with: 703. If the first frame does not include the second field, the station sends data after competing for the channel. The service identifier of the data is the first service identifier or the second service identifier. The second field is used for Indicates one or more silent intervals for the above-mentioned sites. The starting time of any silent interval is the same as the starting time of any r-TWT SP of the site. Step 703 may refer to step 603 in Figure 6, and will not be described in detail here.
当上述第二操作是不发送上述第一业务标识的数据时,图7中的方法交互流程还包括:When the above-mentioned second operation is not to send the data of the above-mentioned first service identifier, the method interaction process in Figure 7 also includes:
704、站点在上述任一静默间隔指示的时间内获得待发送的第二业务标识的数据之后,竞争信道,或者,该站点在上述任一静默间隔结束后,竞争信道。704. The station competes for the channel after obtaining the data of the second service identifier to be sent within the time indicated by any of the above silent intervals, or the station competes for the channel after the end of any of the above silent intervals.
站点在上述任一静默间隔指示的时间内获得待发送的第二业务标识的数据之后,竞争信道;以便更快地传输第二业务标识的数据。站点在上述任一静默间隔结束后,竞争信道;能够避免non-rTWT TID业务对于r-TWT TID业务在r-TWT SP内传输机会的挤占,保障r-TWT TID业务的优先服务权。After the station obtains the data of the second service identifier to be sent within the time indicated by any of the above silent intervals, it competes for the channel in order to transmit the data of the second service identifier faster. After any of the above silent intervals ends, the station competes for the channel; it can avoid the non-rTWT TID business from occupying the transmission opportunity of the r-TWT TID business in the r-TWT SP and ensure the priority service right of the r-TWT TID business.
站点在上述任一静默间隔结束后,竞争信道可理解为:站点在上述任一静默间隔内不竞争信道,在上述任一静默间隔结束后,开始竞争信道。站点在上述任一静默间隔内不竞争信道可能的实现方式是:站点为所有TID设置NAV,该NAV的时长设置为上述任一静默间隔的时长。一般来说,静默间隔的时长短于r-TWT SP的时长。若上述任一静默间隔结束后,与该任一静默间隔的起始时间对齐的r-TWT SP未结束,站点在该r-TWT SP内竞争信道。站点还可采用其他方式达到在静默间隔内不竞争信道的目的,本申请不限定在静默间隔内不竞争信道的实现方式。站点在静默间隔内执行不发送第一业务标识的数据的操作可视为在该静默间隔内保持静默。站点在保持静默的过程中,如果有r-TWT TID的数据到来(即获得待发送 的第二业务标识的数据);可执行如下方式之一:方式1、仍然保持静默,即不允许竞争信道,直到静默间隔结束后方可恢复信道竞争;方式2、取消静默状态,即开始竞争信道。The station competing for the channel after any of the above silent intervals ends can be understood as: the station does not compete for the channel during any of the above silent intervals, and starts to compete for the channel after any of the above silent intervals ends. A possible way to prevent the station from competing for the channel during any of the above silent intervals is for the station to set NAV for all TIDs, and the length of the NAV is set to the length of any of the above silent intervals. Generally speaking, the duration of the silent interval is shorter than the duration of r-TWT SP. If after any of the above silent intervals ends, the r-TWT SP aligned with the start time of any of the silent intervals has not ended, the station competes for the channel within the r-TWT SP. The station can also use other methods to achieve the purpose of not competing for the channel during the silent interval. This application is not limited to the implementation method of not competing for the channel during the silent interval. The station's operation of not sending the data of the first service identifier during the silent interval can be regarded as remaining silent during the silent interval. While the site remains silent, if data from r-TWT TID arrives (i.e., it gets the data to be sent) The data of the second service identifier); one of the following methods can be performed: Method 1. Still remain silent, that is, competition for the channel is not allowed, and channel competition can be resumed until the end of the silence interval; Method 2. Cancel the silent state, that is, start competing for the channel .
在一种可能的实现方式中,上述第二帧还包括第三字段,上述第三字段用于指示上述站点在限定目标唤醒时间服务阶段的起始时间没有任何上述第二业务标识的数据需要传输时的信道接入规则,上述站点在上述任一静默间隔执行的上述第二操作符合上述信道接入规则。或者说,上述站点在上述任一静默间隔执行的上述第二操作是上述站点根据上述第三字段确定的。示例性的,上述不发送上述第一业务标识的数据包括以下两种:在上述任一静默间隔内不竞争信道,在上述任一静默间隔结束后,继续竞争信道;在上述任一静默间隔内不竞争信道,在上述第二业务标识的数据到来之后,开始竞争信道。若上述第三字段指示上述站点在限定目标唤醒时间服务阶段的起始时间没有任何上述第二业务标识的数据需要传输时,禁止上述站点在静默间隔中竞争信道,且在静默间隔结束后,方可继续竞争,上述第二操作为:在上述任一静默间隔内不竞争信道,在上述任一静默间隔结束后,继续竞争信道;或者,若上述第三字段指示上述站点在限定目标唤醒时间服务阶段的起始时间没有任何上述第二业务标识的数据需要传输时,禁止上述站点在静默间隔中竞争信道,但是上述第二业务标识的数据到来之后,开始竞争信道,上述第二操作为:在获得待发送的上述第二业务标识的数据之后,开始竞争信道。站点在获得待发送的上述第二业务标识的数据之前,禁止在静默间隔中竞争信道。该实现方式可参阅下文的实施例四。在该实现方式中,第三字段指示站点的第一业务标识的数据的信道接入规则,可灵活地配置站点的第一业务标识的数据的信道接入规则,以便减少对第二业务标识的数据的传输造成的不利影响。In a possible implementation, the above-mentioned second frame also includes a third field, the above-mentioned third field is used to indicate that the above-mentioned station does not need to transmit any data of the above-mentioned second service identifier at the starting time of the defined target wake-up time service phase. According to the channel access rules at that time, the above-mentioned second operation performed by the above-mentioned station during any of the above-mentioned silent intervals complies with the above-mentioned channel access rules. In other words, the second operation performed by the above-mentioned station during any of the above-mentioned silent intervals is determined by the above-mentioned station based on the above-mentioned third field. Exemplarily, the above-mentioned not sending the data of the above-mentioned first service identifier includes the following two types: not competing for the channel during any of the above-mentioned silent intervals, and continuing to compete for the channel after the above-mentioned any of the silent intervals; There is no competition for the channel. After the data of the second service identifier arrives, competition for the channel begins. If the above-mentioned third field indicates that the above-mentioned station does not need to transmit any data with the above-mentioned second service identifier at the start time of the limited target wake-up time service phase, the above-mentioned station is prohibited from competing for the channel in the silent interval, and only after the end of the silent interval. The competition can continue, and the above-mentioned second operation is: do not compete for the channel during any of the above-mentioned silent intervals, and continue to compete for the channel after the end of any of the above-mentioned silent intervals; or, if the above-mentioned third field indicates that the above-mentioned station serves at the limited target wake-up time When there is no data with the above-mentioned second service identifier to be transmitted at the start time of the phase, the above-mentioned station is prohibited from competing for the channel in the silent interval. However, after the data with the above-mentioned second service identifier arrives, competition for the channel begins. The above-mentioned second operation is: After obtaining the data of the second service identifier to be sent, competition for the channel begins. Before the station obtains the data of the second service identifier to be sent, it is prohibited to compete for the channel in the silent interval. For this implementation, please refer to Embodiment 4 below. In this implementation, the third field indicates the channel access rules for the data of the first service identification of the site. The channel access rules for the data of the first service identification of the site can be flexibly configured to reduce the need for the second service identification. Adverse effects caused by the transmission of data.
在已有的技术方案中,第一类站点在AP发送的第一帧包括第二字段时执行的操作与该第一帧未包括第二字段时执行的操作相同。本申请中,站点在AP发送的第一帧包括第二字段时执行的操作与该第一帧未包括该第二字段是执行的操作不同。AP发送的第一帧中的第一字段用于指示站点的一个或多个r-TWT SP。若第一帧还包括第二字段,该第二字段用于指示站点的一个或多个静默间隔,任一静默间隔的起始时间与站点的任一r-TWT SP的起始时间相同,该第一帧用于站点在任一r-TWT SP的起始时间没有第二业务标识的数据需要传输的情况下,指示该站点在该任一静默间隔执行上述第二操作。或者,若第一帧未包括第二字段,该第二字段用于指示站点的一个或多个静默间隔,该第一帧用于指示站点在竞争到信道之后,发送数据,该数据的业务标识为non-rTWT TID或r-TWT TID。可见,AP发送的第一帧是否包括第二字段对于第一类站点来说是有意义。AP通过发送包括第二字段的第一帧和未包括第二字段的第一帧,可使得站点执行不同的操作,以便保证站点的延时性能。In the existing technical solution, the first type of station performs the same operation when the first frame sent by the AP includes the second field and performs the same operation when the first frame does not include the second field. In this application, the operation performed by the station when the first frame sent by the AP includes the second field is different from the operation performed when the first frame does not include the second field. The first field in the first frame sent by the AP is used to indicate one or more r-TWT SPs of the site. If the first frame also includes a second field, the second field is used to indicate one or more silent intervals of the station, and the starting time of any silent interval is the same as the starting time of any r-TWT SP of the station, the The first frame is used to instruct the station to perform the above-mentioned second operation in any silent interval when the station does not need to transmit the data of the second service identifier at the starting time of any r-TWT SP. Or, if the first frame does not include the second field, the second field is used to indicate one or more silent intervals of the station, and the first frame is used to indicate that the station sends data after competing for the channel, and the service identifier of the data is non-rTWT TID or r-TWT TID. It can be seen that whether the first frame sent by the AP includes the second field is meaningful to the first type of station. By sending the first frame that includes the second field and the first frame that does not include the second field, the AP can cause the station to perform different operations to ensure the delay performance of the station.
本申请实施例中,站点在静默间隔执行第二操作。当第二操作是不发送第一业务标识的数据;可以避免对r-TWT TID的数据的传输造成不利影响。当第二操作是更改站点的第一业务标识对应的AC的信道竞争参数为信道接入机会更低的一组时,可在减少对r-TWT TID的数据的传输造成不利影响的同时,提供了传输r-TWT TID的数据的机会。In this embodiment of the present application, the site performs the second operation during the silent interval. When the second operation is not to send the data of the first service identification; adverse effects on the transmission of the r-TWT TID data can be avoided. When the second operation is to change the channel competition parameters of the AC corresponding to the first service identifier of the station to a group with a lower channel access chance, it can reduce the adverse impact on the transmission of r-TWT TID data and at the same time provide There is an opportunity to transmit r-TWT TID data.
实施例二中的技术方案描述了没有r-TWT TID的数据需要传输的站点(属于上述第一类站点)的信道接入规则,解决了r-TWT调度STA在r-TWT SP的起始时间没有r-TWT TID数据需要传输时是否允许其进行信道竞争的问题。The technical solution in Embodiment 2 describes the channel access rules for sites that do not need to transmit data with r-TWT TID (belonging to the first category of sites mentioned above), and solves the problem of r-TWT scheduling STA at the starting time of r-TWT SP There is no question of whether r-TWT TID data is allowed to compete for channels when it needs to be transmitted.
实施例三Embodiment 3
图8为本申请提供的另一种信道接入方法交互流程图。如图8所示,该方法交互流程包括:Figure 8 is an interaction flow chart of another channel access method provided by this application. As shown in Figure 8, the interaction process of this method includes:
801、接入点发送第二帧。 801. The access point sends the second frame.
相应的,站点(例如EHT STA)接收第二帧。第二帧可以是信标帧、探测响应帧或者其他帧。第二帧中的第一字段用于指示站点的一个或多个r-TWT SP。第二帧中的第三字段指示站点的non-rTWT TID的数据的信道接入规则。本申请中,信道接入规则可替换为信道接入方式、信道竞争方式等。或者说,第三字段指示站点的non-rTWT TID的数据在静默间隔的信道接入规则。第三字段可位于第二帧中的广播TWT参数集中,该第三字段后续可称为接入模式(Access Mode)子域,该第三字段可占用2比特。本申请中,在广播TWT参数集中引入了接入模式(Access Mode)子域,即第三字段。第一字段和第三字段可位于同一广播TWT参数集中。接入模式子域可占用广播TWT参数集中任意预留(Reserved)的2比特或更多比特。表1示出了接入模式(Access Mode)子域的取值含义。Accordingly, the station (e.g. EHT STA) receives the second frame. The second frame may be a beacon frame, a probe response frame, or other frames. The first field in the second frame is used to indicate one or more r-TWT SPs of the site. The third field in the second frame indicates the channel access rules for data of the station's non-rTWT TID. In this application, the channel access rules can be replaced by channel access methods, channel competition methods, etc. In other words, the third field indicates the channel access rules for the station's non-rTWT TID data in the silent interval. The third field may be located in the broadcast TWT parameter set in the second frame. The third field may subsequently be called the access mode (Access Mode) subfield. The third field may occupy 2 bits. In this application, the access mode (Access Mode) subfield, that is, the third field, is introduced in the broadcast TWT parameter set. The first field and the third field may be located in the same broadcast TWT parameter set. The access mode subfield can occupy 2 or more bits of any reserved bits in the broadcast TWT parameter set. Table 1 shows the value meaning of the access mode (Access Mode) subfield.
表1
Table 1
表1中,允许non-rTWT TID在静默间隔中竞争信道可理解为:允许站点为发送non-rTWT TID的数据在静默间隔中竞争信道,并在竞争到信号后,发送non-rTWT TID的数据。或者说,允许站点的non-rTWT TID对应的AC在静默间隔竞争信道,在竞争到信道后,发送non-rTWT TID的数据。禁止non-rTWT TID在静默间隔中竞争信道可理解为:禁止站点为发送non-rTWT TID的数据在静默间隔中竞争信道。或者说,禁止站点的non-rTWT TID对应的AC在静默间隔竞争信道。禁止non-rTWT TID在静默间隔中竞争信道,但是r-TWT TID的数据全部传输完毕后,允许non-rTWT TID竞争信道可以是:允许站点的non-rTWT TID对应的AC在静默间隔竞争信道;在non-rTWT TID对应的AC竞争到信道后,必须先传输r-TWT TID的数据;r-TWT TID的数据全部传输完毕后,允许站点传输non-rTWT TID的数据。禁止non-rTWT TID在静默间隔中竞争信道,但是r-TWT TID的数据全部传输完毕后,允许non-rTWT TID竞争信道可以是:r-TWT TID的数据全部传输完毕之前,禁止站点的non-rTWT TID对应的AC在静默间隔竞争信道;r-TWT TID的数据全部传输完毕之后,允许站点的non-rTWT TID对应的AC在静默间隔竞争信道。In Table 1, allowing non-rTWT TID to compete for the channel in the silent interval can be understood as: allowing the station to compete for the channel in the silent interval to send non-rTWT TID data, and after competing for the signal, send the non-rTWT TID data . In other words, the AC corresponding to the non-rTWT TID of the station is allowed to compete for the channel in the silent interval, and after competing for the channel, send the data of the non-rTWT TID. Prohibiting non-rTWT TID from competing for the channel in the silent interval can be understood as: prohibiting stations from competing for the channel in the silent interval to send data of non-rTWT TID. In other words, the AC corresponding to the non-rTWT TID of the station is prohibited from competing for the channel during the silent interval. To prohibit non-rTWT TID from competing for the channel in the silent interval, but after all the data of the r-TWT TID is transmitted, allowing the non-rTWT TID to compete for the channel can be: allowing the AC corresponding to the non-rTWT TID of the station to compete for the channel in the silent interval; After the AC corresponding to non-rTWT TID competes for the channel, it must first transmit the data of r-TWT TID; after all the data of r-TWT TID is transmitted, the station is allowed to transmit the data of non-rTWT TID. To prohibit non-rTWT TID from competing for the channel in the silent interval, but after all the data of r-TWT TID is transmitted, allowing non-rTWT TID to compete for the channel can be: before all the data of r-TWT TID is transmitted, prohibit the non-rTWT TID of the station from competing for the channel. The AC corresponding to the rTWT TID competes for the channel in the silent interval; after all the data of the r-TWT TID is transmitted, the AC corresponding to the non-rTWT TID of the station is allowed to compete for the channel in the silent interval.
可选的,第三字段位于第二帧中的广播TWT参数集中的广播TWT信息子域,该第三字段可占用2比特。图9为本申请实施例提供的另一种TWT元素域的结构示意图。如图9所示,广播TWT信息子域包括:限定TWT业务信息子域存在指示(Restricted TWT Traffic Info Present)、接入模式(Access Mode)、广播TWT标识(Broadcast TWT ID)、广播TWT持续时长(Broadcast TWT Persistence),该广播TWT信息包括的每个子域下方的数字表示该子域占用的比特个数。对比图9和图2A可知,接入模式(即第三字段)占用广播TWT信息子域中预留(Reserved)的两比特,既能兼容现有的广播TWT参数集,又不用增加比特。图9中各子域或字段的含义与图2A中的相同,这里不作赘述。Optionally, the third field is located in the broadcast TWT information subfield of the broadcast TWT parameter set in the second frame, and the third field may occupy 2 bits. Figure 9 is a schematic structural diagram of another TWT element domain provided by an embodiment of the present application. As shown in Figure 9, the broadcast TWT information subfield includes: Restricted TWT Traffic Information Subfield existence indication (Restricted TWT Traffic Info Present), access mode (Access Mode), broadcast TWT identification (Broadcast TWT ID), broadcast TWT duration (Broadcast TWT Persistence), the number below each subfield included in the broadcast TWT information indicates the number of bits occupied by the subfield. Comparing Figure 9 and Figure 2A, it can be seen that the access mode (ie, the third field) occupies two reserved bits in the broadcast TWT information subfield, which is compatible with the existing broadcast TWT parameter set without adding bits. The meaning of each subfield or field in Figure 9 is the same as that in Figure 2A, and will not be described again here.
可选的,第三字段位于第二帧中的广播TWT参数集中的业务信息控制(Traffic Info Control)子域,该第三字段占用2比特。图10为本申请实施例提供的另一种TWT元素域的 结构示意图。如图10所示,业务信息控制子域包括:下行TID位图有效(DL TID Bitmap Valid)、上行TID位图有效(UL TID Bitmap Valid)、接入模式(Access Mode)、预留(Reserved),该业务信息控制子域包括的每个子域下方的数字表示该子域占用的比特个数。对比图10和图2A可知,接入模式(即第三字段)占用业务信息控制子域中预留(Reserved)的2比特,既能兼容现有的广播TWT参数集,又不用增加比特。图10中各子域或字段的含义与图2A中的相同,这里不作赘述。接入模式可也占用广播TWT参数集中其他预留的比特,本申请不作限定。Optionally, the third field is located in the traffic information control (Traffic Info Control) subfield of the broadcast TWT parameter set in the second frame, and the third field occupies 2 bits. Figure 10 shows another TWT element field provided by the embodiment of the present application. Schematic. As shown in Figure 10, the service information control subfield includes: downlink TID bitmap valid (DL TID Bitmap Valid), uplink TID bitmap valid (UL TID Bitmap Valid), access mode (Access Mode), reserved (Reserved) , the number below each subfield included in the service information control subfield indicates the number of bits occupied by the subfield. Comparing Figure 10 and Figure 2A, it can be seen that the access mode (ie, the third field) occupies 2 bits reserved in the service information control subfield, which is compatible with the existing broadcast TWT parameter set without adding bits. The meaning of each subfield or field in Figure 10 is the same as that in Figure 2A, and will not be described again here. The access mode may also occupy other reserved bits in the broadcast TWT parameter set, which is not limited in this application.
802、若第二帧还包括第二字段,该第二字段用于指示站点的一个或多个静默间隔,任一静默间隔的起始时间与站点的任一r-TWT SP的起始时间相同,该站点在该任一静默间隔执行第三操作。802. If the second frame also includes a second field, the second field is used to indicate one or more silent intervals of the station, and the starting time of any silent interval is the same as the starting time of any r-TWT SP of the station. , the site performs a third action during any silent interval.
上述第三操作符合上述第三字段指示的non-rTWT TID的数据的信道接入规则。或者说,若第二帧还包括第二字段,该站点在上述任一静默间隔执行的第三操作是由第三字段决定的。The above-mentioned third operation complies with the channel access rules of the non-rTWT TID data indicated by the above-mentioned third field. In other words, if the second frame also includes the second field, the third operation performed by the station in any of the above silent intervals is determined by the third field.
第三操作包括以下任一项:在竞争到信道之后,发送数据,该数据的业务标识属于r-TWT TID或non-rTWT TID;不发送第一业务标识的数据;在第一业务标识对应的接入类型竞争到信道的情况下,在发送上述第一业务标识的数据之前,发送第二业务标识的数据,可参阅实施例一中的方式。在竞争到信道之后,发送数据可以是:站点的任一TID对应的AC竞争到信道之后,发送该TID的数据。站点不发送第一业务标识的数据的实现方式可参阅实施例一中的站点不发送第一业务标识的数据的实现方式,这里不再详述。The third operation includes any of the following: after competing for the channel, send data whose service identifier belongs to r-TWT TID or non-rTWT TID; do not send data with the first service identifier; send data corresponding to the first service identifier When the access type competes for the channel, before sending the data of the first service identifier, the data of the second service identifier is sent. Refer to the method in Embodiment 1. After competing for the channel, sending data may be: after the AC corresponding to any TID of the station competes for the channel, the AC sends data for this TID. The implementation method of the station not sending the data of the first service identification can be referred to the implementation method of the station not sending the data of the first service identification in Embodiment 1, which will not be described in detail here.
若第二帧中的第三字段指示允许non-rTWT TID在静默间隔中竞争信道,第三操作为:在上述任一静默间隔内竞争到信道之后,发送数据,该数据的业务标识属于r-TWT TID或non-rTWT TID。If the third field in the second frame indicates that non-rTWT TID is allowed to compete for the channel in the silent interval, the third operation is: after competing for the channel in any of the above silent intervals, send data, and the service identifier of the data belongs to r- TWT TID or non-rTWT TID.
若第二帧中的第三字段指示禁止non-rTWT TID在静默间隔中竞争信道,且静默间隔结束后方可继续竞争,第三操作为:在上述任一静默间隔内不发送第一业务标识的数据。If the third field in the second frame indicates that non-rTWT TID is prohibited from competing for the channel during the silent interval, and the competition can continue after the silent interval ends, the third operation is: do not send the first service identifier during any of the above silent intervals. data.
若第二帧中的第三字段指示禁止non-rTWT TID在静默间隔中竞争信道,但是r-TWT TID的数据全部传输完毕后,允许non-rTWT TID竞争信道,第三操作为:在第一业务标识对应的接入类型竞争到信道的情况下,在发送上述第一业务标识的数据之前,发送第二业务标识的数据。If the third field in the second frame indicates that non-rTWT TID is prohibited from competing for the channel during the silent interval, but after all r-TWT TID data is transmitted, non-rTWT TID is allowed to compete for the channel. The third operation is: in the first When the access type corresponding to the service identifier competes for the channel, the data of the second service identifier is sent before the data of the first service identifier is sent.
步骤802可替换为:803、若第二帧未包括第二字段,站点在竞争到信道之后,发送数据,该数据的业务标识属于r-TWT TID或non-rTWT TID,该第二字段用于指示上述站点的一个或多个静默间隔,任一静默间隔的起始时间与站点的任一r-TWT SP的起始时间相同。步骤803可参阅图6中的步骤603,这里不作详述。Step 802 can be replaced with: 803. If the second frame does not include the second field, the station sends data after competing for the channel. The service identifier of the data belongs to r-TWT TID or non-rTWT TID. The second field is used for Indicates one or more silent intervals for the above-mentioned sites. The starting time of any silent interval is the same as the starting time of any r-TWT SP of the site. Step 803 may refer to step 603 in Figure 6, and will not be described in detail here.
本申请实施例中,第二帧中的第三字段指示站点的non-rTWT TID的数据的信道接入规则,可灵活地配置站点的non-rTWT TID的数据的信道接入规则,并减少对r-TWT TID的数据的传输造成的不利影响。In the embodiment of the present application, the third field in the second frame indicates the channel access rules for the non-rTWT TID data of the site, which can flexibly configure the channel access rules for the non-rTWT TID data of the site and reduce the need for Adverse effects caused by the transmission of r-TWT TID data.
实施例三的技术方案中,支持接入点指定站点的non-rTWT TID的数据的信道接入规则。站点根据接入点指定的non-rTWT TID的数据的信道接入规则进行信道接入;解决了在r-TWT SP开始后的静默间隔内,是否允许r-TWT调度STA的non-rTWT TID进行信道接入的问题。In the technical solution of Embodiment 3, the access point supports channel access rules for data of non-rTWT TID of the designated site. The station performs channel access according to the channel access rules of the non-rTWT TID data specified by the access point; it solves whether r-TWT is allowed to schedule the non-rTWT TID of the STA during the silent interval after the r-TWT SP starts. Channel access issues.
实施例四Embodiment 4
图11为本申请提供的另一种信道接入方法交互流程图。如图11所示,该方法交互流程包括:Figure 11 is an interaction flow chart of another channel access method provided by this application. As shown in Figure 11, the interaction process of this method includes:
1101、接入点发送第二帧。 1101. The access point sends the second frame.
相应的,站点(例如EHT STA)接收第二帧。第二帧可以是信标帧、探测响应帧或者其他帧。第二帧中的第一字段用于指示站点的一个或多个r-TWT SP。第二帧中的第三字段指示站点在r-TWT SP的起始时间没有任何r-TWT TID的数据需要传输时的信道接入规则。第三字段可位于第二帧中的广播TWT参数集中,该第三字段后续可称为接入模式(Access Mode)子域,该第三字段可占用2比特。本申请中,在广播TWT参数集中引入了接入模式(Access Mode)子域,即第三字段。第一字段和第三字段可位于同一广播TWT参数集中。接入模式子域可占用广播TWT参数集中任意预留(Reserved)的2比特或更多比特。表2示出了接入模式(Access Mode)子域的取值含义。Accordingly, the station (e.g. EHT STA) receives the second frame. The second frame may be a beacon frame, a probe response frame, or other frames. The first field in the second frame is used to indicate one or more r-TWT SPs of the site. The third field in the second frame indicates the channel access rule when the station does not have any r-TWT TID data to transmit at the start time of the r-TWT SP. The third field may be located in the broadcast TWT parameter set in the second frame. The third field may subsequently be called the access mode (Access Mode) subfield. The third field may occupy 2 bits. In this application, the access mode (Access Mode) subfield, that is, the third field, is introduced in the broadcast TWT parameter set. The first field and the third field may be located in the same broadcast TWT parameter set. The access mode subfield can occupy 2 or more bits of any reserved bits in the broadcast TWT parameter set. Table 2 shows the value meaning of the access mode (Access Mode) subfield.
表2
Table 2
对比表1和表2可知,实施例四中的第三字段的取值含义与实施例三中的第三字段的取值含义不同。实施例四中的第三字段可位于第二帧中的广播TWT参数集中的广播TWT信息子域。图9示出的接入模式(Access Mode)即为实施例四中的第三字段。实施例四中的第三字段可位于第二帧中的广播TWT参数集中的业务信息控制(Traffic Info Control)子域。图10示出的接入模式(Access Mode)即为实施例四中的第三字段。Comparing Table 1 and Table 2, it can be seen that the value meaning of the third field in Embodiment 4 is different from the value meaning of the third field in Embodiment 3. The third field in Embodiment 4 may be located in the broadcast TWT information subfield of the broadcast TWT parameter set in the second frame. The access mode shown in Figure 9 is the third field in Embodiment 4. The third field in Embodiment 4 may be located in the traffic information control (Traffic Info Control) subfield of the broadcast TWT parameter set in the second frame. The access mode shown in Figure 10 is the third field in Embodiment 4.
1102、站点在任一r-TWT SP的起始时间没有第二业务标识的数据需要传输的情况下,若第二帧还包括第二字段,该第二字段用于指示该站点的一个或多个静默间隔,任一静默间隔的起始时间与该任一r-TWT SP的起始时间相同,该站点在该任一静默间隔执行第四操作。1102. When the station does not need to transmit the data of the second service identifier at the starting time of any r-TWT SP, if the second frame also includes a second field, the second field is used to indicate one or more of the station. Silent interval, the starting time of any silent interval is the same as the starting time of any r-TWT SP, and the site performs the fourth operation in any silent interval.
上述第四操作符合上述第三字段指示的站点在r-TWT SP的起始时间没有任何r-TWT TID的数据需要传输时的信道接入规则。或者说,站点在任一r-TWT SP的起始时间没有第二业务标识的数据需要传输的情况下,若第二帧还包括第二字段,该站点在上述任一静默间隔执行的第四操作是由第三字段决定的。The above fourth operation complies with the channel access rules when the station indicated by the above third field does not have any r-TWT TID data to be transmitted at the starting time of the r-TWT SP. In other words, when the station does not need to transmit the data of the second service identifier at the starting time of any r-TWT SP, if the second frame also includes the second field, the station performs the fourth operation in any of the above silent intervals. It is determined by the third field.
第四操作包括以上以下任一项:在竞争到信道之后,发送数据,该数据的业务标识属于non-rTWT TID;不发送数据(或者说不进行信道竞争);在获得待发送的第二业务标识的数据之后,开始竞争信道。在竞争到信道之后,发送数据可以是:站点的任一TID对应的AC竞争到信道之后,发送该TID的数据。站点不发送数据可以是站点停止信道竞争,也可以是站点保持静默状态。可选的,站点为各AC设置intra-BSS NAV,该NAV的时长设置为静默间隔的时间长度。The fourth operation includes any of the above: after competing for the channel, send data whose service identifier belongs to non-rTWT TID; do not send data (or do not compete for the channel); after obtaining the second service to be sent After the identified data, competition for the channel begins. After competing for the channel, sending data may be: after the AC corresponding to any TID of the station competes for the channel, the AC sends data for this TID. The station does not send data either because the station stops competing for the channel or because the station remains silent. Optionally, the site sets intra-BSS NAV for each AC, and the length of this NAV is set to the length of the silent interval.
若第二帧中的第三字段指示在r-TWT SP的起始时间没有任何r-TWT TID的数据需要传输时,允许站点在静默间隔中竞争信道,第四操作为:在上述任一静默间隔内竞争到信道之后,发送数据,该数据的业务标识属于non-rTWT TID。If the third field in the second frame indicates that no r-TWT TID data needs to be transmitted at the starting time of the r-TWT SP, the station is allowed to compete for the channel in the silent interval. The fourth operation is: in any of the above silences After competing for the channel within the interval, data is sent, and the service identifier of the data belongs to non-rTWT TID.
若第二帧中的第三字段指示在r-TWT SP的起始时间没有任何r-TWT TID的数据需要传输时,禁止站点在静默间隔中竞争信道,且静默间隔结束后,方可继续竞争,第四操作为:在上述任一静默间隔内不发送数据(或者说不进行信道竞争)。 If the third field in the second frame indicates that no r-TWT TID data needs to be transmitted at the starting time of the r-TWT SP, the station is prohibited from competing for the channel during the silent interval, and the station can continue to compete after the silent interval ends. , the fourth operation is: do not send data (or do not compete for channels) within any of the above silent intervals.
若第二帧中的第三字段指示站点在r-TWT SP的起始时间没有任何r-TWT TID的数据需要传输时,禁止站点在静默间隔中竞争信道,但是r-TWT TID数据到来之后,取消静默状态,开始竞争信道,第四操作为:在获得待发送的第二业务标识的数据之后,开始竞争信道。If the third field in the second frame indicates that the station does not have any r-TWT TID data to transmit at the starting time of the r-TWT SP, the station is prohibited from competing for the channel during the silent interval. However, after the r-TWT TID data arrives, The silent state is canceled and the competition for the channel is started. The fourth operation is: after obtaining the data of the second service identifier to be sent, the competition for the channel is started.
步骤1102可替换为:1103、若第二帧未包括第二字段,站点在竞争到信道之后,发送数据,该数据的业务标识属于r-TWT TID或non-rTWT TID,该第二字段用于指示上述站点的一个或多个静默间隔,任一静默间隔的起始时间与站点的任一r-TWT SP的起始时间相同。步骤1103可参阅图6中的步骤603,这里不作详述。Step 1102 can be replaced with: 1103. If the second frame does not include the second field, the station sends data after competing for the channel. The service identifier of the data belongs to r-TWT TID or non-rTWT TID. The second field is used for Indicates one or more silent intervals for the above-mentioned sites. The starting time of any silent interval is the same as the starting time of any r-TWT SP of the site. Step 1103 may refer to step 603 in Figure 6, and will not be described in detail here.
本申请实施例中,第二帧中的第三字段指示站点在r-TWT SP的起始时间没有任何r-TWT TID的数据需要传输时的信道接入规则,可灵活地配置站点在r-TWT SP的起始时间没有任何r-TWT TID的数据需要传输时的信道接入规则,并减少对r-TWT TID的数据的传输造成的不利影响。In the embodiment of this application, the third field in the second frame indicates the channel access rule when the station does not need to transmit any r-TWT TID data at the starting time of the r-TWT SP. The station can be flexibly configured when the r-TWT SP starts. The starting time of the TWT SP does not require any channel access rules for transmission of r-TWT TID data, and reduces the adverse impact on the transmission of r-TWT TID data.
实施例四的技术方案中,支持接入点指定没有r-TWT TID的数据需要传输的站点的信道接入规则。站点根据接入点指定的信道接入规则进行信道接入;解决了了r-TWT调度STA在r-TWT SP的起始时间没有r-TWT TID数据需要传输时是否允许其进行信道竞争的问题。In the technical solution of Embodiment 4, the access point is supported to specify the channel access rules of stations that do not need to transmit data with r-TWT TID. The station performs channel access according to the channel access rules specified by the access point; this solves the problem of whether the r-TWT scheduling STA is allowed to compete for the channel when there is no r-TWT TID data to be transmitted at the starting time of the r-TWT SP. .
实施例三和实施例四中,接入点通过发送的第二帧发布(携带)接入模式,即第三字段,以便站点按照该接入模式指示的信道接入规则进行信道接入。带有接入模式(Access Mode)子域的信息有两种发布形式:In Embodiment 3 and Embodiment 4, the access point publishes (carries) the access mode, that is, the third field, through the second frame sent, so that the station performs channel access according to the channel access rules indicated by the access mode. There are two publishing forms for information with access mode (Access Mode) subfield:
形式1:AP在信标帧、探测响应帧等帧中广播,即实施例三和实施例四中的方式。Form 1: The AP broadcasts in frames such as beacon frames and detection response frames, which is the method in Embodiment 3 and Embodiment 4.
形式2:站点与AP在建立r-TWT协定时进行请求(request),由AP在应答帧(response)决定接受或者不接受。举例来说,站点向AP发送r-TWT建立请求(setup request)帧,该r-TWT建立请求帧中包含该站点请求的接入模式,该接入模式指示该站点的non-rTWT TID的数据的信道接入规则或者指示该站点在r-TWT SP的起始时间没有任何r-TWT TID的数据需要传输时的信道接入规则;AP向该站点回复r-TWT建立应答(setup response)帧,在该r-TWT建立应答帧中回复接受或者不接受该站点的包括接入模式信息在内的r-TWT请求信息及其参数。例如,AP接受站点请求的接入模式1,结合实施例一,站点在该AP发送的第一帧包括第一字段和第二字段的情况下,在该第二字段指示的静默间隔不发送第一业务标识的数据。又例如,AP接受站点请求的接入模式2,结合实施例一,站点在该AP发送的第一帧包括第一字段和第二字段的情况下,在第一业务标识对应的接入类型竞争到信道的情况下,在发送上述第一业务标识的数据之前,发送第二业务标识的数据。又例如,AP接受站点请求的接入模式3,结合实施例二,站点在任一r-TWT SP的起始时间没有第二业务标识的数据需要传输的情况下,若第一帧还包括第二字段,该第二字段用于指示该站点的静默间隔,该静默间隔的起始时间与该任一r-TWT SP的起始时间相同,该站点在该静默间隔不发送第一业务标识的数据。又例如,AP接受站点请求的接入模式4,结合实施例二,站点在任一r-TWT SP的起始时间没有第二业务标识的数据需要传输的情况下,若第一帧还包括第二字段,该第二字段用于指示该站点的静默间隔,该静默间隔的起始时间与该任一r-TWT SP的起始时间相同,该站点在该静默间隔内更改站点的第一业务标识对应的AC的信道竞争参数为信道接入机会更低的一组。Form 2: The station and AP make a request when establishing the r-TWT agreement, and the AP decides to accept or not accept it in the response frame (response). For example, the station sends an r-TWT setup request frame to the AP. The r-TWT setup request frame contains the access mode requested by the station. The access mode indicates the non-rTWT TID data of the station. The channel access rule or the channel access rule that indicates that the station does not have any r-TWT TID data to transmit at the start time of the r-TWT SP; the AP replies to the station with an r-TWT setup response (setup response) frame , reply in the r-TWT establishment response frame whether to accept or not accept the r-TWT request information and parameters of the station including access mode information. For example, the AP accepts access mode 1 requested by the station. With reference to Embodiment 1, when the first frame sent by the AP includes the first field and the second field, the station does not send the first frame during the silent interval indicated by the second field. A business identification data. For another example, the AP accepts the access mode 2 requested by the station. Combined with Embodiment 1, when the first frame sent by the AP includes the first field and the second field, the station competes for the access type corresponding to the first service identifier. In the case of accessing the channel, before sending the data of the first service identifier, the data of the second service identifier is sent. For another example, the AP accepts access mode 3 requested by the site. Combined with Embodiment 2, when the site does not need to transmit data with the second service identifier at the starting time of any r-TWT SP, if the first frame also includes the second field, the second field is used to indicate the silent interval of the station. The starting time of the silent interval is the same as the starting time of any r-TWT SP. The station does not send the data of the first service identifier during the silent interval. . For another example, the AP accepts access mode 4 requested by the site. Combined with Embodiment 2, when the site does not need to transmit data with the second service identifier at the starting time of any r-TWT SP, if the first frame also includes the second field, the second field is used to indicate the silent interval of the site. The starting time of the silent interval is the same as the starting time of any r-TWT SP. The site changes the first service identifier of the site during the silent interval. The channel competition parameters of the corresponding AC are the group with lower channel access opportunities.
下面结合附图介绍可实施本申请实施例提供的信道接入方法的通信装置的结构。The following describes the structure of a communication device that can implement the channel access method provided by the embodiments of the present application with reference to the accompanying drawings.
图12为本申请实施例提供的一种通信装置1200的结构示意图。该通信装置1200可以对应实现上述各个方法实施例中站点实现的功能或者步骤,也可以对应实现上述各个方法实施例中接入点实现的功能或者步骤。该通信装置可以包括处理模块1210和收发模块1220。可 选的,还可以包括存储单元,该存储单元可以用于存储指令(代码或者程序)和/或数据。处理模块1210和收发模块1220可以与该存储单元耦合,例如,处理模块1210可以读取存储单元中的指令(代码或者程序)和/或数据,以实现相应的方法。上述各个单元可以独立设置,也可以部分或者全部集成。例如,收发模块1220可包括发送模块和接收模块。发送模块可以是发射机,接收模块可以是接收机。收发模块1220对应的实体可以是收发器,也可以是通信接口。Figure 12 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication device 1200 provided by an embodiment of the present application. The communication device 1200 may correspond to the functions or steps implemented by the station in each of the above method embodiments, and may also correspond to the functions or steps implemented by the access point in each of the above method embodiments. The communication device may include a processing module 1210 and a transceiver module 1220. Can Optionally, a storage unit may also be included, which may be used to store instructions (code or programs) and/or data. The processing module 1210 and the transceiver module 1220 can be coupled with the storage unit. For example, the processing module 1210 can read the instructions (code or program) and/or data in the storage unit to implement the corresponding method. Each of the above units can be set up independently or partially or fully integrated. For example, the transceiver module 1220 may include a sending module and a receiving module. The sending module can be a transmitter, and the receiving module can be a receiver. The entity corresponding to the transceiver module 1220 may be a transceiver or a communication interface.
在一些可能的实施方式中,通信装置1200能够对应实现上述方法实施例中站点的行为和功能。例如通信装置1200可以为站点,也可以为应用于站点中的部件(例如芯片或者电路)。收发模块1220例如可以用于执行图6、图7、图8、图11的实施例中由站点所执行的全部接收或发送操作,例如图6所示的实施例中的步骤601,图7所示的实施例中的步骤701,图8所示的实施例中的步骤801,图11所示的实施例中的步骤1101,和/或用于支持本文所描述的技术的其它过程。处理模块1210用于执行图6、图7、图8、图11的实施例中由站点所执行的除了收发操作之外的全部操作,例如图6所示的实施例中的步骤602、步骤603,图7所示的实施例中的步骤702、步骤703、步骤704,图8所示的实施例中的步骤802、步骤803,图11所示的实施例中的步骤1102、步骤1103。In some possible implementations, the communication device 1200 can correspondingly implement the behaviors and functions of the site in the above method embodiments. For example, the communication device 1200 may be a site, or may be a component (such as a chip or a circuit) used in a site. The transceiver module 1220 can, for example, be used to perform all receiving or sending operations performed by the station in the embodiments of FIG. 6, FIG. 7, FIG. 8, and FIG. 11, such as step 601 in the embodiment shown in FIG. 6, and the steps shown in FIG. 7. Step 701 in the embodiment shown in FIG. 8 , step 801 in the embodiment shown in FIG. 8 , step 1101 in the embodiment shown in FIG. 11 , and/or other processes used to support the techniques described herein. The processing module 1210 is configured to perform all operations performed by the station in the embodiments of FIG. 6, FIG. 7, FIG. 8, and FIG. 11 except for the sending and receiving operations, such as steps 602 and 603 in the embodiment shown in FIG. 6. , Step 702, Step 703, and Step 704 in the embodiment shown in Figure 7, Step 802 and Step 803 in the embodiment shown in Figure 8, Step 1102 and Step 1103 in the embodiment shown in Figure 11.
在一些可能的实施方式中,通信装置1200能够对应实现上述方法实施例中接入点的行为和功能。例如通信装置1200可以为接入点,也可以为应用于接入点中的部件(例如芯片或者电路)。收发模块1220例如可以用于执行图6、图7、图8、图11的实施例中由接入点所执行的全部接收或发送操作,例如图6所示的实施例中的步骤601,图7所示的实施例中的步骤701,图8所示的实施例中的步骤801,图11所示的实施例中的步骤1101,和/或用于支持本文所描述的技术的其它过程。处理模块1210用于执行由接入点所执行的除了收发操作之外的全部操作,例如生成第一帧或生成第二帧的操作。In some possible implementations, the communication device 1200 can correspondingly implement the behaviors and functions of the access point in the above method embodiments. For example, the communication device 1200 may be an access point, or may be a component (such as a chip or circuit) used in the access point. The transceiver module 1220 may, for example, be used to perform all receiving or sending operations performed by the access point in the embodiments of FIG. 6, FIG. 7, FIG. 8, and FIG. 11, such as step 601 in the embodiment shown in FIG. 6, FIG. Step 701 in the embodiment shown in FIG. 7, step 801 in the embodiment shown in FIG. 8, step 1101 in the embodiment shown in FIG. 11, and/or other processes used to support the technology described herein. The processing module 1210 is configured to perform all operations performed by the access point except for the transceiver operation, such as the operation of generating a first frame or generating a second frame.
图13为本申请实施例提供的另一种通信装置130的结构示意图。图13中的通信装置可以是上述站点,也可以是上述接入点。FIG. 13 is a schematic structural diagram of another communication device 130 provided by an embodiment of the present application. The communication device in Figure 13 may be the above-mentioned station or the above-mentioned access point.
如图13所示,该通信装置130包括至少一个处理器1310和收发器1320。As shown in FIG. 13 , the communication device 130 includes at least one processor 1310 and a transceiver 1320 .
在本申请的一些实施例中,处理器1310和收发器1320可以用于执行站点执行的功能或操作等。收发器1320例如执行图6、图7、图8、图11的实施例中由站点所执行的全部接收或发送操作。处理器1310例如用于执行图6、图7、图8、图11的实施例中由站点所执行的除了收发操作之外的全部操作。In some embodiments of the present application, the processor 1310 and the transceiver 1320 may be used to perform functions or operations performed by the station, etc. The transceiver 1320 performs, for example, all receiving or transmitting operations performed by the stations in the embodiments of FIGS. 6, 7, 8, and 11. The processor 1310 is, for example, configured to perform all operations performed by the station in the embodiments of FIGS. 6, 7, 8, and 11 except for the sending and receiving operations.
在本申请的一些实施例中,处理器1310和收发器1320可以用于执行接入点执行的功能或操作等。收发器1320例如执行图6、图7、图8、图11的实施例中由接入点所执行的全部接收或发送操作。处理器1310用于执行由接入点所执行的除了收发操作之外的全部操作,例如生成第一帧或生成第二帧的操作。In some embodiments of the present application, the processor 1310 and the transceiver 1320 may be used to perform functions or operations performed by the access point, and the like. The transceiver 1320 performs, for example, all receiving or transmitting operations performed by the access point in the embodiments of FIG. 6, FIG. 7, FIG. 8, and FIG. 11. The processor 1310 is configured to perform all operations performed by the access point except for transceiver operations, such as operations of generating a first frame or generating a second frame.
收发器1320用于通过传输介质和其他设备/装置进行通信。处理器1310利用收发器1320收发数据和/或信令,并用于实现上述方法实施例中的方法。处理器1310可实现处理模块1210的功能,收发器1320可实现收发模块1220的功能。Transceiver 1320 is used to communicate with other devices/devices over transmission media. The processor 1310 uses the transceiver 1320 to send and receive data and/or signaling, and is used to implement the method in the above method embodiment. The processor 1310 can implement the function of the processing module 1210, and the transceiver 1320 can implement the function of the transceiver module 1220.
可选的,收发器1320可以包括射频电路和天线,射频电路主要用于基带信号与射频信号的转换以及对射频信号的处理。天线主要用于收发电磁波形式的射频信号。输入输出装置,例如触摸屏、显示屏,键盘等主要用于接收用户输入的数据以及对用户输出数据。Optionally, the transceiver 1320 may include a radio frequency circuit and an antenna. The radio frequency circuit is mainly used for conversion of baseband signals and radio frequency signals and processing of radio frequency signals. Antennas are mainly used to send and receive radio frequency signals in the form of electromagnetic waves. Input and output devices, such as touch screens, display screens, keyboards, etc., are mainly used to receive data input by users and output data to users.
可选的,通信装置130还可以包括至少一个存储器1330,用于存储程序指令和/或数据。存储器1330和处理器1310耦合。本申请实施例中的耦合是装置、单元或模块之间的间接耦 合或通信连接,可以是电性,机械或其它的形式,用于装置、单元或模块之间的信息交互。处理器1310可能和存储器1330协同操作。处理器1310可能执行存储器1330中存储的程序指令。该至少一个存储器中的至少一个可以包括于处理器中。Optionally, the communication device 130 may also include at least one memory 1330 for storing program instructions and/or data. Memory 1330 and processor 1310 are coupled. The coupling in the embodiment of this application is the indirect coupling between devices, units or modules. A combination or communication connection, which may be electrical, mechanical or other forms, is used for information exchange between devices, units or modules. The processor 1310 may cooperate with the memory 1330. Processor 1310 may execute program instructions stored in memory 1330 . At least one of the at least one memory may be included in the processor.
当通信装置130开机后,处理器1310可以读取存储器1330中的软件程序,解释并执行软件程序的指令,处理软件程序的数据。当需要通过无线发送数据时,处理器1310对待发送的数据进行基带处理后,输出基带信号至射频电路,射频电路将基带信号进行射频处理后将射频信号通过天线以电磁波的形式向外发送。当有数据发送到通信装置时,射频电路通过天线接收到射频信号,将射频信号转换为基带信号,并将基带信号输出至处理器1310,处理器1310将基带信号转换为数据并对该数据进行处理。When the communication device 130 is turned on, the processor 1310 can read the software program in the memory 1330, interpret and execute the instructions of the software program, and process the data of the software program. When data needs to be sent wirelessly, the processor 1310 performs baseband processing on the data to be sent, and then outputs the baseband signal to the radio frequency circuit. The radio frequency circuit performs radio frequency processing on the baseband signal and then sends the radio frequency signal out in the form of electromagnetic waves through the antenna. When data is sent to the communication device, the radio frequency circuit receives the radio frequency signal through the antenna, converts the radio frequency signal into a baseband signal, and outputs the baseband signal to the processor 1310. The processor 1310 converts the baseband signal into data and performs processing on the data. deal with.
在另一种实现中,上述的射频电路和天线可以独立于进行基带处理的处理器而设置,例如在分布式场景中,射频电路和天线可以与独立于通信装置,呈拉远式的布置。In another implementation, the above-mentioned radio frequency circuit and antenna can be arranged independently of the processor that performs baseband processing. For example, in a distributed scenario, the radio frequency circuit and antenna can be arranged remotely and independently of the communication device.
本申请实施例中不限定上述收发器1320、处理器1310以及存储器1330之间的具体连接介质。本申请实施例在图13中以存储器1330、处理器1310以及收发器1320之间通过总线1340连接,总线在图13中以粗线表示,其它部件之间的连接方式,仅是进行示意性说明,并不引以为限。该总线可以分为地址总线、数据总线、控制总线等。为便于表示,图13中仅用一条粗线表示,但并不表示仅有一根总线或一种类型的总线。The specific connection medium between the above-mentioned transceiver 1320, processor 1310 and memory 1330 is not limited in the embodiment of the present application. In the embodiment of the present application, the memory 1330, the processor 1310 and the transceiver 1320 are connected through a bus 1340 in Figure 13. The bus is represented by a thick line in Figure 13. The connection between other components is only a schematic explanation. , is not limited. The bus can be divided into address bus, data bus, control bus, etc. For ease of presentation, only one thick line is used in Figure 13, but it does not mean that there is only one bus or one type of bus.
在本申请实施例中,处理器可以是通用处理器、数字信号处理器、专用集成电路、现场可编程门阵列或者其他可编程逻辑器件、分立门或者晶体管逻辑器件、分立硬件组件,可以实现或者执行本申请实施例中的公开的各方法、步骤及逻辑框图。通用处理器可以是微处理器或者任何常规的处理器等。结合本申请实施例所公开的方法的步骤可以直接体现为硬件处理器执行完成,或者用处理器中的硬件及软件模块组合执行完成。In the embodiment of this application, the processor may be a general-purpose processor, a digital signal processor, an application-specific integrated circuit, a field programmable gate array or other programmable logic device, a discrete gate or transistor logic device, or a discrete hardware component, which may implement or Execute each method, step and logical block diagram disclosed in the embodiment of this application. A general-purpose processor may be a microprocessor or any conventional processor, etc. The steps of the methods disclosed in conjunction with the embodiments of the present application can be directly implemented by a hardware processor for execution, or can be executed by a combination of hardware and software modules in the processor.
图14为本申请实施例提供的另一种通信装置140的结构示意图。如图14所示,图14所示的通信装置包括逻辑电路1401和接口1402。图12中的处理模块1210可以用逻辑电路1401实现,图12中的收发模块1220可以用接口1402实现。其中,该逻辑电路1401可以为芯片、处理电路、集成电路或片上系统(system on chip,SoC)芯片等,接口1402可以为通信接口、输入输出接口等。本申请实施例中,逻辑电路和接口还可以相互耦合。对于逻辑电路和接口的具体连接方式,本申请实施例不作限定。FIG. 14 is a schematic structural diagram of another communication device 140 provided by an embodiment of the present application. As shown in FIG. 14 , the communication device shown in FIG. 14 includes a logic circuit 1401 and an interface 1402 . The processing module 1210 in Figure 12 can be implemented by the logic circuit 1401, and the transceiver module 1220 in Figure 12 can be implemented by the interface 1402. Among them, the logic circuit 1401 can be a chip, a processing circuit, an integrated circuit or a system on chip (SoC) chip, etc., and the interface 1402 can be a communication interface, an input-output interface, etc. In the embodiment of the present application, the logic circuit and the interface may also be coupled to each other. The embodiments of this application do not limit the specific connection methods of the logic circuits and interfaces.
在本申请的一些实施例中,该逻辑电路和接口可用于执行上述站点执行的功能或操作等。In some embodiments of the present application, the logic circuit and interface may be used to perform the functions or operations performed by the above-mentioned site, etc.
在本申请的一些实施例中,该逻辑电路和接口可用于执行上述接入点执行的功能或操作等。In some embodiments of the present application, the logic circuit and interface may be used to perform the functions or operations performed by the above-mentioned access point, etc.
本申请还提供一种计算机可读存储介质,该计算机可读存储介质中存储有计算机程序或指令,当计算机程序或指令在计算机上运行时,使得计算机执行上述实施例的方法。This application also provides a computer-readable storage medium, which stores computer programs or instructions. When the computer program or instructions are run on a computer, the computer is caused to execute the method of the above embodiments.
本申请还提供一种计算机程序产品,该计算机程序产品包括指令或计算机程序,当该指令或计算机程序在计算机上运行时,使得上述实施例中的方法被执行。This application also provides a computer program product. The computer program product includes instructions or computer programs. When the instructions or computer programs are run on a computer, the methods in the above embodiments are executed.
本申请还提供一种通信系统,包括上述站点和上述接入点。This application also provides a communication system, including the above-mentioned site and the above-mentioned access point.
以上所述,仅为本申请的具体实施方式,但本申请的保护范围并不局限于此,任何熟悉本技术领域的技术人员在本申请揭露的技术范围内,可轻易想到变化或替换,都应涵盖在本申请的保护范围之内。因此,本申请的保护范围应以上述权利要求的保护范围为准。 The above are only specific embodiments of the present application, but the protection scope of the present application is not limited thereto. Any person familiar with the technical field can easily think of changes or substitutions within the technical scope disclosed in the present application. should be covered by the protection scope of this application. Therefore, the protection scope of this application should be subject to the protection scope of the above claims.

Claims (23)

  1. 一种信道接入方法,其特征在于,包括:A channel access method, characterized by including:
    站点接收第一帧,所述第一帧中的第一字段用于指示所述站点的一个或多个限定目标唤醒时间服务阶段;The station receives a first frame, a first field in the first frame being used to indicate one or more defined target wake-up time service phases of the station;
    若所述第一帧还包括第二字段,所述第二字段用于指示所述站点的一个或多个静默间隔,任一静默间隔的起始时间与任一限定目标唤醒时间服务阶段的起始时间相同,所述站点在所述任一静默间隔执行第一操作,所述第一操作包括以下任一项:不发送第一业务标识的数据;在第一业务标识对应的接入类型竞争到信道的情况下,在发送所述第一业务标识的数据之前,发送第二业务标识的数据;或者,If the first frame further includes a second field, the second field is used to indicate one or more silent intervals of the station, the starting time of any silent interval and the start of any defined target wake-up time service phase. If the start time is the same, the station performs the first operation in any of the silent intervals. The first operation includes any of the following: not sending data with the first service identifier; competing for the access type corresponding to the first service identifier. In the case of a channel, before sending the data of the first service identifier, send the data of the second service identifier; or,
    若所述第一帧未包括第二字段,所述站点在竞争到信道之后,发送数据,所述数据的业务标识为所述第一业务标识或所述第二业务标识,所述第二字段用于指示所述站点的一个或多个静默间隔,任一静默间隔的起始时间与任一限定目标唤醒时间服务阶段的起始时间相同;If the first frame does not include the second field, the station sends data after competing for the channel. The service identifier of the data is the first service identifier or the second service identifier. The second field Used to indicate one or more silent intervals of the site, the starting time of any silent interval is the same as the starting time of any defined target wake-up time service phase;
    所述第二业务标识属于所述站点与接入点协定的优先服务的业务标识,所述第一业务标识不属于所述站点与所述接入点协定的优先服务的业务标识。The second service identifier belongs to the service identifier of the priority service agreed between the site and the access point, and the first service identifier does not belong to the service identifier of the priority service agreed between the site and the access point.
  2. 根据权利要求1所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一业务标识对应的接入类型与所述第二业务标识对应的接入类型不同。The method according to claim 1, characterized in that the access type corresponding to the first service identifier is different from the access type corresponding to the second service identifier.
  3. 根据权利要求1或2所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第二字段包括元素标识字段、长度字段、静默计数字段、静默周期字段、静默长度字段、静默偏移字段。The method according to claim 1 or 2, characterized in that the second field includes an element identification field, a length field, a silence count field, a silence period field, a silence length field, and a silence offset field.
  4. 一种信道接入方法,其特征在于,包括:A channel access method, characterized by including:
    站点接收第一帧,所述第一帧中的第一字段用于指示所述站点的一个或多个限定目标唤醒时间服务阶段;The station receives a first frame, a first field in the first frame being used to indicate one or more defined target wake-up time service phases of the station;
    所述站点在所述任一限定目标唤醒时间服务阶段的起始时间没有第二业务标识的数据需要传输的情况下,若所述第一帧还包括第二字段,所述第二字段用于指示所述站点的一个或多个静默间隔,任一静默间隔的起始时间与所述任一限定目标唤醒时间服务阶段的起始时间相同,所述站点在所述任一静默间隔执行第二操作,所述第二操作包括以下任一项:不发送第一业务标识的数据;更改所述站点的第一业务标识对应的接入类型的信道竞争参数为信道接入机会更低的一组;或者,When the station does not need to transmit data of the second service identifier at the starting time of any defined target wake-up time service phase, if the first frame also includes a second field, the second field is used to Indicate one or more silent intervals of the station, the starting time of any silent interval is the same as the starting time of any defined target wake-up time service phase, and the station executes the second step in any silent interval. Operation, the second operation includes any of the following: not sending data of the first service identifier; changing the channel competition parameters of the access type corresponding to the first service identifier of the station to a group with a lower channel access chance ;or,
    若所述第一帧未包括第二字段,所述站点在竞争到信道之后,发送数据,所述数据的业务标识为所述第一业务标识或所述第二业务标识,所述第二字段用于指示所述站点的一个或多个静默间隔,所述任一静默间隔的起始时间与任一限定目标唤醒时间服务阶段的起始时间相同;If the first frame does not include the second field, the station sends data after competing for the channel. The service identifier of the data is the first service identifier or the second service identifier. The second field Used to indicate one or more silent intervals of the site, where the starting time of any silent interval is the same as the starting time of any defined target wake-up time service phase;
    所述第二业务标识属于所述站点与接入点协定的优先服务的业务标识,所述第一业务标识不属于所述站点与所述接入点协定的优先服务的业务标识。The second service identifier belongs to the service identifier of the priority service agreed between the site and the access point, and the first service identifier does not belong to the service identifier of the priority service agreed between the site and the access point.
  5. 根据权利要求4所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一业务标识对应的接入类型与所述第二业务标识对应的接入类型不同。The method according to claim 4, characterized in that the access type corresponding to the first service identifier is different from the access type corresponding to the second service identifier.
  6. 根据权利要求4或5所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第二操作是不发送所述第一业务 标识的数据时,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 4 or 5, characterized in that the second operation is not to send the first service When identifying the data, the method further includes:
    所述站点在所述任一静默间隔指示的时间内获得待发送的所述第二业务标识的数据之后,竞争信道,或者,所述站点在所述任一静默间隔结束后,竞争信道。The station competes for the channel after obtaining the data of the second service identifier to be sent within the time indicated by any of the silent intervals, or the station competes for the channel after the end of any of the silent intervals.
  7. 根据权利要求4至6任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第二字段包括元素标识字段、长度字段、静默计数字段、静默周期字段、静默长度字段、静默偏移字段。The method according to any one of claims 4 to 6, characterized in that the second field includes an element identification field, a length field, a silence count field, a silence period field, a silence length field, and a silence offset field.
  8. 一种信道接入方法,其特征在于,包括:A channel access method, characterized by including:
    发送第一帧,所述第一帧中的第一字段用于指示站点的一个或多个限定目标唤醒时间服务阶段;sending a first frame, the first field in the first frame being used to indicate one or more defined target wake-up time service phases of the station;
    若所述第一帧还包括第二字段,所述第二字段用于指示所述站点的一个或多个静默间隔,所述任一静默间隔的起始时间与任一限定目标唤醒时间服务阶段的起始时间相同,所述第一帧用于指示所述站点在所述任一静默间隔执行第一操作,所述第一操作包括以下任一项:不发送第一业务标识的数据;在第一业务标识对应的接入类型竞争到信道的情况下,在发送所述第一业务标识的数据之前,发送第二业务标识的数据;或者,If the first frame further includes a second field, the second field is used to indicate one or more silent intervals of the station, the starting time of any silent interval and any defined target wake-up time service phase have the same starting time, and the first frame is used to instruct the station to perform a first operation in any silent interval. The first operation includes any of the following: not sending data with the first service identifier; When the access type corresponding to the first service identifier competes for the channel, before sending the data of the first service identifier, send the data of the second service identifier; or,
    若所述第一帧未包括第二字段,所述第二字段用于指示所述站点的一个或多个静默间隔,任一静默间隔的起始时间与任一限定目标唤醒时间服务阶段的起始时间相同,所述第一帧用于指示所述站点在竞争到信道之后,发送数据,所述数据的业务标识为所述第一业务标识或所述第二业务标识;If the first frame does not include the second field, the second field is used to indicate one or more silent intervals of the station, the starting time of any silent interval and the start of any defined target wake-up time service phase. The start time is the same, and the first frame is used to instruct the station to send data after competing for the channel, and the service identifier of the data is the first service identifier or the second service identifier;
    所述第二业务标识属于所述站点与接入点协定的优先服务的业务标识,所述第一业务标识不属于所述站点与所述接入点协定的优先服务的业务标识。The second service identifier belongs to the service identifier of the priority service agreed between the site and the access point, and the first service identifier does not belong to the service identifier of the priority service agreed between the site and the access point.
  9. 根据权利要求8所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一业务标识对应的接入类型与所述第二业务标识对应的接入类型不同。The method according to claim 8, characterized in that the access type corresponding to the first service identifier is different from the access type corresponding to the second service identifier.
  10. 一种信道接入方法,其特征在于,包括:A channel access method, characterized by including:
    发送第一帧,所述第一帧中的第一字段用于指示站点的一个或多个限定目标唤醒时间服务阶段;sending a first frame, the first field in the first frame being used to indicate one or more defined target wake-up time service phases of the station;
    若所述第一帧还包括第二字段,所述第二字段用于指示所述站点的一个或多个静默间隔,任一静默间隔的起始时间与所述任一限定目标唤醒时间服务阶段的起始时间相同,所述第一帧用于所述站点在所述任一限定目标唤醒时间服务阶段的起始时间没有第二业务标识的数据需要传输的情况下,指示所述站点在所述任一静默间隔执行第二操作,所述第二操作包括以下任一项:不发送第一业务标识的数据;更改所述站点的第一业务标识对应的接入类型的信道竞争参数为信道接入机会更低的一组;或者,If the first frame further includes a second field, the second field is used to indicate one or more silent intervals of the station, the starting time of any silent interval and any defined target wake-up time service phase The starting time is the same, and the first frame is used by the station to indicate that the station does not need to transmit the data of the second service identifier at the starting time of any defined target wake-up time service phase. Perform a second operation during any of the silent intervals, and the second operation includes any of the following: not sending data of the first service identifier; changing the channel competition parameter of the access type corresponding to the first service identifier of the station to a channel A group with a lower chance of access; or,
    若所述第一帧未包括第二字段,所述第二字段用于指示所述站点的一个或多个静默间隔,任一静默间隔的起始时间与任一限定目标唤醒时间服务阶段的起始时间相同,所述第一帧用于指示所述站点在竞争到信道之后,发送数据,所述数据的业务标识为所述第一业务标识或所述第二业务标识;If the first frame does not include the second field, the second field is used to indicate one or more silent intervals of the station, the starting time of any silent interval and the start of any defined target wake-up time service phase. The start time is the same, and the first frame is used to instruct the station to send data after competing for the channel, and the service identifier of the data is the first service identifier or the second service identifier;
    所述第二业务标识属于所述站点与接入点协定的优先服务的业务标识,所述第一业务标识不属于所述站点与所述接入点协定的优先服务的业务标识。 The second service identifier belongs to the service identifier of the priority service agreed between the site and the access point, and the first service identifier does not belong to the service identifier of the priority service agreed between the site and the access point.
  11. 根据权利要求10所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一业务标识对应的接入类型与所述第二业务标识对应的接入类型不同。The method according to claim 10, characterized in that the access type corresponding to the first service identifier is different from the access type corresponding to the second service identifier.
  12. 一种通信装置,其特征在于,包括:A communication device, characterized by including:
    收发模块,用于接收第一帧,所述第一帧中的第一字段用于指示站点的一个或多个限定目标唤醒时间服务阶段;A transceiver module configured to receive a first frame, where the first field in the first frame is used to indicate one or more defined target wake-up time service phases of the site;
    若所述第一帧还包括第二字段,所述第二字段用于指示所述站点的一个或多个静默间隔,任一静默间隔的起始时间与任一限定目标唤醒时间服务阶段的起始时间相同,处理模块,用于在所述任一静默间隔执行第一操作,所述第一操作包括以下任一项:不发送第一业务标识的数据;在第一业务标识对应的接入类型竞争到信道的情况下,在发送所述第一业务标识的数据之前,发送第二业务标识的数据;If the first frame further includes a second field, the second field is used to indicate one or more silent intervals of the station, the starting time of any silent interval and the start of any defined target wake-up time service phase. The starting time is the same, and the processing module is configured to perform a first operation in any of the silent intervals. The first operation includes any of the following: not sending data with the first service identifier; When the type competes for the channel, before sending the data of the first service identifier, send the data of the second service identifier;
    或者,若所述第一帧未包括第二字段,所述收发模块还用于发送数据,所述数据的业务标识为所述第一业务标识或所述第二业务标识,所述第二字段用于指示所述站点的一个或多个静默间隔,所述任一静默间隔的起始时间与任一限定目标唤醒时间服务阶段的起始时间相同;Or, if the first frame does not include the second field, the transceiver module is also used to send data, the service identifier of the data is the first service identifier or the second service identifier, and the second field Used to indicate one or more silent intervals of the site, where the starting time of any silent interval is the same as the starting time of any defined target wake-up time service phase;
    所述第二业务标识属于所述站点与接入点协定的优先服务的业务标识,所述第一业务标识不属于所述站点与所述接入点协定的优先服务的业务标识。The second service identifier belongs to the service identifier of the priority service agreed between the site and the access point, and the first service identifier does not belong to the service identifier of the priority service agreed between the site and the access point.
  13. 根据权利要求12所述的装置,其特征在于,所述第一业务标识对应的接入类型与所述第二业务标识对应的接入类型不同。The device according to claim 12, characterized in that the access type corresponding to the first service identifier is different from the access type corresponding to the second service identifier.
  14. 一种通信装置,其特征在于,包括:A communication device, characterized by including:
    收发模块,用于接收第一帧,所述第一帧中的第一字段用于指示站点的一个或多个限定目标唤醒时间服务阶段;A transceiver module configured to receive a first frame, where the first field in the first frame is used to indicate one or more defined target wake-up time service phases of the site;
    若所述第一帧还包括第二字段,所述第二字段用于指示所述站点的一个或多个静默间隔,任一静默间隔的起始时间与所述任一限定目标唤醒时间服务阶段的起始时间相同,在所述任一限定目标唤醒时间服务阶段的起始时间没有第二业务标识的数据需要传输的情况下,处理模块,用于在所述任一静默间隔执行第二操作,所述第二操作包括以下任一项:不发送第一业务标识的数据;更改所述站点的第一业务标识对应的接入类型的信道竞争参数为信道接入机会更低的一组;或者,If the first frame further includes a second field, the second field is used to indicate one or more silent intervals of the station, the starting time of any silent interval and any defined target wake-up time service phase The starting time is the same. When there is no data of the second service identifier that needs to be transmitted at the starting time of any defined target wake-up time service phase, the processing module is configured to perform the second operation in any silent interval. , the second operation includes any of the following: not sending data of the first service identifier; changing the channel competition parameters of the access type corresponding to the first service identifier of the station to a group with a lower channel access chance; or,
    若所述第一帧未包括第二字段,所述处理模块,还用于发送数据,所述数据的业务标识为所述第一业务标识或所述第二业务标识,所述第二字段用于指示所述站点的一个或多个静默间隔,任一静默间隔的起始时间与任一限定目标唤醒时间服务阶段的起始时间相同;If the first frame does not include the second field, the processing module is also used to send data, the service identifier of the data is the first service identifier or the second service identifier, and the second field is Instructing one or more silent intervals of the site, the starting time of any silent interval is the same as the starting time of any defined target wake-up time service phase;
    所述第二业务标识属于所述站点与接入点协定的优先服务的业务标识,所述第一业务标识不属于所述站点与所述接入点协定的优先服务的业务标识。The second service identifier belongs to the service identifier of the priority service agreed between the site and the access point, and the first service identifier does not belong to the service identifier of the priority service agreed between the site and the access point.
  15. 根据权利要求14所述的装置,其特征在于,所述第一业务标识对应的接入类型与所述第二业务标识对应的接入类型不同。The device according to claim 14, characterized in that the access type corresponding to the first service identifier is different from the access type corresponding to the second service identifier.
  16. 根据权利要求14或15所述的装置,其特征在于,所述第二操作是不发送所述第一业务标识的数据; The device according to claim 14 or 15, characterized in that the second operation is not to send the data of the first service identifier;
    所述处理模块还用于在所述任一静默间隔指示的时间内获得待发送的所述第二业务标识的数据之后,竞争信道;或者,The processing module is also configured to compete for a channel after obtaining the data of the second service identifier to be sent within the time indicated by any of the silent intervals; or,
    所述处理模块还用于在所述任一静默间隔结束后,竞争信道。The processing module is also configured to compete for a channel after any of the silent intervals ends.
  17. 一种通信装置,其特征在于,包括:A communication device, characterized by including:
    处理模块,用于生成第一帧,所述第一帧中的第一字段用于指示站点的一个或多个限定目标唤醒时间服务阶段;A processing module configured to generate a first frame, a first field in the first frame being used to indicate one or more defined target wake time service phases of the site;
    收发模块,用于发送所述第一帧;A transceiver module, used to send the first frame;
    若所述第一帧还包括第二字段,所述第二字段用于指示所述站点的一个或多个静默间隔,任一静默间隔的起始时间与任一限定目标唤醒时间服务阶段的起始时间相同,所述第一帧用于指示所述站点在所述任一静默间隔执行第一操作,所述第一操作包括以下任一项:不发送第一业务标识的数据;在第一业务标识对应的接入类型竞争到信道的情况下,在发送所述第一业务标识的数据之前,发送第二业务标识的数据;或者,If the first frame further includes a second field, the second field is used to indicate one or more silent intervals of the station, the starting time of any silent interval and the start of any defined target wake-up time service phase. The first frame is used to instruct the station to perform the first operation in any silent interval. The first operation includes any of the following: not sending data with the first service identifier; When the access type corresponding to the service identifier competes for the channel, before sending the data of the first service identifier, the data of the second service identifier is sent; or,
    若所述第一帧未包括第二字段,所述第二字段用于指示所述站点的一个或多个静默间隔,任一静默间隔的起始时间与任一限定目标唤醒时间服务阶段的起始时间相同,所述第一帧用于指示所述站点在竞争到信道之后,发送数据,所述数据的业务标识为所述第一业务标识或所述第二业务标识;If the first frame does not include the second field, the second field is used to indicate one or more silent intervals of the station, the starting time of any silent interval and the start of any defined target wake-up time service phase. The start time is the same, and the first frame is used to instruct the station to send data after competing for the channel, and the service identifier of the data is the first service identifier or the second service identifier;
    所述第二业务标识属于所述站点与接入点协定的优先服务的业务标识,所述第一业务标识不属于所述站点与所述接入点协定的优先服务的业务标识。The second service identifier belongs to the service identifier of the priority service agreed between the site and the access point, and the first service identifier does not belong to the service identifier of the priority service agreed between the site and the access point.
  18. 根据权利要求17所述的装置,其特征在于,所述第一业务标识对应的接入类型与所述第二业务标识对应的接入类型不同。The device according to claim 17, characterized in that the access type corresponding to the first service identifier is different from the access type corresponding to the second service identifier.
  19. 一种通信装置,其特征在于,包括:A communication device, characterized by including:
    处理模块,用于生成第一帧,所述第一帧中的第一字段用于指示站点的一个或多个限定目标唤醒时间服务阶段;A processing module configured to generate a first frame, a first field in the first frame being used to indicate one or more defined target wake time service phases of the site;
    收发模块,用于发送所述第一帧;A transceiver module, used to send the first frame;
    若所述第一帧还包括第二字段,所述第二字段用于指示所述站点的一个或多个静默间隔,任一静默间隔的起始时间与所述任一限定目标唤醒时间服务阶段的起始时间相同,所述第一帧用于所述站点在所述任一限定目标唤醒时间服务阶段的起始时间没有第二业务标识的数据需要传输的情况下,指示所述站点在所述任一静默间隔执行第二操作,所述第二操作包括以下任一项:不发送第一业务标识的数据;更改所述站点的第一业务标识对应的接入类型的信道竞争参数为信道接入机会更低的一组;或者,If the first frame further includes a second field, the second field is used to indicate one or more silent intervals of the station, the starting time of any silent interval and any defined target wake-up time service phase The starting time is the same, and the first frame is used by the station to indicate that the station does not need to transmit the data of the second service identifier at the starting time of any defined target wake-up time service phase. Perform a second operation during any of the silent intervals, and the second operation includes any of the following: not sending data of the first service identifier; changing the channel competition parameter of the access type corresponding to the first service identifier of the station to a channel A group with a lower chance of access; or,
    若所述第一帧未包括第二字段,所述第二字段用于指示所述站点的一个或多个静默间隔,任一静默间隔的起始时间与任一限定目标唤醒时间服务阶段的起始时间相同,所述第一帧用于指示所述站点在竞争到信道之后,发送数据,所述数据的业务标识为所述第一业务标识或所述第二业务标识;If the first frame does not include the second field, the second field is used to indicate one or more silent intervals of the station, the starting time of any silent interval and the start of any defined target wake-up time service phase. The start time is the same, and the first frame is used to instruct the station to send data after competing for the channel, and the service identifier of the data is the first service identifier or the second service identifier;
    所述第二业务标识属于所述站点与接入点协定的优先服务的业务标识,所述第一业务标识不属于所述站点与所述接入点协定的优先服务的业务标识。The second service identifier belongs to the service identifier of the priority service agreed between the site and the access point, and the first service identifier does not belong to the service identifier of the priority service agreed between the site and the access point.
  20. 根据权利要求19所述的装置,其特征在于,所述第一业务标识对应的接入类型与所 述第二业务标识对应的接入类型不同。The device according to claim 19, characterized in that the access type corresponding to the first service identifier is the same as the access type corresponding to the first service identifier. The access types corresponding to the second service identifier are different.
  21. 一种计算机可读存储介质,其特征在于,所述计算机可读存储介质中存储有计算机程序,所述计算机程序包括程序指令,所述程序指令被执行时使得计算机执行如权利要求1至11中任一项所述的方法。A computer-readable storage medium, characterized in that a computer program is stored in the computer-readable storage medium, and the computer program includes program instructions. When executed, the program instructions cause the computer to execute the instructions in claims 1 to 11 any of the methods described.
  22. 一种通信装置,其特征在于,包括处理器,所述处理器与存储器耦合,所述存储器存储指令,所述处理器用于执行所述指令,使得所述通信装置执行如权利要求1至11任一项所述的方法。A communication device, characterized in that it includes a processor, the processor is coupled to a memory, the memory stores instructions, and the processor is used to execute the instructions, so that the communication device performs any of claims 1 to 11. The method described in one item.
  23. 一种计算机程序产品,其特征在于,所述计算机程序产品包括计算机程序,所述计算机程序包括程序指令,所述程序指令被执行时使得计算机执行如权利要求1至11中任一项所述的方法。 A computer program product, characterized in that the computer program product includes a computer program, and the computer program includes program instructions. When executed, the program instructions cause the computer to perform the method described in any one of claims 1 to 11. method.
PCT/CN2023/094980 2022-05-20 2023-05-18 Channel access method and related device WO2023222072A1 (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN202210552469.0 2022-05-20
CN202210552469.0A CN117134873A (en) 2022-05-20 2022-05-20 Channel access method and related device

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2023222072A1 true WO2023222072A1 (en) 2023-11-23

Family

ID=88834650

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2023/094980 WO2023222072A1 (en) 2022-05-20 2023-05-18 Channel access method and related device

Country Status (2)

Country Link
CN (1) CN117134873A (en)
WO (1) WO2023222072A1 (en)

Citations (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20210168795A1 (en) * 2018-07-25 2021-06-03 Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. Beacon frame transmission control method and related apparatus
US20220110053A1 (en) * 2020-10-01 2022-04-07 Nxp Usa, Inc. Frame transmission between wireless devices
WO2022075821A1 (en) * 2020-10-08 2022-04-14 주식회사 윌러스표준기술연구소 Method and wireless communication terminal for transmitting/receiving frame in wireless communication system

Patent Citations (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20210168795A1 (en) * 2018-07-25 2021-06-03 Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. Beacon frame transmission control method and related apparatus
US20220110053A1 (en) * 2020-10-01 2022-04-07 Nxp Usa, Inc. Frame transmission between wireless devices
WO2022075821A1 (en) * 2020-10-08 2022-04-14 주식회사 윌러스표준기술연구소 Method and wireless communication terminal for transmitting/receiving frame in wireless communication system

Non-Patent Citations (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
HU, CHUNYU: "Traffic Prioritization During the Restricted TWT SPs", IEEE 802.11-21/1115R0, 31 July 2021 (2021-07-31), XP068184431 *

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
CN117134873A (en) 2023-11-28

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US10841924B2 (en) Basic bandwidth device on secondary channel
US9635614B2 (en) Power management method for station in wireless LAN system and station that supports same
TWI617170B (en) Method of sharing radio resources for licensed assisted access in unlicensed spectrum and related devices using the same
US9060359B2 (en) Method and apparatus for transceiving data in a wireless LAN system
WO2019219060A1 (en) Signal listening method, related device, and system
TW201130358A (en) Apparatus and methods for multi-radio coordination of heterogeneous wireless networks
WO2016044981A1 (en) Method and apparatus for transmitting uplink service data
US20200252961A1 (en) Wireless communication method for saving power and wireless communication terminal using same
WO2020151350A1 (en) Resource reservation method and related device
WO2019141069A1 (en) Method and device for managing channel occupancy duration of unlicensed frequency band
JP2018523355A (en) Efficient random scheduling channel access
WO2023222072A1 (en) Channel access method and related device
CN107509251B (en) Back-off method and device
WO2021087886A1 (en) Timer setting method and related device
WO2023169580A1 (en) Data transmission method, apparatus, storage medium, terminal device, and network device
TWI826054B (en) Method and apparatus for determining traffic priority
WO2023131156A1 (en) Random access method and communication apparatus
WO2024001843A1 (en) Data transmission method and communication apparatus
EP4351247A1 (en) Resource selection method and apparatus
WO2024032419A1 (en) Communication method and communication apparatus based on triggered transmission opportunity sharing mechanism
WO2022027679A1 (en) Wireless communication method, terminal device and network device
WO2022033297A1 (en) Channel access method and communication device
WO2022233033A1 (en) Wireless communication method and device
WO2022237646A1 (en) Method and apparatus for transmitting system information (si)
TW202308444A (en) Traffic management in restricted target wake time (twt) service periods

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 23807023

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1